Radio Parameter Manual ZTE GSM

ZXG10 BSS
Base Station Subsystem

Radio Parameters Manual
(Volume III)
Version 6.20
ZTE CORPORATION
ZTE Plaza, Keji Road South,
Hi-Tech Industrial Park,
Nanshan District, Shenzhen,
P. R. China
518057
Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830
Fax: (86) 755 26772236
URL: http://support.zte.com.cn
E-mail: doc@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright © 2006 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by
contractual confidentiality obligations.
All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE
CORPORATION or of their respective owners.
This document is provided “as is”, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions
are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose,
title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the
use of or reliance on the information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications
covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE
CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter
herein.
ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.
Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information.
The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.
Revision History
Date Revision No. Serial No. Reason for Issue

Apr 24, 2009 R1.0 sjzl20092067 First edition
ZTE CORPORATION
Values Your Comments & Suggestions!
Your opinion is of great value and will help us improve the quality of our product
documentation and offer better services to our customers.
Please fax to (86) 755-26772236 or mail to Technical Delivery Department, ZTE
University, Dameisha, Yantian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, P. R. China 518083.
Thank you for your cooperation!
Document ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual
Name (Volume III)
Document Revision
Product Version V6.20 R1.0
Number
Equipment
Serial No. sjzl20092067
Installation Date
Presentation:
(Introductions, Procedures, Illustrations, Completeness, Level of Detail, Organization,
Appearance)
Good Fair Average Poor Bad N/A
Your evaluation Accessibility:

of this
(Contents, Index, Headings, Numbering, Glossary)
documentation
Intelligibility:
(Language, Vocabulary, Readability & Clarity, Technical Accuracy, Content)
Please check the suggestions which you feel can improve this documentation:
Improve the overview/introduction Make it more concise/brief
Improve the Contents Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials
Improve the organization Add more troubleshooting information
Include more figures Make it less technical
Your Add more examples Add more/better quick reference aids
suggestions for Add more detail Improve the index
improvement of
this Other suggestions
documentation __________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
# Please feel free to write any comments on an attached sheet.
If you wish to be contacted regarding your comments, please complete the following:
Name Company
Postcode Address
Telephone E-mail
This page is intentionally blank.
Contents
About This Manual ............................................................ i

Purpose ................................................................................ i
Intended Audience ................................................................. i
Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge .............................................. i
What Is in This Manual ........................................................... i
Related Documentation.......................................................... ii
Conventions ......................................................................... ii
How to Get in Touch............................................................. iv
Chapter1........................................................................... 1
Cell Object Parameters .................................................... 1

TRX Parameters ..............................................................1
TRX Parameters.................................................................... 1
Channel Information Parameters ............................................. 9
IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS............................................. 16
Carrier Panel Parameters ..................................................... 19
Power Control Parameters .................................................... 23
Power Survey ..................................................................... 26
Power Adjust Threshold ....................................................... 34
GPRS Power Control ............................................................ 49
Handover Control Parameters ......................................... 53
Handover Pretreatment........................................................ 54
Handover Threshold ............................................................ 65
Handover Condition............................................................. 77
Handover Control................................................................ 83
Others............................................................................... 93
Handover Algorithm .......................................................... 101
Subcell Parameters ........................................................... 116
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ............................. 121
Basic properties 1 ............................................................. 121
Basic properties 2 ............................................................. 127
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ..................................... 136
Basic properties 1.............................................................. 136
Basic properties 2.............................................................. 144
GPRS Parameters 1 ........................................................... 160
GPRS Parameters 2 ........................................................... 173
Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters.................................. 184
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters ............... 185
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ..................................... 200
Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................................... 212
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters .... 215
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........................... 222
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters......................... 226
Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................................ 230
Chapter 2......................................................................235
Module Parameters......................................................235
Operation Control Parameters ............................................. 235
FUC Parameters ................................................................ 236
Handover parameters of BCCH and SD ................................. 241
Other Parameters .............................................................. 249
IBS Parameters................................................................. 258
Appendix A ...................................................................263
Abbreviations ...............................................................263
Appendix B ...................................................................267
Value of Flow control Policy ........................................267
Appendix C ...................................................................269
Value of Power.............................................................269
Appendix D...................................................................271
Value of Cell Layer Num...............................................271
Appendix E ...................................................................273
Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and

Database Value ............................................................273
BSC Global Resource Parameters Interface ..................... 273
Basic Property Parameters .................................................. 273
Radio Basic Property Parameters ......................................... 276
Subcell Parameters ........................................................... 281
Subcell Object Parameters ................................................. 292
Appendix F ................................................................... 299
Figures.......................................................................... 299
Tables ........................................................................... 301
Index ............................................................................ 313

About This Manual
In this manual, ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) is mentioned as ZXG10 BSS

for short.
Purpose
Purpose of this manual is to provide complete information about
ZXG10 BSS, including:
Working Principles
Structures
Networking Modes and System Configuration
Intended Audience
This document is intended for network maintenance technicians
and engineers.
Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge

To use this document effectively, users should have a general
understanding of networking and network interfaces. Familiarity
with the following is helpful:
ZXG10 system and its various components
Interfaces on the network
Operating procedures
What Is in This Manual

This manual contains the following sections:
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION i

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual (Volume III)
TABLE 1 - M ANUAL SUMMARY
Section Summary
Chapter 1, Cell Object Describes cell object parameters.
Parameters
Chapter 2, Module Describes module parameters.
Parameters
Appendix A, Lists all the abbreviations used in this
Abbreviations manual.
Appendix B, Value of The table of flow control policy.
Flow control Policy
Appendix C, Value of The table of power value.
Power
Appendix D, Value of The table of cell layer num value.
Cell Layer Num
Appendix E Describes Correlation between Parameter
Correlation between Interface Display and Database Value.
Parameter Interface
Display and Database
Value
Appendix F Lists all the figures and tables appeared in
Figures and Tables this manual.
Index Lists all the index appeared in this manual.
Related Documentation
The following documents are related to this manual:
ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20) Base Station Controller Documentation
Guide
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Alarm Handling
Manual
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Notification
Handling Manual
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem OMM Software
Installation Manual
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Configuration
Manual (Initial Configuration Guide)
Manual (Function Configuration Guide)
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem MML Command
Manual
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio
Parameters Manual (Volume I)
ii Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

About This Manual

Parameters Manual (Volume II)
ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Operation
Manual (Diagnostic Test)
Manual (Signaling Tracing)
ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20) Base Station Controller Performance
Counter Manual - Volume I
Counter Manual - Volume II
Counter Manual - Volume III
Conventions
Typographical ZTE documents employ the following typographical conventions.
Conventions
TABLE 2 - TYPOGRAPHIC AL CONVENTIONS
Typeface Meaning
Italics References to other Manuals and documents.
“Quotes” Links on screens.
Bold Menus, menu options, function names, input
fields, radio button names, check boxes, drop-
down lists, dialog box names, window names.
CAPS Keys on the keyboard and buttons on screens
and company name.
Constant width Text that you type, program code, files and
directory names, and function names.
[] Optional parameters.
{} Mandatory parameters.
| Select one of the parameters that are delimited
by it.
Note: Provides additional information about a
certain topic.
Checkpoint: Indicates that a particular step needs
to be checked before proceeding further.
Tip: Indicates a suggestion or hint to make things
easier or more productive for the reader.
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION iii

TABLE 3 - MOUSE OPERATION CONVENTIONS

Mouse
Operation Typeface Meaning
Conventions Click Refers to clicking the primary mouse button (usually
the left mouse button) once.
Double-click Refers to quickly clicking the primary mouse button
(usually the left mouse button) twice.
Right-click Refers to clicking the secondary mouse button
(usually the right mouse button) once.
Drag Refers to pressing and holding a mouse button and
moving the mouse.
How to Get in Touch

The following sections provide information on how to obtain
support for the documentation and the software.
Customer If you have problems, questions, comments, or suggestions
Support regarding your product, contact us by e-mail at
support@zte.com.cn. You can also call our customer support
center at (86) 755 26771900 and (86) 800-9830-9830.
Documentation ZTE welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality
Support and usefulness of this document. For further questions,
comments, or suggestions on the documentation, you can
contact us by e-mail at doc@zte.com.cn; or you can fax your
comments and suggestions to (86) 755 26772236. You can also
browse our website at http://support.zte.com.cn, which contains
various interesting subjects like documentation, knowledge base,
forum and service request.
iv Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1
Cell Object Parameters
This chapter describes cell object parameters, including power

control, handover, and reselection parameters.
TRX Parameters
TRX parameters are divided into two sub-interfaces. If the site is
IP access point, TRX information interface will add [IP
information] sub-interface.
TRX Parameters
The interface of TRX Parameters is as shown in Figure 1.
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1

FIGURE 1 - TRX P AR AMETERS
TRX ID (TrxId)
TABLE 4 - TRX ID
Full name TRX ID

Abbreviation TrxId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
TRX number in the cell. According to GSM
Description specifications, one cell can have 64 carriers at
most.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 60
Unit None
Default Sort in order.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1 - Cell Object Parameters
SubCell ID (SubCellId)
TABLE 5 - SUBCELL ID
Full name SubCell ID

Abbreviation SubCellId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If it is cell with dual frequencies, this parameter
describes the subCell of the dual-frequency cell in
Description which the TRX is; if it is not dual-frequency cell,
this parameter is ‘First Subcell’. It is unmodifiable
after being created.
Management
TRX
Object
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No,

value range is the first subcell;
Value Range When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes,
value range is the first and the second
subcell.
Unit None
Default First Subcell
Relevant ZGF05-05-002 Concentric Circle Technology

Functions ZGF05-09-006 Co-BCCH/Common BCCH
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TRX Type (TrxType)

TABLE 6 - TRX TYPE
Full name TRX Type

Abbreviation TrxType
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Common TRX is suitable for common cell. After

adding the function of supporting extended cell, a
third type of TRX is added -- Expand TRX, realizing
large coverage range.
In common cell, TRX Type shall be
configured as Normal TRX;
Description
When subcell is not supported under
extended cell, TRX Type shall be
configured as Extended TRX; when subcell
is supported under extended cell, subcell 1
shall be configured as Extended TRX, and
no special requirements for subcell 2.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Common TRX, Expand TRX
Unit None
Default Common TRX
Relevant
ZGF05-13-001 Extended Cell Coverage
Functions
Relevant
Ts No.
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Priority (TrxPriority)
TABLE 7 - PRIORITY
Full name Assign Priority of the Trx

Abbreviation TrxPriority
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes priorities for allocating
carriers of the same type. 1 represents the highest
Description
priority. Select channels on carriers with high
priority when allocating channels.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 1~5
Unit None
When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No, default
value is 3;
Default
When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is Yes, default
value is 1;

Relevant
ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BCCH carrier frequency (IsBcchMark)

TABLE 8 - CARRIER FREQUENCY
Full name BCCH carrier frequency

Abbreviation IsBcchMark
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
One and only one BCCH carrier frequency must be
Description
configured in a cell.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant Priority (TrxPriority)

parameters Support Fhs
Related
--
interfaces
Static power level (PwRreduction)

TABLE 9 - STATIC POWER LEVEL
Full name Static power level

Abbreviation PwRreduction
3GPP Name static RF power step
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.005 V5.14.0
reference

This parameter represents the static power level of

transceiver. Usually a static power control is added
on the basis of TRX transmission power specified
by Static power level. Namely, a restriction is
Description added based on the maximum transmission power,
thus to get the actual maximum transmission
power Pn of the TRX. The dynamic power control is
implemented based on the maximum transmission
power Pn.
Management
TRX
Object
Max output power, Max output power - 2 dB, Max
output power - 4 dB, Max output power - 6 dB, Max
output power - 8 dB, Max output power - 10 dB,
Value Range
Max output power - 12 dB, Max output power + 1.5
dB, Max output power + 1 dB, Max output power +
0.5 dB
Unit None
Default Max output power
Relevant
ZGF05-06-001 Static BTS Power Control
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power level (PowerClass)

TABLE 10 - POWER LEVEL
Full name Power level

Abbreviation PowerClass
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter can configure power level of carrier,
which can convert this value to actual power value,
Description
used to calculate path loss and CI value in
measurement report.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 1~8
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support Fhs
TABLE 11 - SUPPORT FHS
Full name Support Fhs

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name hopping
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates if frequency-hopping is
supported. When this parameter is configured as
Yes, "Frequency" parameter is blocked, and
Description "frequency-hopping" parameter is added.
Note: S8001 only has a frequency, and doesn't
support frequency-hopping.
Management
TRX
Object
When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No,

default value is Yes/No;
Value Range
When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is Yes,
default value is No;
Unit None
Default No
Relevant ZGF05-12-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

Functions ZGF05-12-005 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Frequency
TABLE 12 - FREQUENCY
Full name Frequency

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Description Select the frequency point of this transceiver.

Management
TRX
Object
Frequency band is GSM900: 1~124;

Frequency band is EXT900: 0~124,
975~1023
Value Range
Frequency band is DCS1800: 512~885;
Frequency band is PCS1800: 512~810;
Frequency band is GSM850: 128~251;
Unit None
Default Based on the set frequency

Relevant
ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
ARFCN List
TABLE 13 - ARFCN LIST
Full name ARFCN List

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Selectable ARFCN list.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Configured "Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)"
Unit None
Default Configured "Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)"
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Channel Information Parameters

Channel information interface is shown in Figure 2.
FIGURE 2 - CHANNEL INFORM ATION P ARAMETERS
Ts No.
TABLE 14 - TS NO.
Full name Ts No.

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Number to identify timeslot.
Management
TRX
Object
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal

TRX", eight timeslot numbers are
displayed on the interface, such as 1, 2, 3,
Value Range 4, 5, 6, and 7;
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended
TRX", four timeslot numbers are displayed
on the interface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6;
Unit None

Default Same as value range

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TsChannelComb
TABLE 15 - TSCHANNELCOMB
Full name TsChannelComb

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines combined types of timeslot
channel. Correlation with the following several
parameters is as follows:
CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is No,
that is, CBC is not supported, the system
automatically final all timeslot channel
combinations in the cell.If CBC channel
exists, it is changed to SDCCH.
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes,
that is, CBC is supported, the system
automatically find all timeslot channel
combinations in the cell.If a non-BCCH
channel is found for a carrier, it is changed
to SDCCH+CBCH.
Description
GPRS service supported (PsSupport)
If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No,
that is, GPRS is not supported, the system
automatically change all timeslot channels
whose type is PS in the cell to TCH.
Common control channel configuration
(CcchConf)
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is
configured as "a basic physical channel
used by CCCH, along with SDCCH". In
channel information parameters, timeslot 0
channel combination shall be one of these
two combined channels: BCCH+SDCCH/4
and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.


configured as "a basic physical channel
used by CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In
channel combination shall be one of these
two combined channels:
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
configured as "two basic physical channels
used by CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In
and 2 channel combination shall be these
two combined channels:
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
configured as "three basic physical
channels used by CCCH, regardless of
SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel
combination shall be these two combined
channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured
as "four basic physical channels used by
CCCH, regardless of SDCCH". In channel
information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4
channel combination shall be these two
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
and BCCH+CCCH.
Management
TRX
Object
TCH/F;
TCH/H (0，1)+FACCH/H (0，1)+SACCH/TH
(0，1);
TCH/H ( 0, 0)+FACCH/H (0, 1)+SACCH/TH
(0, 1)+TCH/H (0, 1);
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;
Value Range
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4;
BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;
SDCCH+CBCH;
PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;

PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
Unit None
Default TCH/F
ZGF06-06-006 EDGE on BCCH-TRX Configurable
ZGF06-06-003 GPRS-only (without voice)
Relevant Timeslots Configurable
Functions
ZGF06-06-005 Voice-only Timeslots Configurable
ZGF06-04-001 PBCCH, PPCH, PAGCH, PRACH
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TSC
TABLE 16 - TSC
Full name TSC

Abbreviation TSC
3GPP Name TSC
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0
reference
This parameter represents Training Serial Code
(TSC) of the timeslot. There are eight types of TSC,
with low mutual dependency. It is used for
Description reference of delay compensation for adaptive
balance circuit at receiving side. For the timeslot
where BCCH is, this parameter must be equal to
BCC of the cell.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

MAIO
TABLE 17 - MAIO
Full name MAIO

Abbreviation MAIO
3GPP Name Mobile Allocation Index Offset
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
During communication, the carrier number adopted
on air interface is an element of the MA set. Mobile
Allocation Index (MAI) (0 ≤ MAI ≤ n-1) is a
variable for determining a definite element in the
MA set. According to the FH algorithm in GSM
05.02 specification, MAI is function of the following
aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or Reduced
TDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency Hopping
Serial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation Index
Description Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI and
is used for preventing several channels to contend
for the same carrier at the same moment.
Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot or TDMA
frame) constitute an FH group. They have the same
MA and HSN and the only difference among them is
MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSN are put in
FHS/MA table. When the FH group corresponding to
the timeslot has no frequency hopping, MAIO of the
timeslot is invalid.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 0
ZGF05-12-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping
Relevant
ZGF05-12-005 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Functions
ZGF05-12-003 Flexible MAIO Management
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Dynamic ts
TABLE 18 - DYNAMIC TS
Full name Dynamic ts

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
YES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO:
Description
Representing fixedly configured timeslot.
Management
TS1 number
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Ps Service Preference property

TABLE 19 - PS SERVICE PREFERENCE PROPERTY
Full name Ps Service Preference property

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Indicate whether to do channel packet service
Description
preference or the type to do service preference
Management
TRX
Object
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference,
Value Range
EDGE specialty
Unit None
Default No preference
Relevant ZGF06-10-001 Flexible Priority Handling of Packet
Functions Data Channel
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

PDCH Priority
TABLE 20 - PDCH PRIORITY
Full name PDCH Priority

Abbreviation PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This timeslot is used as PDTCH firstly. It only
Description
dynamically configure timeslot.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TSC
TABLE 21 - TSC
Full name TSC

Abbreviation TSC
3GPP Name training sequence Code
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0
reference
It is training serial code. TSC value in BCCH
Description
channel shall be same as BSS value.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
PDCH
TABLE 22 - PDCH
Full name PDCH

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is same as the property of "PDCH Priority"
Description parameter. It is only shortcut method, uniformly
configuring 8 timeslots for carrier.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS
IP information interface is as shown in Figure 3.

FIGURE 3 - IP INFORM ATION P AR AMETERS
Bipb Unit
TABLE 23 - BIPB UNIT
Full name Bipb Unit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is corresponding with the board position in
Description
physical configuration
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit.
Unit None
Default Depends on the actual configuration.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

DspSunit
TABLE 24 - DSPSUNIT
Full name DspSunit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It corresponds to the DSP supporting IP in BIPB
Description
board configured by physical mode.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range Determined by user configured DSP quantity
Unit None
Default Minimum DSP number configured by user
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
DspMarkSeq
TABLE 25 - DSPM ARKSEQ
Full name DspMarkSeq

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP channel
number will be calculated based on this mark by
Description service. If VTCD board, each DSP can mark
(configure) up to 16 carriers; If VTCD/2 board, it can
configure 28 carriers.
Management
--
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 15 ；0 ~ 27
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PortNo
TABLE 26 - PORTNO
Full name PortNo

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name
3GPP
reference
IP access. Port number shall be allocated for each
Description carrier, and the number will be determined by the
port actually configured.
Management
TRX
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 3072
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Carrier Panel Parameters

Carrier panel parameters are as shown in Figure 4.

FIGURE 4 - CARRIER P ANEL P AR AMETERS
Working Modes
TABLE 27 - WORKING MODES
Full name Working modes

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes working modes of carrier, including
Description single or double carriers, which determines 4 lines
of multiplexer is used or DPCT/DDT is used.
Management
BTS rack
Object

Under double carrier mode, no 4 lines of

multiplexer, no DPCT or DDT configured;
Under single carrier mode, only 4 lines of
multiplexer is configured;
Under single carrier mode, 4 lines of
Value Range
multiplexer + DPCT;
Under single carrier mode, 4 lines of
multiplexer + DDT;
Under single carrier mode, no 4 lines of
multiplexer, no DPCT or DDT configured;
Unit None
Under double carrier mode, no 4 lines of multiplexer, no
Default
DPCT or DDT configured;
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Delayed transmitting number

TABLE 28 - DELAYED TRANSMITTING NUMBER
Full name Delayed transmitting number

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It defines the symbol used on delayed transmitting.
Description When parameter working mode is "under single
carrier mode, 4 lines of multiplexer + DDT", this
parameter is valid.
Management
BTS rack
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
Working Modes
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Use IRC
TABLE 29 - USE IRC
Full name Use IRC

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It determines whether to use IRC.
Description Not checked: don't use IRC

Checked: use IRC
Management
BTS rack
Object
Value Range Not checked, checked
Unit None
Default Not checked
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Carrier support antenna jumping

TABLE 30 - CARRIER SUPPORT ANTENN A JUMPING
Full name Carrier support antenna jumping

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes whether the carrier supports antenna
jumping. Only when working mode is double carrier
mode, this parameter is valid.
Description No: indicates antenna jumping is not

supported;
Yes: indicates antenna jumping is
supported;
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
Working Modes
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power Control Parameters

There are four sub-interfaces for basic power control. If the cell
supports GPRS, there is another sub-interface ‘GPRS Power
Control’.
Power control
The interface of power control parameters is shown in Figure 5.
FIGURE 5 - POWER CONTROL P AR AMETERS

Uplink rapid power control indication

(UlRapidPcInd)
TABLE 31 - UPLINK RAPID POWER CONTROL INDICATION
Full name Uplink rapid power control indication

Abbreviation UIRapidPcInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines the availability of the
rapid power control process. Rapid power control
process is an optional process of BSC. It reduces
the interference of the whole BSS radio system and
satisfies the dynamic power control requirement for
Description rapid moving MS.
The power control range in each rapid power
control process is not a fixed value but an integral
multiple of the power control step size (increment
or decrement). This parameter determines the
availability of the rapid power control process.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-07-002 Dynamic MS Power Control
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink rapid power control indication

(DlRapidPcInd)
TABLE 32 - DOWNLINK RAPID POWER CONTROL INDICATION
Full name Downlink rapid power control indication

Abbreviation DIRapidPcInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter determines the availability of the

rapid power control process. Rapid power control
process is an optional process of BSC. It reduces
the interference of the whole BSS radio system and
satisfies the dynamic power control requirement for
Description rapid moving MS.
The power control range in each rapid power
control process is not a fixed value but an integral
multiple of the power control step size (increment
or decrement). This parameter determines the
availability of the rapid power control process.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-07-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power control PwrDecrLimit

TABLE 33 - POWER CONTROL PWRDECRLIMIT
Full name Power control PwrDecrLimit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is set for preventing MS from call
drop due to fast power control. It corresponds to
different quality level. For example, PwrDecrLimit
[0] determines the maximum power decrease limit
for calls with receiving quality level 0 (Bit Error rate
(BER) <0.2%). This parameter is valid for both
Description uplink and downlink.
This parameter is an array of eight elements, with
element length of one byte. PwrDecrLimit [n]
determines the maximum power decrease limit
available for calls with quality level n. The value
range of each element is 0 ~ 38 dB.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 38
Unit None

Default [24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10]

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power Survey
The interface of power measurement parameters is shown in
Figure 6.
FIGURE 6 - POWER MEASUREMENT P AR AMETERS
Report period of measurement for power control

(PwrCtrlReportPrd, SACCH double frame)
TABLE 34 - REPORT PERIOD OF MEASUREMENT FOR POWER CONTROL
Full name Report period of measurement for power control

Abbreviation PwrCtrlReportPrd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Power control is performed at BTS side and BSC
implements relevant performance statistics. BTS
uses this parameter to decide the periodicity to
Description
send the preprocessed power measurement to BSC
as an input for power control analysis. This
parameter is in the unit of SACCH double frame.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 254

Unit SACCH multiframe

Default 240
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink power level Sample count

(PcUlLevWindow)
TABLE 35 - UPLINK POWER LEVEL
Full name Uplink power level

Abbreviation PcUlLevWindow
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In GSM system, BSC determines whether to
perform power control according to measurement
data. BSC uses the average value of measurement
data to avoid adverse influences caused by abrupt
changes in measurement data due to complex
Description radio transmission.
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window
size for the average value of uplink signal strength,
i.e. to calculate the average value of the number of
used samples.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight)

TABLE 36 - UPLINK LEVEL WEIGHT
Full name Uplink level Weight

Abbreviation PcUlLevWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Speech data is unavailable for silent period during
conversation. GSM specifications recommend
Discontinuous Transmission Mode (DTX) to control
optimal usage of network resources during such
silent periods.
BTS reports two types of measurement data to BSC
when using DTX mode. One is the average value of
measurement results of all timeslots within a
measurement period in non-DTX mode. The other
is the average value of measurement results of
some specific timeslots within a measurement
period in DTX mode. BSC selects one type of
measurement data according to the actual situation
Description for calculating the average value.
The first type of measurement data is more
accurate since it is the average value of
measurement results of all timeslots. The second
type of measurement data is less accurate since it
some timeslots. Thus BSC should use different
weights for the two types of data when averaging
the measurement results.
This parameter determines the weight for the first
type of measurement data when averaging uplink
signal strength for power control. Weight for the
second type of measurement data is set to 1 by
default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink power level Sample count

(PcdlLevWindow)
TABLE 37 - DOWNLINK POWER LEVEL
Full name Downlink power level

Abbreviation PcdlLevWindow

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
size for the average value of downlink signal
strength, i.e. to calculate the average value of the
number of used samples.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink level Weight (PcdlLevWeight)

TABLE 38 - DOWNLINK LEVEL WEIGHT
Full name Downlink level Weight

Abbreviation PcdlLevWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
type of measurement data when averaging
downlink signal strength for power control. Weight
for the second type of measurement data is set to
1 by default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink quality level (PcUlIQualWindow)

TABLE 39 - UPLINK QUALITY LEVEL
Full name Uplink quality level

Abbreviation PcUlIQualWindow
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


size for the average value of uplink signal quality,
i.e. to calculate the average value of the number of
used samples.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink quality Weight (PcUlIQualWeight)

TABLE 40 - UPLINK QUALITY WEIGHT
Full name Uplink quality Weight

Abbreviation PcUlIQualWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
signal quality for power control. Weight for the
default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink quality level (PcDlIQualWindow)

TABLE 41 - DOWNLINK QUALITY LEVEL
Full name Downlink quality level

Abbreviation PcDlIQualWindow
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


size for the average value of downlink signal
quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of the
number of used samples.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink quality Weight (PcDlIQualWeight)

TABLE 42 - DOWNLINK QUALITY WEIGHT
Full name Downlink quality Weight

Abbreviation PcDlIQualWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
downlink signal quality for power control. Weight
for the second type of measurement data is set to
1 by default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power Adjust Threshold

The interface of power adjust threshold parameters is shown in
Figure 7.

FIGURE 7- POWER ADJUST THRESHOLD PAR AMETERS
Increase uplink level Threshold

(PCULINCLLEVTHSThs), Value P
(PCULINCLLEVTHSP), and Value N
(PCULINCLLEVTHSN)
TABLE 43 - INCREASE UPLINK LEVEL THRESHOLD, VALUE P, AND V ALUE N
Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value

Full name
N
PCULINCLLEVTHSThs / PCULINCLLEVTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCULINCLLEVTHSN

Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value

Full name
N
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
According to GSM specifications, power control
decisions depend upon received average value
series of uplink signal strength. Uplink receiving
intensity is one of the factors which may lead to MS
Description (uplink) power increase. The decision process is as
follows: If P out of N recent uplink signal strength
averages are less than the related threshold,
transmission power of MS (uplink) should be
increased, because the uplink signals are too weak.
Management
Cell
Object
Increase uplink level can be divided into four kinds:
FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
Threshold: 0 ~ 63; Value P: 1 ~ 31; Value N: 1 ~
31
Unit None
Default [22, 3, 4]
Relevant ZGF05-07-002 Dynamic MS Power Control

Functions ZGF05-17-009 AMR Power Control
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Increase downlink level Threshold

(PCDLINCLLEVTHSThs), Value P
(PCDLINCLLEVTHSP), and Value N
(PCDLINCLLEVTHSN)
TABLE 44 - INCREASE DOWNLINK LEVEL THRESHOLD, VALUE P, AND V ALUE N
Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
PCDLINCLLEVTHSThs / PCDLINCLLEVTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCDLINCLLEVTHSN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
series of uplink signal strength.
Description The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of downlink signal strength, if P of
the N values fall below relevant threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to
improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Cell
Object
Increase downlink level can be divided into four
kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
31
Unit None
Default [26, 3, 4]
Relevant ZGF05-07-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Decrease uplink level Threshold

(PCULREDLEVTHSThs), Value P
(PCULREDLEVTHSP), and Value N
(PCULREDLEVTHSN)
TABLE 45 - DECREASE UPLINK LEVEL THRESHOLD, V ALUE P, AND V ALUE N
Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value

Full name
N
PCULREDLEVTHSThs / PCULREDLEVTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCULREDLEVTHSN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the
N values rise above relevant threshold value, reduce
MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the
uplink signal strength.

Management
Cell
Object
Decrease uplink level can be divided into four kinds:
FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
31
Unit None
Default [30, 3, 4]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Decrease downlink level Threshold

(PCDLREDLEVTHSThs), Value P
(PCDLREDLEVTHSP), and Value N
(PCDLREDLEVTHSN)
TABLE 46 - DECREASE DOWNLINK LEVEL THRESHOLD, V ALUE P, AND V ALUE
N
Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
PCDLREDLEVTHSThs / PCDLREDLEVTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCDLREDLEVTHSN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power to
improve the downlink signal strength.
Management
Cell
Object
Decrease downlink level can be divided into four
Value Range
31
Unit None
Default [34, 3, 4]


Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Increase uplink quality Threshold

(PCULINCLQUALTHSThs), Value P
(PCULINCLQUALTHSP), and Value N
(PCULINCLQUALTHSN)
TABLE 47 - INCREASE UPLINK QUALITY THRESHOLD, V ALUE P, AND V ALUE N
Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
PCULINCLQUALTHSThs / PCULINCLQUALTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCULINCLQUALTHSN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average values of uplink signal quality, if P of the N
values rise above relevant threshold value, increase
uplink signal quality.
Management
Cell
Object
Increase uplink quality can be divided into four
Value Range kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Threshold: 0 ~ 7; Value P: 1 ~ 31; Value N: 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default [2, 3, 4]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Increase downlink quality Threshold

(PCDLINCLQUALTHSThs), Value P

(PCDLINCLQUALTHSP), and Value N

(PCDLINCLQUALTHSN)
TABLE 48 - INCREASE DOWNLINK QUALITY THRESHOLD, V ALUE P, AND V ALUE
N
Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
PCDLINCLQUALTHSThs / PCDLINCLQUALTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCDLINCLQUALTHSN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average values of downlink signal quality, if P of the
N values rise above relevant threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to
improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Cell
Object
Increase downlink quality can be divided into four
Unit None
Default [2, 3, 4]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Decrease uplink quality Threshold

(PCULREDQUALTHSThs), Value P
(PCULREDQUALTHSP), and Value N
(PCULREDQUALTHSN)
TABLE 49 - DECREASE UPLINK QUALITY THRESHOLD, VALUE P, AND V ALUE N
Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
PCULREDQUALTHSThs / PCULREDQUALTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCULREDQUALTHSN

Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average values of uplink signal quality, if P of the N
values fall below relevant threshold value, reduce
uplink signal quality.
Management
Cell
Object
Decrease uplink quality can be divided into four
Unit None
Default [0, 3, 4]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Decrease downlink quality Threshold

(PCDLREDQUALTHSThs), Value P
(PCDLREDQUALTHSP), and Value N
(PCDLREDQUALTHSN)
TABLE 50 - DECREASE DOWNLINK QUALITY THRESHOLD, V ALUE P, AND
V ALUE N
Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
PCDLREDQUALTHSThs / PCDLREDQUALTHSP /
Abbreviation
PCDLREDQUALTHSN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Full name
Value N
average values of downlink signal quality, if P of the
N values fall below relevant threshold value, reduce
BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the
downlink signal quality.
Management
Cell
Object
Decrease downlink quality can be divided into four
Unit None
Default [0, 3, 4]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Others
The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 8 .

FIGURE 8 OTHER P AR AMETERS
FR Power increasing step (db) (PWRINCSTEP_0)

TABLE 51 - FR POWER INCREASING STEP (DB)
Full name This parameter defines FR Power increasing step.

Abbreviation PWRINCSTEP
3GPP Name Pow_Incr_Step
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It describes increase step, the value of each power
Description control variation. It applies to both uplink and
downlink directions.
Management
Cell
Object
Power increase step can be divided into four kinds:
Value Range FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value range is 2, 4, and 6.
Unit dB
It can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
Default
and AMR HR. 2 by default.

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

FR Power decreasing step (db)

(PWRREDSTEP_0)
TABLE 52 - FR POWER DECREASING STEP
Full name FR Power decreasing step.

Abbreviation PWRREDSTEP
3GPP Name Pow_Red_Step
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It describes decrease step, the value of each power
Description control variation. It applies to both uplink and
downlink directions.
Management
Cell
Object
Power decrease step can be divided into four kinds:
Value Range FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value range is 2 and 4.
Unit dB
Default

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl)

TABLE 53 - UPLINK POWER CONTROL ALLOWED
Full name Uplink power control

Abbreviation PwrControlUl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines to enable or disable MS
Description uplink power control in the cell. This power control
is only effective to TCH/F.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default Yes

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl)

TABLE 54 - DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL ALLOWED
Full name Downlink power control

Abbreviation PwrControlDl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to enable or
Description
disable BTS downlink power control in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX power level of MS (MSTXPWRMAX)

TABLE 55 - MAX POWER LEVEL OF MS
Full name MS Max. TxPwr

Abbreviation MSTXPWRMAX
3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

In the communication between MS and BTS, the

transmission power is controlled by the network.
The network sets the power of MS by power
command, which is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH
carries the power command with 2-header bytes
information, one is power control byte and the
other one is timing advance byte).
Description MS sets the specified output transmission power
according to the power control header extracted
from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible
output power even if the power command sends
maximum output power. During BSC power control,
this parameter determines the maximum
transmission power available for MS in the cell.
BSC also uses it to calculate PBGT value.
Management
Cell
Object
MAX power level of MS can be divided into four
Value range is 0 ~ 31.
Unit None
Default
and AMR HR. Default value is 0, 5, 0, 0.

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN power level of MS (MSTXPWRMIN)

TABLE 56 - MIN POWER LEVEL OF MS
Full name MS Min. TxPwr

Abbreviation MSTXPWRMIN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

Full name MS Min. TxPwr

Abbreviation MSTXPWRMIN
maximum output power. During BSC power control,
this parameter determines the minimum
transmission power (that is, lower limit of power
control) available for MS in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
MIN power level of MS can be divided into four
Unit None
Default
and AMR HR. Default value is 0, 16, 0, 11.

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN power level of BS (BSTXPWRMIN)

TABLE 57 - MIN POWER LEVEL OF BS
Full name BS Min. TxPwr

Abbreviation BSTXPWRMIN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter controls the transmission power

during communication between MS and BTS.
SACCH carries the command with 2 header bytes
information (power control byte and timing
Description
advance byte) from BSC to BTS. During BSC
control, this parameter determines the minimum
transmission power (that is, lower limit of power
control) available for BTS in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
MIN power level of BS can be divided into four
The maximum power level of BTS is Pn.
Value Range 0: Pn;

1: Pn-2 dB;
……
15: Pn-30 dB
Unit None
Default

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN interval of power control (PCMININTERVAL)

TABLE 58 - MIN INTERVAL OF POWER CONTROL
Full name MIN interval of power control

Abbreviation PCMININTERVAL
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter specifies the minimum interval of
power control. Usually, MS still sends two
measurement reports with the original power to
BSC after enabling the power control. Signal level
Description information contained in the reports is inaccurate
and can be ignored (information such as adjacent
cell information is still valid). Thus a minimum
interval of power control is needed and signal level
information during the interval can be ignored.

Management
Cell
Object
MIN interval of power control can be divided into
Value Range four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Default
Relevant
ZGF05-17-009 AMR Power Control
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Power Control

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in
Figure 9.
FIGURE 9 - GPRS POWER CONTROL P ARAMETERS

Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)

TABLE 59 RECEIVE POWER STRENGTH FROM MS NEEDED
Full name Receive Power Strength from MS Needed

Abbreviation SS_BTS
3GPP Name SSb
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is used to control open loop uplink
power control. MS uses ΓCH parameter for
calculating uplink transmission power, based on the
Description following formula:
ΓCH = Γ0 –PBTS -SSb –48
This parameter decides the SSb parameter.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm;
Value Range 1: -109 dBm;
……
63: -47 dBm
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl)

TABLE 60 - UPLINK POWER CONTROL STRATEGY
Full name Uplink Power Control Policy

Abbreviation UlPwCtrl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines GPRS uplink power
control strategy, including the following four
Description
modes: uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop
control, based on quality control.

Management
Cell
Object
No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,
Value Range
Control based on quality
Unit None
Default No control
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink power control strategy (DiPwCtrl)

TABLE 61 - DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL STRATEGY
Full name Downlink Power Control policy

Abbreviation DlPwCtrl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines GPRS downlink power
control strategy, including the following four
Description
modes: uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop
control, based on quality control.
Management
Cell
Object
No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,
Value Range
Control based on quality
Unit None
Default No control
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode)

TABLE 62 - DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL MODE
Full name Downlink Power Control Mode

Abbreviation PwCtrlMode

3GPP Name BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter determines the BTS downlink power
control mode. BTS has two power control modes: A
Description and B. Mode A can be used for any assignment
mode and mode B can only be used for fixed
assignment mode.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range A, B
Unit None
Default A
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power control level (PwCtrlLev)

TABLE 63 - POWER CONTROL LEVEL
Full name Power Control Level

Abbreviation PwCtrlLev
3GPP Name Power control level
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter determines GPRS power control
precision, which describes nominal output power
Description
and power control precision (dB) sent by MS under
each power control level.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode

(P0)
TABLE 64 - POWER DESCENDING OF PDCH TO BCCH IN A MODE
Full name Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode

Abbreviation P0
3GPP Name P0
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is an optional downlink power
control parameter contained in assignment
message. MS uses power control if this parameter
exists. During the packet transmission mode, P0
Description
value shall not be changed unless re-assignment or
new assignment is established and the assignment
does not contain the PDCH(s) of any previous
assignment.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 15
0: P0=0 dB;
Value Range 1: P0=2 dB;
……
15: P0=30 dB
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover Control
Parameters
There are seven sub-interfaces for handover control.

Handover Pretreatment
The interface of handover protreatment parameters is shown in
Figure 10.
FIGURE 10 - HANDOVER PRETREATMENT PAR AMETERS
Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)

T A B L E 6 5 - N U M B E R O F Z E R O A L L O W E D I N AV
Full name Number of zero allowed in AV

Abbreviation ZeroAllowed
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

According to GSM specifications, MS can report to

BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent
cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,
the measurement data are not reported. BSC
marks measurement data of such adjacent cells as
zero.
This parameter gives flexibility in measurement
data averaging. However, excessive occurrences of
Description zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor
signal strength.
If the number of zeroes in used for average
calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in AV,
then measurement average equals to sum of
reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
calculation does not exceed Number of zero allowed
in AV, then the measurement average equals to
sum of reported values divided by (Neighboring cell
- number of zeroes)
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink power level (HoUlLevWindow)

TABLE 66 - UPLINK POWER LEVEL
Full name Uplink power level

Abbreviation HoUlLevWindow
3GPP Name N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

In GSM system, BSC uses the power level

measurement data to manage and control
handover decisions. BSC uses average values
instead of original values of measurement data for
handover decisions. It helps prevent negative
Description impact on network performance caused by abrupt
changes in measurement data.
This parameter is the window size (number of
sample values) used to calculate average value of
uplink signal intensity.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink level Weight (HoUlLevWeight)

TABLE 67 - UPLINK LEVEL WEIGHT
Full name Uplink level Weight

Abbreviation HoUlLevWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
signal strength for handover. Weight for the second
type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink power level (HoDlLevWindow)

TABLE 68 - DOWNLINK POWER LEVEL
Full name Downlink power level

Abbreviation HoDlLevWindow
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


This parameter represents the window size
(number of sample values) used to calculate
average value of downlink signal intensity.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink level Weight (HoDlLevWeight)

TABLE 69 - DOWNLINK LEVEL WEIGHT
Full name Downlink level Weight

Abbreviation HoDlLevWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
downlink signal strength for handover. Weight for
the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by
default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink quality level (HoUlQualWindow)

TABLE 70 - UPLINK QUALITY LEVEL
Full name Uplink quality level

Abbreviation HoUlQualWindow
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


average value of uplink signal quality.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight)

TABLE 71 - UPLINK QUALITY WEIGHT
Full name Uplink quality Weight

Abbreviation HoUlQualWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
signal quality for handover. Weight for the second
type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink quality level (HoDlQualWindow)

TABLE 72 - DOWNLINK QUALITY LEVEL
Full name Downlink quality level

Abbreviation HoDlQualWindow
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


average value of downlink signal quality..
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight)

TABLE 73 - DOWNLINK QUALITY WEIGHT
Full name Downlink quality Weight

Abbreviation HoDlQualWeight
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


silent periods.
downlink signal quality for handover. Weight for the
default.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Distance (Distance)
TABLE 74 - DISTANCE
Full name Distance

Abbreviation Distance
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


average value of distance (timing advance)
between MS and BTS.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Neighboring cell (NCell)

TABLE 75 - NEIGHBORING CELL
Full name Neighboring cell

Abbreviation NCell
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average value of signal intensity for adjacent cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover Threshold
The interface of handover threshold parameters is shown in
Figure 11.
FIGURE 11- HANDOVER THRESHOLD P ARAMETERS
Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),

Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P (HoUlLevP)
TABLE 76 - UPLINK RECEIVE LEVEL THRESHOLD, VALUE N, V ALUE P
Full name Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoUlLevThs / HoUlLevN / HoUlLevP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

According to GSM specifications, handover

decisions depend upon received average value of
uplink and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the
N values fall below relevant threshold value,
perform handover to improve the uplink signal
strength.
Description Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "HoUlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter “HoUlLevP” defines
the related P value. If this handover condition is
met, an internal handover is usually performed in
the cell.
Usually the value of “HoUlLevThs” should be less
than the threshold for uplink power control
(increase). That is, perform power control first. If
power control does not work, perform handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 63;
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
Value Range
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [15, 3, 2]
Relevant ZGF05-02-001 Basic Handover

Functions ZGF05-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),

Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P (HoDlLevP)
TABLE 77 - DOWNLINK RECEIVE LEVEL THRESHOLD, VALUE N, V ALUE P
Full name Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoDlLevThs / HoDlLevN / HoDlLevP
3GPP Name --

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
uplink and downlink signal strength. The decision
process is as follows: For the latest N average
values of downlink signal strength, if P of the N
values fall below relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the downlink signal strength.
Parameter “HoDlLevThs” defines the related
threshold, parameter “HoDlLevN” defines the
Description related N value, and parameter “HoDlLevP” defines
the related P value.
Usually the value of “HoDlLevThs” should be less
than the threshold for downlink power control
This parameter can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96
dBm ~ -95 dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the
minimum access level value (RxLevAccessMin) of
the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 63;
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
Value Range
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [15, 3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),

Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P (HoUlQualP)
TABLE 78 - UPLINK RECEIVE QUALITY THRESHOLD, V ALUE N, V ALUE P
Full name Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoUlQualThs / HoUlQualN / HoUlQualP

3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
values of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values
rise above relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the uplink signal quality.
Description Parameter “HoUlQualThs” defines the related
threshold, parameter “HoUlQualN” defines the
related N value, and parameter “HoUlQualP”
defines the related P value.
Usually the value of “HoUlQualThs” should be
greater than the threshold for uplink power control
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 7;
0: BER<0.2%;
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%;
……；
Value Range
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%;
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [4, 3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink receive quality Threshold

(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN), Value P
(HoDlQualP)
TABLE 79 - DOWNLINK RECEIVE QUALITY THRESHOLD, V ALUE N, V ALUE P
Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value

Full name
P

Abbreviation HoDlQualThs / HoDlQualN / HoDlQualP

3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
values of downlink signal quality, if P of the N
values rise above relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the downlink signal quality.
Description Parameter “HoDlQualThs” defines the related
threshold, parameter “HoDlQualN” defines the
related N value, and parameter “HoDlQualP”
defines the related P value.
In general, the Downlink receive quality Threshold
should be larger than downlink power control
(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control
first, then perform handover if power control fails.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 7;
0: BER<0.2%;
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%;
……
Value Range
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%;
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [4, 3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Intra-handover Uplink receive level Threshold

(IntraHoUlLevThs), Value N (IntraHoUlLevN),
Value P (IntraHoUlLevP)
TABLE 80 - INTRA-HANDOVER UPLINK RECEIVE LEVEL THRESHOLD, VALUE N,
V ALUE P
Intra-handover uplink receive level Threshold,

Full name
Value N, Value P
Abbreviation IntraHoUlLevThs / IntraHoUlLevN / IntraHoUlLevP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N values
rise above relevant threshold value, then perform
handover. The handover is due to strong uplink co-
frequency interference.
Description Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "IntraHoUlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoUlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an internal handover is usually
performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs" should be
more than the threshold for uplink power control
(decrease).
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 63;
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
Value Range
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [35, 3, 2]
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Intra-handover downlink receive level Threshold

(IntraHoDlLevThs), Value N (IntraHoDlLevN),
Value P (IntraHoDlLevP)
TABLE 81 - INTRA-HANDOVER DOWNLINK RECEIVE LEVEL THRESHOLD, V ALUE
N, V ALUE P
Intra-handover downlink receive level Threshold,

Full name
Value N, Value P
Abbreviation IntraHoDlLevThs / IntraHoDlLevN / IntraHoDlLevP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to
strong downlink co-frequency interference.
Description Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an internal handover is usually
performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs" should be
less than (or equal to) the threshold for uplink
power control (decrease).
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 63;
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
Value Range
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [40, 3, 2]

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N

(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)
TABLE 82- GOOD C/I THRESHOLD, V ALUE N, V ALUE P
Full name Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation GoodCiThs / GoodCiN / GoodCiP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If system adopts concentric technology, then
handover decisions also depend upon good Carrier
to Interference ratio (C/I) of special layer TRX
frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is
on common layer TRX frequency and P of the latest
Description N C/I values raise above the good C/I threshold,
then perform handover from common layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines the related
N value, and parameter “GoodCiP” defines the
related P value.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 255;
0: -127 dB;
1: -126 dB;
Value Range ……
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [133, 3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),

Value P (BadCiP)
TABLE 83 - BAD C/I THRESHOLD, V ALUE N, V ALUE P
Full name Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation BadCiThs / BadCiN / BadCiP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If system adopts concentric technology, then
handover decisions also depend upon good Carrier
to Interference ratio (C/I) of special layer TRX
frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is
on special layer TRX frequency and P of the latest N
Description C/I values fall below the bad C/I threshold, then
perform handover from special layer TRX frequency
to common layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "BadCiN" defines the related
N value, and parameter "BadCiP" defines the
related P value.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 255;
0: -127 dB;
1: -126 dB;
Value Range ……
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [130, 3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value

N (RapidHoN)
TABLE 84 - RAPID HANDOVER THRESHOLD / V ALUE N
Full name Rapid handover Threshold / Value N

Abbreviation RapidHoThs / RapidHoN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
During fast fading handover, some parameters
shall be used. If the measured signal intensity of a
call is less than rapid handover threshold, then it
triggers handover of existing cell to most probable
candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times for
which the measured signal intensity of a call is less
Description
than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~
-95dBm) by default, the same as the level
threshold of ordinary handover. Parameter
"RapidHoN" should be set to ensure that rapid
handover is faster than the ordinary signal level
handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 63;
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Value Range ……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value_N: 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default [10, 2]
Relevant ZGF05-02-007 Handover between Macro- and
Functions Micro-cells
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Macro-micro handover Threshold

(MacroMicroHoThs) / Value N (MacroMicroHoN)
TABLE 85 - MACRO-MICRO HANDOVER THRESHOLD / VALUE N
Full name Macro-micro handover Threshold / Value N

Abbreviation MacroMicroHoThs / MacroMicroHoN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
During macro-micro handover, some parameters
shall be used. Tha is, a signal strength threshold
and a counter value.
Macro-micro handover threshold is a value of signal
intensity threshold. If the measured signal intensity
of an adjacent micro cell is higher than
MacroMicroHoThs (threshold value) for certain
times, then it triggers handover to the adjacent
micro-cell. In this way, it could move slow moving
MS into micro cell layer. The times can be
determined by MacroMicroHoN parameter in each
adjacent cell.
Macro-micro handover threshold value N
Description (MacroMicroHoN) is a counter value that is related
to a given adjacent micro cell. When the measured
values of the signal strength of this adjacent micro
cell are consecutively more than the
"MacroMicroHoThs" value for "MacroMicroHoN"
times, the call can be handed over to this adjacent
micro cell. In this way, it could move slow moving
MS into micro cell layer. This parameter describes
the counter value that shall be used while this cell
is used as micro-cell.
The setting of parameter "MacroMicroHoN" in the
local micro cell is related to the local cell size and
the standard used in measuring the MS moving
speed.
Management
Cell
Object
Threshold: 0 ~ 62;
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Value Range
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value_N: 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default [20, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Distance handover value N (DistanceN) / Value P

(DistanceP)
TABLE 86 - DISTANCE HANDOVER VALUE N / V ALUE P
Full name Distance handover value N/value P

Abbreviation DistanceN / DistanceP
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
Description values rises above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
being out of the cell service range.
Parameter "DistanceN" defines the relevant N
value, and parameter "DistanceP" defines the
relevant P value.
Management
Cell
Object
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P

(PBGTHoP)
TABLE 87 - PBGT HANDOVER V ALUE N/VALUE P
Full name PBGT handover Value N/Value P

Abbreviation PBGTHoN / PBGTHoP


3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT
handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT
Description
satisfying the handover determination condition,
the PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.
Management
Cell
Object
Value N: 1 ~ 31;
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~31
Unit None
Default [3, 2]

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover Condition
The interface of handover condition parameters is shown in
Figure 12.
FIGURE 12- HANDOVER CONDITION P AR AM ETERS
Max Time Advance Threshold between MS and

BTS (DistanceThs)
TABLE 88 - MAX TIME ADV ANCE THRESHOLD BETWEEN MS AND BTS
Full name Max Time Advance Threshold between MS and BTS

Abbreviation DistanceThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
values rises above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
being out of the cell service range.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Common cell: 0 ~ 63; Extended cell: 0 ~ 219
Unit None
Default 63

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN interval between inter-cell handover

(HoMinInterval, s)
TABLE 89 - MIN INTERVAL BETWEEN INTER-CELL HANDOVER
Full name MIN interval between inter-cell handover

Abbreviation HoMinInterval
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter specifies the interval value for

which MS waits before the actual inter-cell
handover occurs. Such a timer is more
predominant for MS at the boundary regions
between two cells, where inter-cell handovers occur
frequently. This parameter helps restrict frequent
inter-cell handover and guarantees call quality.
Inter-cell handover takes place when the timer
Description exceeds the defined interval value from the last
inter-cell handover of MS. This parameter affects
only the inter-cell handover, but not common intra-
cell or inter-cell concentric handover. In addition,
micro-cell has its own handover policy, so this
parameter is only effective for macro-cell layer and
its above layer.
For macro-cell, the default value can be 5; for
micro-cell, the default value can only be 0.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~31
Unit s
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal

level/quality (LayerPriority)
TABLE 90 - PRIOR LAYER SELECTING PARAMETER ON SIGNAL LEVEL/QUALITY
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal

Full name
level/quality
Abbreviation LayerPripority
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter decides the priority to select and

sequence the candidate cells for handover.
Received signal level and signal quality decides the
candidate cells for handover. Three options are
available:
First hand over to adjacent cells at the
upper layer of the local cell, then to those
at the same layer, and finally to other
adjacent cells;
First hand over to adjacent cells at the
same layer of the local cell, then to those
at the upper layer, and finally to other
adjacent cells;
All adjacent cells are treated in the same
way.
This parameter determines to select one of above
Description
three methods. During handover control process,
this parameter has higher priority than normal
adjacent cells.
Value range:
1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at above
layer first, same layer next,other adjacent
cells finally;
2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at same
layer first, above layer next, other
adjacent cells finally;
3 (ALL_LAYER): all adjacent cells are
same.
For micro-cell, option 1 is selected. When call in
micro-cell is handed over due to signal quality or
signal strength, first handover to macro-cell layer.
Macro cell adopts option 2.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Layer adapting to PBGT handover (PbgtHolayer)

TABLE 91 - LAYER AD APTING TO PBGT HANDOVER (PBGTHOLAYER)
Full name Hierarchy that can apply standard PBGT HO

Abbreviation PbgtHoLayer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter controls PBGT handover in multi-
Description
layer and dual-band network applications
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~15
Unit None
Default 3
ZGF05-02-001 Basic Handover
Relevant
ZGF05-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria
Functions
ZGF05-05-001 Multi-layer Cell Structure
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Synchronization (HoPatternInd1)
TABLE 92 - SYNCHRONIZATION
Full name Synchronization

Abbreviation HoPatternInd1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
TA of the destination cell is same as that of the
Description
source cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
ZGF05-02-003 Handover Mode
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Asynchronization (HoPatternInd2)
TABLE 93 - ASYNCHRONIZATION
Full name Asynchronization

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description TA of the destination cell is unknown.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd3)
TABLE 94 - PSEUDO-SYNCHRONIZATION
Full name Pseudo-synchronization

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Pre-synchronization (HoPatternInd4)
TABLE 95 - PRE-SYNCHRONIZATION
Full name Pre-synchronization

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines the TA available for
Description
BSC.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover Control
The interface of handover control parameters is shown in Figure
13.

FIGURE 13- HANDOVER CONTROL P AR AMETERS
Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl1)

TABLE 96 - ALLOW SDCCH HANDOVER
Full name Allow SDCCH handover

Abbreviation HoControl1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines if allow SDCCH
Description
handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-02-010 SDCCH/SDCCH Handover
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink

interference (HoControl2)
TABLE 97 - ALLOW INTER-CELL HANDOVER ATTEMPT DUE TO UPLINK
INTERFERENCE
Full name Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines if allow inter-cell
Description
handover attempt due to uplink interference.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to downlink

interference (HoControl3)
TABLE 98 - ALLOW INTER-CELL HANDOVER ATTEMPT DUE TO DOWNLINK
INTERFERENCE
Allow intra-cell handover due to downlink

Full name
interference
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow inter-
Description
cell handover attempt due to downlink interference.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow handover due to distance (HoControl4)

TABLE 99 - ALLOW HANDOVER DUE TO DISTANCE
Full name Allow handover due to distance

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow
Description
handover due to distance..
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl5)

TABLE 100 - ALLOW STANDARD PBGT HANDOVER
Full name Allow standard PBGT handover

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
standard PBGT handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow automatic handover based on traffic

(HoControl6)
TABLE 101 - ALLOW AUTOM ATIC HANDOVER BASED ON TRAFFIC
Full name Allow automatic handover based on traffic

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
automatic handover based on traffic.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow handover based on direction (HoControl7)

TABLE 102 - ALLOW HANDOVER BASED ON DIRECTION
Full name Allow handover based on direction

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
handover based on direction.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Allow handover based on homocentric circularity

(HoControl8)
TABLE 103 - ALLOW HANDOVER BASED ON HOMOCENTRIC CIRCULARITY
Full name Allow handover based on homocentric circularity

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
handover based on homocentric circularity.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel

due to downlink interference (HoControl9)
TABLE 104 - ALLOW INTRA-CELL HANDOVER IN SUPER TRX CHANNEL DUE TO
DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due

Full name
to downlink interference

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-
Description cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink
interference.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel

due to uplink interference (HoControl10)
TABLE 105 - ALLOW INTRA-CELL HANDOVER IN SUPER TRX CHANNEL DUE TO
UPLINK INTERFERENCE
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due

Full name
to uplink interference
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-
Description cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink
interference.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX

channel due to PBGT (HoControl11)
TABLE 106 - ALLOW ADJACENT CELLS HANDOVER IN SUPER TRX CHANNEL
DUE TO PBGT
Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel

Full name
due to PBGT
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due
to PBGT
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority

(HoControl12)
TABLE 107 - ALLOW DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF HANDOVER PRIORITY
Full name Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
dynamic adjustment of handover priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant ZGF05-02-008 Dynamic Handover Priority

Functions Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow rapid handover (HoControl13)

TABLE 108 - ALLOW RAPID HANDOVER
Full name Allow rapid handover

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow rapid
Description
handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow Macro-Micro delay handover (HoControl14)

TABLE 109 - ALLOW MACRO-MICRO DELAY HANDOVER
Full name Allow macro-micro delay handover

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow Macro-
Description
Micro delay handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow Micro-Macro delay handover (HoControl15)

TABLE 110 - ALLOW MICRO-M ACRO DELAY HANDOVER
Full name Allow Micro-Macro delay handover

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow Micro-
Description
Macro delay handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow internal handover based on TA

(HoControl16)
TABLE 111 - ALLOW INTERNAL HANDOVER BASED ON TA
Full name Allow internal handover based on TA

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
internal handover based on TA.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow force transfer handover (HoControl17)

TABLE 112 - ALLOW FORCE TRANSFER HANDOVER
Full name Allow force transfer handover

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to allow forced
Description
transfer handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-02-009 Directed-Shift Handover
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Others
The interface of others parameters is shown in Figure 14.

FIGURE 14- OTHER P AR AMETERS
Penalty time for handover failure

(HoFailPenaltyTime)
TABLE 113 - PENALTY TIME FOR HANDOVER FAILURE
Full name Penalty time for handover failure

Abbreviation HoFailPenaltyTime
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines the penalty time for
destination cell if MS fails to handover to the
Description destination cell. During the penalty time, inter-cell
handover within BSC will not occur. This parameter
determines penality duration.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 7
Relevant
ZGF05-02-006 Enhanced Handover Algorithm
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset)

TABLE 114 - DIFFERENCE OF DYNAMIC PRIORITY
Full name Difference of dynamic priority

Abbreviation DynPrioOffset
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic priority
difference between the destination cell and local
cell during a handover when using direction-based
handover algorithm. During handover, if the first
cell’s dynamic handover priority is higher than that
Description of the second cell but the second cell is in MS
moving direction, then the direction-based
handover algorithm works if the difference between
the two cells’ handover priorities is within the
tolerable difference. MS is handover to the second
cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit None
Default 1
Functions Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PBGT difference (PbgtOffset)

TABLE 115 - PBGT DIFFERENCE
Full name PBGT difference

Abbreviation PbgtOffset
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter defines a tolerable power budget

difference between destination cell and the local
cell during a handover. During handover, if the first
cell’s PBGT is higher than that of the second cell
but the second cell is in MS moving direction, then
Description
the direction-based handover algorithm works if
the difference between the two cells’ PBGTs is
within the tolerable difference. MS is handover to
the second cell. This parameter indicates this
allowable difference.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit dB
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Layer control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoLayrCtl)
TABLE 116 - LAYER CONTROL VALUE FOR HANDOVER ON TRAFFIC
Full name Layer control value for handover on traffic

Abbreviation TrafficHoLayrCtl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Layer selecting parameter on service quality

handover. This parameter, together with Frequency
control value for handover on traffic, decides the
adjacent cell’s frequency band and layer selected
during traffic handover.
When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as for
the layer relation, four choices are available for call
selection and candidate cell arrangement. This
parameter decides which choice should be selected.
When implementing traffic-based handover control
in traffic process, this parameter has higher priority
than that of adjacent cells.
Description
The values are as follows:
0: N, Not defined;
1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in
the same layer (PBGT handover is
possible);
2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer of
this cell (when this cell is micro-cell);
3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of
this cell (when this cell is macro-cell)
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~3
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Frequency control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoFreqrCtl)
TABLE 117 - FREQUENCY CONTROL VALUE FOR HANDOVER ON TRAFFIC
Full name Frequency control value for handover on traffic

Abbreviation TrafficHoFreqrCtl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter defines the control value of layer

for traffic handover, i.e. which frequency band
should be handover to.
0: GSM900 frequency band P-GSM (ARFCN
= 1 ~ 124)
1: EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN
= 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
Description
2: DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800
(ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)
PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900 (ARFCN
= 512 ~ 810)
GSM850 frequency band (ARFCN = 128 ~
251)
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, PCS1900, GSM850
Unit None
Default GSM900
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs, %)

TABLE 118 - THRESHOLD OF TRAFFIC FOR HANDOVER
Full name Threshold of traffic for handover

Abbreviation TrafficThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than this
parameter value (number of occupied TCH
channels / number of total TCH channels, not
Description
including blocked idle channels), then it indicates
the cell is too busy, and traffic handover is
triggered for the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %

Default 70
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Lag time for PBGT between different layers

(PbgtHoParam_0)
TABLE 119 - LAG TIME FOR PBGT BETWEEN DIFFERENT LAYERS
Full name Lag time for PBGT between different layers

Abbreviation PbgtHoParam_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
To more effectively control traffic distribution in the
cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
Description add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at
different layers within certain duration, which is lag
time for PBGT between different layers.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit Seconds
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Level offset for PBGT to up layer

(PbgtHoParam_1)
TABLE 120 - LEVEL OFFSET FOR PBGT TO UP LAYER
Full name Level offset for PBGT to up layer

3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Description
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upper
layer within certain duration.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit --
Default 24
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Level offset for PBGT to low layer

(PbgtHoParam_2)
TABLE 121- LEVEL OFFSET FOR PBGT TO LOW LAYER
Full name Level offset for PBGT to low layer

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lower
layer within certain duration.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~48
Unit --
Default 24
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Handover Algorithm
The interface of handover algorithm parameters is shown in
Figure 15.
FIGURE 15- HANDOVER ALGORITHM PAR AMETERS
Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs)

TABLE 122 - TRAFFIC HANDOVER THRESHOLD
Full name Traffic handover threshold

Abbreviation TrafficLevThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used for traffic handover. For the
original handover condition that adjacent cell’s
level must be higher than that of this cell, modify it
so that adjacent cell’s level must be higher than
Description
this threshold. In this way, traffic handover can be
improved greatly. This threshold must be less than
the PBGT threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise,
it may result in toggle handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default 24

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset)

TABLE 123 - LEVEL OFFSET DURING PENALTY
Full name Level offset during penalty

Abbreviation PenaltyLevOffset
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to perform an offset on the
Description
downlink level of this cell in the penalty period.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 15
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl)

TABLE 124 - UPLINK INTERFERENCE QUALITY OFFSET
Full name Uplink interference quality offset

Abbreviation QOffSetUl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Check the relation between level and quality to

judge whether there is any interference in service
judgment channel when handover occurs in the
cell.
Restriction condition: RXQUAL – ul ≥ QoffSetUl +
FQSS (RXLEV_UL+ SOffSetUl), or, RXQUAL - dl ≥
QoffSetDl + FQSS (RXLEV_DL+ SOffSetDl),
RXQUAL - xx is uplink/downlink quality, QoffSetxx
Description
is uplink/downlink quality offset, RXLEV_XX is
uplink/downlink level, SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink
level offset.
After interference is confirmed, when service party
requests channel from database, which shall tell
original occupation condition of database, then the
database select proper channels based on this
information.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~2
Unit None
Default 1

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl)

TABLE 125 - UPLINK INTERFERENCE LEVEL OFFSET
Full name Uplink interference level offset

Abbreviation SOffSetUl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


cell.
Description
level offset.
information.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 15

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink interference quality offset (QOffsetDl)

TABLE 126 - DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE QUALITY OFFSET
Full name Downlink interference quality offset

Abbreviation QOffSetDl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


cell.
Description
level offset.
information.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~2
Unit None
Default 1

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Downlink interference level offset (SOffSetDl)

TABLE 127 - DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE LEVEL OFFSET
Full name Downlink interference level offset

Abbreviation SOffSetDl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


cell.
Description
level offset.
information.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 10

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxIHo)

TABLE 128 - INVALID INTRA-HANDOVER TIME
Full name Invalid intra-handover time

Abbreviation TMaxIHo
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell, it

indicates great interference in this position and no
appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform
handover within a certain time. The judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within the
invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
Description interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX
count of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it
indicates not to attempt handover within a certain
period. Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 16
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX count of invalid intra-handover (MaxIHo)

T A B L E 1 2 9 - M AX C O U N T O F I N V A L I D I N T R A - H A N D O V E R
Full name MAX count of invalid intra-handover

Abbreviation MaxIHo
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell, it

indicates great interference in this position and no
appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform
handover within a certain time. The judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within the
invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
Description interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX
count of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it
indicates not to attempt handover within a certain
period. Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX path loss threshold on force handover

(MaxLossThs)
TABLE 130- MAX PATH LOSS THRESHOLD ON FORCE HANDOVER
Full name MAX path loss threshold on force handover

Abbreviation MaxLossThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Directed transfer is only for one designated cell and

it is restricted by a tolerable level difference. This
level difference is lower than PBGT handover
threshold in reverse direction, thus to avoid
oscillating handover.
Directed transfer does not result in destination cell
congestion. Therefore, transfer reserved resource
threshold is set. Perform forced transfer when the
destination cell resource is less than the threshold.
Select users with small path loss and small TA as
transferred users. Users are transferred when their
path loss is less than this parameter and TA is less
than the MAX time advance threshold on force
handover parameter. This algorithm applies to
cases such as dual-frequency networking, 900M
cell and 1800M cell share the same site address.
Users decide only by path loss when MAX time
advance threshold on force handover is 63 and only
by TA when MAX path loss threshold on force
handover is 150.
The N value of force handover parameter and P
value of force handover parameter are used for
decision in actual situations. In other words,
Description handover conditions are met if P of N measurement
reports satisfy requirement.
Path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier
where occupied timeslot locates. It depends on the
carrier’s maximum transmission power, static
attenuation power, and power control.
AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving level.
Therefore, forced handover should meet the
following requirements:
Level of destination cell must be higher
than local cell by maximum level
difference;
Available resource of destination cell must
be higher than transfer reserved resource
threshold;
Path loss L must be less than MAX path
loss threshold on force handover and TA
must be less than MAX time advance
threshold on force handover;
Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 150
Unit None
Default 110
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX time advance threshold on force handover

(MaxTaThs)
T A B L E 1 3 1 - M AX T I M E A D V A N C E T H R E S H O L D O N F O R C E H A N D O V E R
Full name MAX time advance threshold on force handover

Abbreviation MaxTAThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


handover is 150.
difference;
threshold;
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
N value of force handover (HoForceN)

TABLE 132 - N VALUE OF FORCE HANDOVER
Full name N value of force handover

Abbreviation HoForceN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


handover is 150.
difference;
threshold;
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
P value of force handover (HoForceP)

TABLE 133 -P VALUE OF FORCE HANDOVER
Full name P value of force handover

Abbreviation HoForceP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


handover is 150.
difference;
threshold;
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Subcell Parameters
The interface of subcell parameters is shown in Figure 16.
FIGURE 16- SUBCELL P ARAMETERS
Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset)

TABLE 134 - DUAL BAND POWER OFFSET
Full name Power compensation between frequencies.

Abbreviation DuleBandOffset
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates the value to compensate power in the
Description
second cell in dual band cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 50
Unit dB
Default 0

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax)

TABLE 135 - THE M AX OF PATH LOSS
Full name The MAX of path loss

Abbreviation PathLossMax
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating
Description threshold parameters while subcell 2 do path loss
handover decision for subcell 1.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 150
Unit dB
Default 126

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin)

TABLE 136 - THE MIN OF PATH LOSS
Full name The MIN of path loss

Abbreviation PathLossMin
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
One of the subcell handover parameters, the
minimum path loss. If byPathLoss≤PathLossMin
and TA≤SubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel
will be selected first, use RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL
Description interface of DBS to apply channel; if byPathLoss＞
PathLossMin or TA＞SubCellTAMin, only the channel
of the first subcell is available, use
RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL interface of DBS to apply
channel.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 150
Unit dB

Default 120

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax)

TABLE 137 - THE M AX OF TIME ADV ANCE
Full name The MAX of time advance

Abbreviation SubCellTAMax
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description threshold parameters while subcell 2 does TA
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 1

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin)

TABLE 138 - THE MIN OF TIME ADV ANCE
Full name The MIN of time advance

Abbreviation SubCellTAMin
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description threshold parameters while subcell 1 does TA

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 0

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
N value of subcell handover (SubCellN)

TABLE 139 -1 N VALUE OF SUBCELL HANDOVER
Full name N value of subcell handover

Abbreviation SubCellN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is one of the conditions used to
decide inter-subcell handover. The judgment
process is as follows: For the latest N value of
Description subcell handover sample average values, if
SubcellP (P value of subcell handover parameter) of
the SubcellN values satisfy the condition, then
perform handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 4

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
P value of subcell handover (SubcellP)

TABLE 140 - P VALUE OF SUBCELL HANDOVER
Full name P value of subcell handover

Abbreviation SubCellP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is one of the conditions used to
decide inter-subcell handover. The judgment
process is as follows: For the latest N value of
Description subcell handover sample average values, if
SubcellP (P value of subcell handover parameter) of
the SubcellN values satisfy the condition, then
perform handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)

TABLE 141 - SUBCELL HANDOVER ALGORITHM
Full name Subcell handover algorithm

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines two handover modes of
Description subcell handover algorithm: Concentric Handover;
Handover based on path loss and TA.
Management
Cell
Object
Concentric handover, Handover based on path loss
Value Range
and TA
Unit None
Default Concentric handover

Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN Handover Control

Parameters
Basic properties 1
The interface of basic property 1 parameters is as shown in
Figure 17.
F I G U R E 1 7 - B A S I C P R O P E R T Y 1 P AR A M E T E R S
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when

handover failure (HoFailPenalTmUTRAN)
TABLE 142 - PUNISHM ENT PERIOD OF UTR AN CELL WHEN HANDOVER
FAILURE
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover

Full name
failure
Abbreviation HoFailPenalTmUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines a protection period to
prevent immediate handover after handover failure.
Description
Its unit time is the period of measurement or
pretreatment measurement report.
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None
Default 7
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Slide window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP

average value to be zero (HoWindowUTRAN)
TABLE 143 - SLIDE WINDOW SIZE FOR CALCULATING EC/NO OR RSCP
AVER AGE V ALUE TO BE ZERO
Slide window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP

Full name
average value to be zero
Abbreviation HoWindowUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
impact on network performance caused by abrupt
Description changes in measurement data. Average on
measurement value in UTRAN adjacent cell also
shall be required.
HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is the
window size to calculate Ec/No or RSCP average in
adjacent UTRAN cell, that is, sample count used
through average calculation.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Number that measurement value allowed to be

zero (ZeroAllowedUTRAN)
TABLE 144- NUMBER THAT MEASUREMENT VALUE ALLOWED TO BE ZERO
Number that measurement value allowed to be

Full name
zero
Abbreviation ZeroAllowedUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to
BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent
cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,
the measurement data are not reported.
This parameter gives flexibility in measurement
data averaging. However, excessive occurrences of
zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor
Description signal strength. If the number of zeroes in used for
average calculation exceeds Number of zero
allowed in AV, then measurement average equals
to sum of reported values divided by Neighboring
cell .
calculation does not exceed Number of zero allowed
in AV, then the measurement average equals to
sum of reported values divided by (Neighboring cell
- number of zeroes)
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

TABLE 145 - UTR AN HANDOVER
Full name UTRAN handover

Abbreviation ServiceHo

3GPP Name --
3GPP
Section 48.008
reference
This parameter indicates UTRAN handover priority
control. MSC sends Service Handover parameter to
BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST and
HANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handover
parameter has three values, including prefer to
UTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover,
Description disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions on
handover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHo
can be configured as the default value used while
MSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter,
or configured as BSC forcedly using the mode set
by ServiceHo, but don't use Service Handover
parameter delivered by MSC.
Management
Cell
Object
Handover to UTRAN first; Not Handover to UTRAN
first; Not allow to Handover to UTRAN; According
to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first; According
Value Range
to MSC, default not handover to UTRAN first;
According to MSC, default not allowed to handover
to UTRAN.
Unit None
Default According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
FDD/TDD handover (FDD/TDDPrio)

TABLE 146 - FDD/TDD HANDOVER
Full name FDD/TDD handover

Abbreviation FDDTDDPrio
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates the priority control of
FDD/TDD handover. When FDD adjacent cell and
TDD adjacent cell exist together, to control
Description
selection sequence of target cell, we use
FDDTDDPrio parameter to show whether to prefer
to FDD cell handover or TDD cell handover.

Management
Cell
Object
Handover to FDD cell should be preferred;
Value Range
Handover to TDD cell should be preferred.
Unit None
Default Handover to FDD cell should be preferred.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Threshold for load sharing

(LoadHoRSCPThsFDD)
TABLE 147 - THRESHOLD FOR LOAD SH ARING
Full name Threshold for load sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly
you shall configure a traffic handover threshold and
inter-system handover switch. This parameter is
used to handover decision in 3G cell after traffic is
overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD
RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell.
Description When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest
HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD and
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic
handover from GSM to UTRAN.
This parameter value shall be lower than
HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 35
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G

for load sharing (LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)
TABLE 148 - EC/NO THRESHOLD WHEN HANDOVER FROM GSM TO 3G FOR
LOAD SHARING
Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G

Full name
for load sharing
Abbreviation LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD
Description When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest
HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of LoadHoEcNoThsFDD and
HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic
HoEcNoThsFDD.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default 25
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to

TDD for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsTDD)
TABLE 149 - RSCP THRESHOLD WHEN HANDOVER FROM GSM TO TDD FOR
LOAD SHARING
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD

Full name
for load sharing
Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_TDD
Description When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest
HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD and
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic
HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 35
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Basic properties 2
Figure 18 .

Inter system handover supported (InterSysRdCtrl)

TABLE 150 - INTER SYSTEM HANDOVER SUPPORTED
Full name Inter system handover supported

Abbreviation InterSysHoCtrl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether intersystem
handover within BSC is allowed. This parameters
Description
determines whether BSC can issue handover of 3G
system.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed

(InterSysHoCtrl)
TABLE 151 - DIRECTED RETRY TO UTRAN CELL ALLOWED
Full name Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed

Abbreviation InterSysRdCtrl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines if allow directed retry to
UTRAN cell. When no service channel is allocated in
this cell, you can try redirected to adjacent cell
Description
under allowed case by corresponding function
switch. If this parameter is configured as Yes, it
can be redirected to 3G adjacent cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-02-005 Directed Retry
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD)
TABLE 152 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN FDD RSCP THRESHOLD
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold

Abbreviation HoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter defines a threshold value for

handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC reserves
at least HoRSCP_N_FDD average values for a
UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD
out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values
Description
are larger than or equal to the sum of
HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell
for handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 35
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Value N (HoRSCP_N_FDD)
TABLE 153 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN FDD RSCP V ALUE N
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N

Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_FDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest
Description equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces

Value P (HoRSCP_P_FDD)
TABLE 154 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN FDD RSCP V ALUE P
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P

Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_FDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest
Description equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No

Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)
TABLE 155 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN FDD EC/NO THRESHOLD

Full name
Threshold
Abbreviation HoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC reserves
at least HoEcNo_N_FDD Ec/No average values for a
UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD
Description out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values
are larger than or equal to HoEc/No_THS_FDD,
for handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default 25
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Value N (HoEcNo_N_FDD)
TABLE 156 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN FDD EC/NO V ALUE N
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N

Abbreviation HoEcNo_N_FDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of
Description equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and
HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces

Value P (HoEcNo_P_FDD)
TABLE 157 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN FDD EC/NO V ALUE P
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P

Abbreviation HoEcNo_P_FDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of
Description equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and
HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD)
TABLE 158 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN TDD RSCP THRESHOLD
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold

Abbreviation HoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at least
HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for
a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least
HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD
Description
average values are larger than or equal to the
sume of HoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
for handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 35
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Value N (HoRSCP_N_TDD)
TABLE 159 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN TDD RSCP V ALUE N
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N

Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_TDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
for handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 4

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Value P (HoRSCP_P_TDD)
TABLE 160 - HANDOVER FROM GSM TO UTR AN TDD RSCP V ALUE P
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P

Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_TDD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
for handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

UTRAN Cell Control

Parameters
Basic properties 1
Figure 19.
Channel location of si2quater broadcast

(SI2QuaterPos)
TABLE 161 - CHANNEL LOCATION OF SI2QUATER BROADCAST
Full name Channel location of si2quater broadcast

Abbreviation SI2QuaterPos
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1
0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block;
Value Range
1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block
(AGCH_BLOCK reservation value will be 1)
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS measurement type reported by UE

(ReportTypeCS)
TABLE 162 - CS MEASUREMENT TYPE REPORTED BY UE
Full name CS measurement type reported by UE

Abbreviation ReportTypeCS
3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It indicates enhanced measurement report for UE
Description
or measurement report message.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
0: Adopts ‘enhanced measurement report’
message, if at least one BSIC is configured
for each frequency in BA list; otherwise,
Value Range adopt ‘enhanced measurement report’
message, otherwise using normal
measurement report.
1: Adopts ‘normal measurement report’
message
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Measurement threshold of UE performing

UTRAN cell reselection (Qsearch_I)
TABLE 163 - MEASUREMENT THRESHOLD OF UE PERFORMING UTRAN CELL
RESELECTION
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN

Full name
cell reselection
Abbreviation Qsearch_I
3GPP
Qsearch_I
reference
3GPP Name 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
This parameter indicates the measurement
threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection.
UE starts UTRAN reselection cell measurement
Description
when average receiving level RLA_C of this cell is
lower than (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than
(parameter value: 8 ~ 15) the threshold.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 +
n*4 dBm;
Value Range 7: Indicates always;
4*(n-8) dBm;
15: Indicates never
Unit None
Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Threshold when UE performs search under

specialized mode (Qsearch_C)
TABLE 164 - THRESHOLD WHEN UE PERFORMS SEARCH UNDER SPECIALIZED
MODE
Threshold when UE performs search under

Full name
specialized mode
Abbreviation Qsearch_C
3GPP Name Qsearch_C
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter defines a threshold. When average
receiving level RLA_C of the cell falls below
Description (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than
(parameter value: 8 ~ 15) this threshold, UE
searches the UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
n*4 dBm;
Value Range 7: Indicates always;
4*(n-8) dBm;
15: Indicates never
Unit None
Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE

receiving qsearch_C (QsearchCInit)
TABLE 165 - INITIAL P AR AM ETER INSTEAD OF QSEARCH_C BEFORE UE
RECEIVING QSEARCH_C
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE

Full name
receiving qsearch_C
Abbreviation QsearchCInit
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to search and measure the
Description cell data while MS doesn't recieve Qsearch_C on
SACCH.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Indicates Qsearch_I parameter;

1: Indicates always measuring
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtCS)
TABLE 166 - CS NUMBER OF SAME FREQUENCY ADJ ACENT CELLS IN REPORT
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

Full name
report
Abbreviation SvrBandRprtCS
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines the number of adjacent
cells with the same frequency band as in serving
Description
cell, which are included in the measurement report
or the strongest cell list.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)
TABLE 167 - CS CLASS OF REPORTED QUANTITIES OF UTR AN ADJACENT
CELLS
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent

Full name
cells
Abbreviation FDDrepQntCS
3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to
Description
report measurement.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH
scramble of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is
Value Range dBm;
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power to
thermal noise of CPICH scramble of UTRAN
cell, the unit is dB.
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_Qmin)
TABLE 168 - MIN EC/NO OF UTR AN RESELECTING CELL
Full name MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_Qmin
3GPP Name FDD_Qmin

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates the minimum value of
Ec/No of the UTRAN cell when it reselects adjacent
cell. The value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell should
Description
be larger than the value defined by this parameter
in order to reselect the adjacent cell. Value range:
0 ~ 7, indicating (–20 + n) dBm.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells

in measurement report (FDDMulRatarrptCS)
TABLE 169 - CS M AX NUMBER OF UTRAN/FDD ADJ ACENT CELLS IN
MEASUREMENT REPORT
CS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

Full name
measurement report
Abbreviation FDDMulRatarrptCS
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet
measurement report or strongest cell list. If
Description UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the
vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD
technology is available, the vacancies are used for
TDD cells).
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)

TABLE 170 - FDD RESELECTION OFFSET
Full name FDD reselection offset

Abbreviation FDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name FDD_Qoffset
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is used to reselect the UTRAN
adjacent cell if the following requirements are
satisfied:
Received signal code power (RSCP) of this
adjacent cell is higher than average
receiving level RLA_C of this cell.
RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than
RLA_C of all adjacent GSM cells by at least
FDD_Qoffset (FDD reselection offset) for
Description more than 5 seconds. FDD_Qoffset of the
cell increases by 5 dB if the cell is
reselected 15 seconds earlier.
Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent
cell is larger than or equal to designated
FDD_Qmin (minimum value of code-noise
ratio of UTRAN reselected cell).
If more than one UTRAN cell meets above
conditions, then select the cell which has the
largest RSCP.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit None
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Require UE to send UTRAN classmark change

message early (ECSC_3G)
TABLE 171 - REQUIRE UE TO SEND UTRAN CLASSM ARK CHANGE MESSAGE
EARLY
Require UE to send UTRAN classmark change

Full name
message early
Abbreviation ECSC_3G
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates whether requiring UE to send UTRAN
Description
classmark change message early
Management
Cell
Object
Yes/No
NO: Not allowed to send ‘UTRAN class
Value Range mark change’ message
YES: Require UE to send ‘UTRAN class
mark change’ message early
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Basic properties 2
Figure 20.

CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

(ReportRateCS)
TABLE 172 CS MEASUREMENT REPORTING RATE OF ADJACENT CELL
Full name CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

Abbreviation ReportRateCS
3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It indicates frequency of measurement reports in
Description adjacent cell, refer to "CS adjacent cell report
priority".
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Normal;

1: Low
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS)

TABLE 173 - CS MULTIBAND REPORT INDICATION
Full name CS Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulBndRprtCS
3GPP Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is to control the number of reports
Description
of different adjacent cells except the serving cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3
0: MS reports the survey results of six
known and allowed adjacent cells with the
strongest NCC according to the signal
intensity, regardless of which frequency
band adjacent cells are in.
1: MS reports the measurement result of
one adjacent cell with strongest signal in
the frequency bands in adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of serving cell).
In the remaining locations, MS reports the
adjacent cells in the frequency band of
local cell. If there are still more locations
remaining, MS reports the second
strongest adjacent cell, regardless of their
frequency bands.
Value Range two adjacent cells with strongest signal in
In the remaining locations, MS reports the
adjacent cells in the frequency band of
local cell. If there are still more locations
remaining, MS reports the second
strongest adjacent cell, regardless of their
frequency bands.
three adjacent cells with strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cells
list (excluding frequency band of serving
cell). In the remaining locations, MS
reports the adjacent cells in the frequency
band of local cell. If there are still more
locations remaining, MS reports the
second strongest adjacent cell, regardless
of their frequency bands.

Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev

value (ScaleOrdCS)
TABLE 174 - CS OFFSET WHICH IS ADDED WHEN UE REPORTS RXLEV VALUE
CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev

Full name
value
Abbreviation ScaleOrdCS
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines the added offset when UE
reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of
a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when
mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will maps n+
ScaleOrdCS to the original value corresponding to
n.It applies only in the case that ‘enhanced
Description measurement report’ message is used.
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48
dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this
parameter. UE includes the SCALE value when it
reports ‘enhance measurement report’ message.
SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the value of cell that
reports the best signal level.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2
0: 0 dB;
Value Range
1: 10 dB;
2: Automatic, determined by UE
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset)

TABLE 175 - TDD RESELECTION OFFSET
Full name TDD reselection offset

Abbreviation TDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name TDD_Qoffset
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its
Description RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P
in all GSM adjacent cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit None
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells

in measurement report (TDDMulRatRrptCS)
TABLE 176 - CS M AX NUMBER OF UTRAN/TDD ADJ ACENT CELLS IN
MEASUREMENT REPORT
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in

Full name
measurement report
Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptCS
3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells included in
Description UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the
vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD
technology is supported, remained part is given to
FDD cell).

Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS UE report invalid cell level allowed

(InvldBSICRprtCS)
TABLE 177 - CS UE REPORT INVALID CELL LEVEL ALLOWED
Full name CS UE report invalid cell level allowed

Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtCS
3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for
BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates
Description
whether the system allows UE to report field
intensity of such cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic

decoding frame indication (SearchPrioCSUTRAN)
TABLE 178 - CS UE SEARCH UTR AN ADJACENT CELL IN BSIC DECODING
FRAME INDICATION
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding

Full name
frame indication
Abbreviation SearchPrioCSUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether to allow UE to
search UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where
Description
BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use
at most 25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Offset (RprtOffsetCS850)
T AB L E 1 7 9 - G S M 8 5 0 M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G SIG N AL L E V E L OF F S E T
Full name GSM850 Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation RprtOffsetCS850
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal
level in two cells are higher than or equal to
Description RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and
RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
0 ~ 7: corresponding to 0 ~ 42 dB, 6dB per level.
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Threshold (RprtThoCS850)
TABLE 180 - GSM 850M ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
THRESHOLD
GSM850 Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Full name
Threshold
Abbreviation RprtThoCS850
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells, only
when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal
to RprtThoCS850 (dimensionless, corresponding to
RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
Description mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be
reported.
As to whether it can be reported in certain period,
it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS850.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
Value Range 1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 ~ 36 dB, 6dB
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces

Full name GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description RprtThoCS900, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
RprtOffsetCS900 value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


T AB L E 1 8 2 - G S M 9 0 0 M AD J AC E N T C E L L R E P O R T I N G SIG N AL L E V E L

Full name
Threshold
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
when signal level in the cell is higher than or
equal to RprtThoCS900 (dimensionless,
corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement
Description report, different mapping relationship for different
RXLEV), it can be reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


TABLE 183 - GSM1800M ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL OFFSET

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
when reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cell, if
signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
Description RprtThoCS1800, and RepPrioCS value is same,
then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value
and RprtOffsetCS1800 value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 184 - GSM1800M ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
THRESHOLD

Full name
Threshold
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding
to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
Description
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be
reported. As to whether it can be reported in
certain period, it also depends on signal level,
RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 185- GSM1900M ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL OFFSET

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description RprtThoCS1900, and RepPrioCS value is same,
then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value
and RprtOffsetCS1900 value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

THRESHOLD

Full name
Threshold
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
to RprtThoCS1900 (dimensionless, corresponding
to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)
TABLE 187- TABLE0-1 UTRAN/FDD ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL
LEVEL OFFSET

Full name
Offset
Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if
Description FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
FDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

threshold (FDDRprtThoCS)
TABLE 188 - UTR AN/FDD ADJ ACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
THRESHOLD

Full name
threshold
Abbreviation FDDRprtThoCS
3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only

to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to
RepPrioCS, FDDMulRatRrptCS and
FDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS)
TABLE 189 - UTR AN/TDD ADJ ACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
OFFSET

Full name
Offset
Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if
Description TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
TDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range

Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

threshold (TDDRprtThoCS)
THRESHOLD

Full name
threshold
Abbreviation TDDRprtThoCS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only
to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to
RepPrioCS, TDDMulRatRrptCS and
TDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

GPRS Parameters 1
The interface of GPRS property 1 parameters is shown in Figure
21 .
FIGURE 21 - GPRS PROPERTY 1 PAR AM ETERS
PS offset which is added when ue reports rxlev

value (ScaleOrdPS)
TABLE 191 - PS OFFSET WHICH IS ADDED WHEN UE REPORTS RXLEV VALUE
PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev

Full name
value
Abbreviation ScaleOrdPS
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter defines the added offset when UE

reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of
a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when
mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+
ScaleOrdPS to the original value corresponding to
n. It applies only in the case that ‘enhanced
measurement report’ message is used.
Description
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48
dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this
parameter. If the field intensity of adjacent cell
exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported
by setting this parameter. SCALE_ORD = 2, UE
uses the value of cell that reports the best signal
level.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2
0: 0 dB;
Value Range
1: 10 dB;
2: Automatic, determined by UE
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS measurement type reported by UE

(ReportTypePS)
TABLE 192 - CS MEASUREMENT TYPE REPORTED BY UE
Full name PS measurement type reported by UE

Abbreviation ReportTypePS
3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET
Description MEASUREMENT REPORT or PACKET ENHANCED
MEASUREMENT REPORT message.
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1
With PBCCH:
0: Uses PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT
REPORT message.
1: Uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message.
Value Range
Without PBCCH:
0: If each frequency in BA (GPRS) list is configured
with at least one BSIC, PACKET ENHANCE
MEASUREMENT REPORT is used; otherwise PACKET
MEASUREMENT REPORT is used.
1: Uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtPS)
TABLE 193 - PS NUMBER OF SAME FREQUENCY ADJ ACENT CELLS IN REPORT
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

Full name
report
Abbreviation SvrBandRprtPS
3GPP Name SERVING_BAND_REPORTING
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter describes the maximum number of
adjacent cells in the same frequency band of the
Description
serving cell, in packet measurement report or
strongest cell list.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

(ReportRatePS)
TABLE 194 - PS MEASUREMENT REPORTING RATE OF ADJACENT CELL
Full name PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

Abbreviation ReportRatePS
3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It indicates frequency of measurement reports in
Description adjacent cell, refer to "PS adjacent cell report
priority".
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Normal;

1: Low
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS

UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)
TABLE 195 - MEASUREMENT THRESHOLD OF UE PERFORMING GPRS UTR AN
CELL

Full name
UTRAN cell
Abbreviation Qsearch_P
3GPP Name Qsearch_P
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


UTRAN cell.
Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower than
Description threshold 0 ~ 7 (corresponding to -98, -94, ..., , -
74dBm), threshold 7 indicates always searching; or
searching while above threshold 8~15 (-78, -
74, ..., -54 dBm), threshold 15 indicates never
search.
Management
Cell
Object
Idle state and packet transmission state.
Value Range
Unit None
Idle state and packet transmission state. 0 by
Default
default.
Relevant
ZGF06-01-007 Inter-system NCCR
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
FDD GPRS reselection offset

(FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)
TABLE 196 - FDD GPRS RESELECTION OFFSET
Full name FDD GPRS reselection offset

Abbreviation FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP Name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, its
Management
Cell
Object
0 indicates always selecting adjacent cells
of this 3G FDD;
Value Range 1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB;
…
15 = 28 dB

Unit None
Default
default.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TDD GPRS reselection offset

(TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)
TABLE 197 - TDD GPRS RESELECTION OFFSET
Full name TDD GPRS reselection offset

Abbreviation TDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP Name TDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its
Management
Cell
Object
0 indicates always selecting adjacent cells
of this 3G TDD;
Value Range 1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB;
…
15 = 28 dB
Unit None
Default
default.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_QminPS)
TABLE 198 - PS MIN EC/NO OF UTRAN RESELECTING CELL
Full name PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_QminPS
3GPP Name FDD_Qmin
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates the minimum value of
Ec/No of the 3G cell when it reselects adjacent cell.
Description The value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell should be
larger than the value defined by this parameter in
order to reselect the adjacent cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 = -20 dB;
1 = -6 dB;
2 = -18 dB;
Value Range
3 = -8 dB;
4 = -16 dB;
5 = -10 dB;
6 = -14 dB;
7 = -12 dB
Unit None
Default
default.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

TABLE 199 - OFFSET OF FDD_QMINPS
Full name Offset of FDD_QminPS

Abbreviation FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS

3GPP Name FDD_Qmin_Offset

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description Offset of FDD_QminPS
Management
Cell
Object
0 = 0 dB;
1 = 2 dB;
2 = 4 dB;
Value Range
3 = 6 dB;
4 = 8 dB;
5 = 10 dB;
6 = 12 dB;
7 = 14 dB
Unit None
Default
default.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_RSCPminPS)
TABLE 200 - PS MIN RSCP OF UTRAN RESELECTING CELL
Full name PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_RSCPminPS
3GPP Name FDD_RSCPmin
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When the cell is reselected to 3G ajacent cell, its
Description
RSCP shall be larger than or equal to this value.
Management
Cell
Object


0 = -114 dBm;
1 = -112 dBm;
Value Range 2 = -110 dBm;

3 = -108 dBm;
……
14 = -86 dBm;
15 = -84 dBm
Unit None
Default
default.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP

(FDDRprtTho2PS)
TABLE 201 - MEASUREMENT REPORT THRESHOLD OF EC/NO OR RSCP
Full name Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP

Abbreviation FDDRprtTho2PS
3GPP Name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description
(while not specified in byFDDRepQuant)
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default
default.
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDRepOntPS)
TABLE 202 - PS CLASS OF REPORTED QUANTITIES OF UTR AN ADJACENT
CELLS
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent

Full name
cells
Abbreviation FDDRepQntPS
3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to
Description
report measurement.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH
scramble of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is
Value Range dBm;
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power to
thermal noise of CPICH scramble of UTRAN
cell, the unit is dB.
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells

in measurement report (FDDMulRatRrptPS)
T A B L E 2 0 3 - P S M AX N U M B E R O F U T R A N / F D D A D J A C E N T C E L L S I N
MEASUREMENT REPORT
PS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

Full name
measurement report
Abbreviation FDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet
Description UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the
vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD
technology is available, the vacancies are used for
TDD cells).
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS)

TABLE 204- PS MULTIBAND REPORT INDICATION
Full name PS Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulBndRprtPS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to

report contents of six adjacent cells with the
strongest signals in a frequency band, when
reporting the survey result of adjacent cells to the
network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with
priority into a specific frequency band during
handover. The MS reports the survey result
according to the signal intensity and the frequency
band of the signals, according to the actual
situation.
Description
MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to report
contents of adjacent cells in multiple frequency
bands. It is one of the system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in
each frequency band. General principles to set the
parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of each
frequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator has no choice over the frequency band. 3:
If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a
specific frequency band with priority.
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1, 2, 3
In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cell in local cell frequency band.
If still more space is available, MS reports
the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of
which frequency bands they are in.
2: MS reports the survey result of two
Value Range adjacent cells with the strongest signals in
the frequency bands (excluding that of
local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the
remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell
in local cell frequency band. If still more
space is available, MS reports the
remaining adjacent cells, regardless of
3: MS reports the survey result of three
adjacent cells with the strongest signals in
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS)

T A B L E 2 0 5 - P S M AX N U M B E R O F U T R A N / T D D A D J A C E N T C E L L S I N
MEASUREMENT REPORT
Full name TDD multi report PS

Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates the MAX number of
UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurement
report. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full,
Description
the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If
FDD technology is supported, remained part is
given to FDD cell).
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Parameters 2
22.

PS UE report invalid cell level allowed

(InvldBSICRprtPS)
TABLE 206 - PS UE REPORT INVALID CELL LEVEL ALLOWED
Full name PS UE report invalid cell level allowed

Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtPS
3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for
BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates
Description
whether the system allows UE to report field
intensity of such cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Yes/No
YES: Allow UE to report the field intensity
of ‘NCC permitted but BCC invalid’ cells
Value Range
NO: Do not Allow UE to report the field
intensity of ‘NCC permitted but BCC
invalid’ cells
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in basic

decoding frame indication (SearchPrioPSUTRAN)
TABLE 207 - PS UE SEARCH UTR AN ADJACENT CELL IN BSIC DECODING
FRAME INDICATION
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding

Full name
frame indication
Abbreviation SearchPrioPSUTRAN
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether to allow UE to
search UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where
Description
BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use
at most 25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Offset (RprtOffsetPS850)

Abbreviation RprtOffsetPS850
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description RprtThoPS850, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
RprtOffsetPS850 value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Threshold (RprtThoPS850)
TABLE 209 - GSM 850M ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
THRESHOLD
GSM850 Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Full name
Threshold
Abbreviation RprtThoPS850
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
to RprtThoPS850 (dimensionless, corresponding to
Description
RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS850.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Full name GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 211 GSM900M ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
THRESHOLD

Full name
Threshold
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description
RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS900.
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


THRESHOLD

Full name
Threshold
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description
RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1800
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

THRESHOLD

Full name
Threshold
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description
RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1900
7
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)
TABLE 216- UTR AN/FDD ADJACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL OFFSET

Full name
Offset
Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetPS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if
Description FDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
FDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


threshold (FDDRprtThoPS)
TABLE 217 - UTR AN/FDD ADJ ACENT CELL REPORTING SIGNAL LEVEL
THRESHOLD

Full name
threshold
Abbreviation FDDRprtThoPS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only
to FDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to
Description
RepPrioPS, FDDMulRatRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)
OFFSET

Full name
Offset
Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetPS

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if
Description TDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
TDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

threshold (TDDRprtThoPS)
THRESHOLD

Full name
threshold
Abbreviation TDDRprtThoPS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only
to TDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to
RepPrioPS, TDDMulRatRrptPS and
TDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management
Cell
Object

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always;
per level
7: never
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Adjacent Interference Cell

Parameters
The interface of adjacent interference cell parameters is shown
in Figure 23.
FIGURE 23- ADJACENT INTERFERENCE CELL P AR AMETERS
Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId)

TABLE 220 - INTERFERENCE CELL NO.
Full name Interference cell No.

Abbreviation IntfObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Description Interference cell No.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~6
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Related cell DN (RelationDN)

TABLE 221 - RELATED CELL DN
Full name Related Cell DN

Abbreviation RelationDN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines BSS external cell DN: EcId
Description
or related BSS equipment DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
ZGF05-09-001 Double BCCH Allocation List
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Adjacent Cell Handover and

Reselection Parameters
Interface of adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters is
as shown in Figure 24.

FIGURE 24 - ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTION P ARAMETERS
User Label
TABLE 222 - USER LABEL
Full name User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Name that is easy to be recognized by users
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Character string with the maximum length of 40
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Adjacent cell reselection and handover ID

(HoResObjectId)
TABLE 223 - ADJ ACENT CELL RESELECTION AND H ANDOVER ID
Full name Adjacent cell reselection and handover ID

Abbreviation HoResObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent
Description
cell handover and reselection object.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 32
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Priority of handover (Hopriority)

TABLE 224 - PRIORITY OF HANDOVER
Full name Priority of handover

Abbreviation Hopriority
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to GSM specifications, cell priority should
be considered in sequencing candidate cells.
Therefore, there are three decisive factors to
sequence the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and
Description radio conditions. Priority and traffic affect the cell
sequencing most. If they lead to the same result,
sequence the cells according to the radio
conditions. The larger the value, the higher level of
priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None

Default 3
Functions Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

T A B L E 2 2 5 - M AX P O W E R L E V E L O F M S

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
maximum output power. When BSC controls the
power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS max
power level is also a parameter used by BSC to
calculate PBGT value.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 5
ZGF05-02-001 Basic Handover
Relevant
ZGF05-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

MIN power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

TABLE 226 - MIN POWER LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ACCESS
Full name MIN power level for handover access

Abbreviation RxLevMin
3GPP Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter defines the minimum receiving
intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
decide preferred cells during handover control. MS
in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent cells
with the minimum receiving intensity level higher
than this parameter are potential candidates for
handover. MS with receiving level larger than
minimum receiving level indicates that MS is at the
edge of the serving cell.
It is advised to set this parameter to approximate
MS receiving sensitivity. For some cells with traffic
Description overload, increase the minimum access level to
decrease C1 and C2 value of the cell, the cell
coverage range decreases at the same time.
Setting the minimum access level too large will
cause crossover area of cells to become dead area.
With this measure for traffic balance, it is
suggested that the level value should not exceed -
90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the
network, this parameter can be usually set as 10
(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is
higher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded
or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Value Range 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default 15


Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN threshold of signal level for handover on

PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)
TABLE 227 - MIN THRESHOLD OF SIGNAL LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ON PBGT
Full name MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT

Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
uplink and downlink signal strength. The PBGT
value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes
for handover. The decision process is as follows: If
Description the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than
the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold used to
determine PBGT handover from an adjacent cell to
local cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 48
0: -24 dB;
Value Range 1: -23 dB;
……
48: 24 dB
Unit None
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


power level (HoMarginRxLev)
TABLE 228 - MIN THRESHOLD OF SIGNAL LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ON POWER
LEVEL
Full name Minimal Threshold of RxLev HO

Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
uplink and downlink signal strength. In handover
Description caused by the level, adjacent cells should be
screened and sequenced. This parameter defines
the signal strength threshold to determine
handover from adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 48
0: -24 dB;
……
48: 24 dB
Unit None
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

quality (HoMarginRxQual)
TABLE 229 - MIN THRESHOLD OF SIGNAL LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ON QUALITY
Full name Minimal Threshold of Quality Handover

Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


Description caused by the quality, adjacent cells should be
the signal quality threshold to determine handover
from adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 48
0: -24 dB;
……
48: 24 dB
Unit None
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX level difference of force handover

(MaxForceHoDiff)
T A B L E 2 3 0 - M AX L E V E L D I F F E R E N C E O F F O R C E H A N D O V E R
Full name MAX level difference of force handover

Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a
tolerable level difference for forced handover is
required, which should be lower than PBGT
Description handover threshold in the reverse direction. This
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default 9

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover force resource threshold

(HoForceResThs)
TABLE 231 - HANDOVER FORCE RESOURCE THRESHOLD
Full name Handover force resource threshold

Abbreviation HoForceResThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
congestion. When resource of object cell is lower
Description
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can
be implemented.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 40
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

TABLE 232 - NEIGHBORING CELL LAYER
Full name Neighboring cell layer

Abbreviation NCellLayer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter provides the handover policies in

multilayer network technology and dual-frequency
network technology. Multilayer radio coverage can
be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this
manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover
defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce
the number of handovers during the call, thus
improving the system reliability and communication
quality. The policy of handover between a macro
cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on
the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving
speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
Description
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower
moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer
(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in the
case of non-PBGT handover and emergency, will
the undefined cell of the service area be considered
as a candidate cell.
Same layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell and local
cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover
possible); Upper layer of the home cell: Adjacent
cell is the upper layer of local cell (local cell is a
micro cell); Lower layer of the home cell: Adjacent
cell is the lower layer of local cell (local cell is a
macro cell);
Management
Cell
Object
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper
Value Range
layer of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell
Unit None
Default At same layer as this cell
ZGF05-02-007 Handover between Macro- and
Relevant Micro-cells
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS)

TABLE 233 - CS ADJ ACENT CELL REPORT PRIORITY
Full name CS adjacent cell report priority

Abbreviation RepPrioCS
3GPP Name REP_PRIORITY
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:

Adjacent cell in the same frequency band
as the serving cell must have have the
following features: BSIC of color code is
valid; Its measured field intensity ranks
high among cells in the same frequency
band and is larger than or equal to the
lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX.
Here, XXX represents frequency band of
serving cell.
Adjacent cell in the frequency band
different from that of the serving cell must
have the following features: BSIC of color
code is valid. Its measured field intensity
ranks high among cells in the same
frequency band and is larger than or equal
to the lower limit specified by
RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the
Description
frequency band different from that of
serving cell.
Adjacent cells using other access
technologies like UTRAN/FDD must The
cell’s scramble is correct. Its measured
field intensity ranks high among cells with
the same access technologies and is larger
than or equal to the lower limit specified
by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents
access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.
For above priorities, if the priority’s location has
surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next
priority. For access technology such as
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,
the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. For cells
with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater sum of
RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and
RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is
preferred.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Low

1: High
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

TABLE 234 - PS ADJ ACENT CELL REPORT PRIORITY
Full name PS adjacent cell report priority

Abbreviation RepPrioPS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

This parameter defines the priority of adjacent cells

to report the measurement report during PS traffic
operation.
lower limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX.
serving cell.
Description to the lower limit specified by
RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX represents the
serving cell.
by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX represents
the cell with higher RepPrioPS is preferred. For cells
with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater sum of
RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and
RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Low

1: High
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Related Cell DN

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In ,
Description user can click <Select> to select cell or external cell
in displayed interface, check <mutual
configuration>, you can mutually configure it as
reselection and handover cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

TABLE 236 - IS RELATED CELL
Full name Is related cell

Abbreviation IsRelatedCell
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a
candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a
Description
parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate
whether adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

TABLE 237 - IS HANDOVER FORCED NEIGHBOR CELL
Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell

Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing
site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M
network to 1800M network. At this time, you can
do directional handover traffic.
Description Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic
adjustment. The forced handover direction is
definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover
is performed only for a specific object cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Is support CCN mode (CCNSUPPORT)

TABLE 238 - IS SUPPORT CCN MODE
Full name Is support CCN mode

Abbreviation CCNSUPPORT
3GPP Name CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
CNN mode refers to cell alternating notification.
When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell
reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL
Description CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall
be delivered to network in normal case. After
network receives this message, it can send specific
system message about standby cell to MS.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in
Figure 25.

FIGURE 25 - ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER P AR AMETERS
Adjacent cell handover object ID (HoObjectId)

TABLE 239 - ADJ ACENT CELL HANDOVER OBJECT ID
Full name Adjacent cell handover object ID

Abbreviation HoObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a unique identification of
Description
adjacent cell handover object.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 32
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Priority of handover (HoPriority)

TABLE 240 - PRIORITY OF HANDOVER
Full name Priority of handover

Abbreviation HoPriority
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to GSM specifications, cell priority should
be considered in sequencing candidate cells.
Therefore, there are three decisive factors to
sequence the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and
Description radio conditions. Priority and traffic affect the cell
sequencing most. If they lead to the same result,
sequence the cells according to the radio
conditions. The larger the value, the higher level of
priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 3
Functions Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

T A B L E 2 4 1 - M AX P O W E R L E V E L O F M S

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


maximum output power. When BSC controls the
power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS max
power level is also a parameter used by BSC to
calculate PBGT value.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 5

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

TABLE 242 - MIN POWER LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ACCESS
Full name MIN power level for handover access

Abbreviation RxLevMin
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

This parameter defines the minimum receiving

intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
decide preferred cells during handover control. MS
in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent cells
with the minimum receiving intensity level higher
than this parameter are potential candidates for
handover. MS with receiving level larger than
minimum receiving level indicates that MS is at the
edge of the serving cell.
It is advised to set this parameter to approximate
MS receiving sensitivity. For some cells with traffic
Description overload, increase the minimum access level to
decrease C1 and C2 value of the cell, the cell
coverage range decreases at the same time.
Setting the minimum access level too large will
cause crossover area of cells to become dead area.
With this measure for traffic balance, it is
suggested that the level value should not exceed -
90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the
network, this parameter can be usually set as 10
(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is
higher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded
or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default 15

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)
TABLE 243 - MIN THRESHOLD OF SIGNAL LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ON PBGT
Full name MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT

Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name --
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
uplink and downlink signal strength. The PBGT
value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes
for handover. The decision process is as follows: If
Description the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than
the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold used to
determine PBGT handover from an adjacent cell to
local cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 48
0: -24 dB;
……
48: 24 dB
Unit None
Default 30

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

power level (HoMarginRxLev)
TABLE 244 - MIN THRESHOLD OF SIGNAL LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ON POWER
LEVEL
Full name Minimal Threshold of RxLev HO

Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description caused by the level, adjacent cells should be
the signal strength threshold to determine
handover from adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 48
0: -24 dB;
……
48: 24 dB
Unit None
Default 30

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

quality (HoMarginRxQual)
TABLE 245 - MIN THRESHOLD OF SIGNAL LEVEL FOR HANDOVER ON QUALITY
Full name Minimal Threshold of Quality Handover

Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description caused by the quality, adjacent cells should be
the signal quality threshold to determine handover
from adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 48
0: -24 dB;
……
48: 24 dB
Unit None
Default 30

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX level difference of force handover

(MaxForceHoDiff)
T A B L E 2 4 6 - M AX L E V E L D I F F E R E N C E O F F O R C E H A N D O V E R
Full name MAX level difference of force handover

Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a
tolerable level difference for forced handover is
required, which should be lower than PBGT
Description handover threshold in the reverse direction. This
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default 9
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Handover force resource threshold

(HoForceResThs)
TABLE 247 - HANDOVER FORCE RESOURCE THRESHOLD
Full name Handover force resource threshold

Abbreviation HoForceResThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
congestion. When resource of object cell is lower
Description
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can
be implemented.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 40
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 248 - NEIGHBORING CELL LAYER
Full name Neighboring cell layer

Abbreviation NCellLayer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter provides the handover policies in

multilayer network technology and dual-frequency
network technology. Multilayer radio coverage can
be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this
manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover
defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce
the number of handovers during the call, thus
improving the system reliability and communication
quality. The policy of handover between a macro
cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on
the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving
speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
Description
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower
moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer
(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in the
case of non-PBGT handover and emergency, will
the undefined cell of the service area be considered
as a candidate cell.
Same layer of the home cell: Adjacent cell and local
cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover
possible); Upper layer of the home cell: Adjacent
cell is the upper layer of local cell (local cell is a
micro cell); Lower layer of the home cell: Adjacent
cell is the lower layer of local cell (local cell is a
macro cell).
Management
Cell
Object
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper
Value Range
layer of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell
Unit None
Default At same layer as this cell
ZGF05-02-007 Handover between Macro- and
Relevant Micro-cells
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX.
serving cell.
to the lower limit specified by
RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the
Description
serving cell.
by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents
the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. For cells
with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater sum of
RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and
RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is
preferred.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Low

1: High
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

TABLE 250 - IS RELATED CELL
Full name Is related cell

Abbreviation IsRelatedCell
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a
candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a
Description
parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate
whether adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

TABLE 251 - IS HANDOVER FORCED NEIGHBOR CELL
Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell

Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing
site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M
network to 1800M network. At this time, you can
do directional handover traffic.
Description Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic
adjustment. The forced handover direction is
definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover
is performed only for a specific object cell.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Related Cell DN

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description In ,
user can click <select> to select cell or external cell
in displayed interface.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in
Figure 26.

FIGURE 26 - ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION P AR AMETERS
Adjacent cell reselection object ID

(ReSelObjectId)
TABLE 253 - ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION OBJECT ID
Full name Adjacent cell reselection object ID

Abbreviation ReSelObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent
Description
cell reselection object.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 32
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

TABLE 254- ADJACENT CELL REPORT PRIORITY
Full name Adjacent cell report priority



3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates adjacent cell report
priority, broadcasted to MS in SI2quater, PSI3ter
Description and PSI3quater. It corresponds to adjacent cell list,
indicating the priority of measurement report in
adjacent cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: low priority;

1: high priority;
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Is Support CCN mode (CCNSUPPORT)


3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Related Cell DN

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to determine DN (BssId-
SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId)
of the external cell.
Description
In ,
user can click <select> to select cell or external cell
in displayed interface.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and

Reselection Parameters
Interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection
parameters is as shown in Figure 27.

FIGURE 27 - UTR AN ADJ ACENT CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTION

P AR AMETERS
User Label
TABLE 257 -2 USER LABEL

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Name that is easy to be recognized by users
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection

object ID (HoRSObjectId)
TABLE 258 - ADJ ACENT UTR AN CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTION OBJECT
ID
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection

Full name
object ID
Abbreviation HoRSObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN
Description
adjacent cell handover and reselection object.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

(HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN)
TABLE 259- RSCP OFFSET HANDOVER TO UTR AN ADJ ACENT CELL
Full name RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

Abbreviation HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only
indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the
minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
Description
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough
field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN
adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE
to handover to different adjacent cells.
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

(HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN)
TABLE 260 - EC/NO OFFSET HANDOVER TO UTR AN ADJACENT CELL
Full name Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

Abbreviation HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
communication within it.
Description
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough
field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN
adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE
to handover to different adjacent cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 261- CS ADJ ACENT CELL REPORT PRIORITY

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
operation.
serving cell.
serving cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1
Value Range 0: Low;

1: High
Unit None

Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

TABLE 262 - PS ADJ ACENT CELL REPORT PRIORITY
Full name PS adjacent cell report priority

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description --
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference


Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Relation DN
TABLE 264 - RELATION DN
Full name Relation DN

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to determine DN of the
UTRAN external cell.
Description
In , user
can click <Select> to select a cell in displayed
interface.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover parameters is
shown in Figure 28.
FIGURE 28 - UTR AN ADJ ACENT CELL HANDOVER P AR AMETERS
UTRAN HO ID (HoObjectId)
TABLE 265 - UTR AN HO ID
Full name UTRAN HO ID

Abbreviation HoObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
adjacent cell handover object.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN)

TABLE 266 - RSCP OFFSET HANDOVER
Full name RSCP offset handover

Abbreviation HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
communication within it. This parameter is a
Description
prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for
uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also
controls the priority of a UE to handover to different
adjacent cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN)

TABLE 267 - EC/NO OFFSET HANDOVER
Full name Ec/No offset handover

Abbreviation HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


communication within it. This parameter is a
Description
prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for
uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also
controls the priority of a UE to handover to different
adjacent cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

to report the measurement report during CS traffic
operation. Priorities of the adjacent cell are as
follows:
(1) Adjacent cell in the same frequency band as
the serving cell must have the following features:
BSIC of color code is valid;
Its measured field intensity ranks high
among cells in the same frequency band
Description (actual band place depends on
SERVING_BAND_REPORTING) and is larger
by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents
frequency band of serving cell.
(2) Adjacent cell in the frequency band
different from that of the serving cell must have the
following features:
BSIC of color code is valid;

Its measured field intensity ranks high

among cells in the same frequency band
(actual band place depends on
MULTIBAND_REPORTING) and is larger
by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents
the frequency band different from that of
serving cell.
(3) Adjacent cells using other access
technologies like WCDMA/FDD must have the
following features:
The cell’s scramble is correct.
Its measured field intensity should rank
high among cells with the same access
technologies (actual band place depends
on XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING) and is
larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX
represents access technologies like
Description UTRAN/FDD.
(4) For GSM adjacent cell with valid BSIC, or
GSM adjacent cell with permitted NCC but invalid
BCC, or adjacent cell with other access
technologies, if such a cell’s RepPrioCS and
REPORTING_RATE are low, then the reporting
frequency is low too.
For above priorities:
If the priority’s location has surplus, then
leave it to adjacent cell of the next
priority;
For access technology such as
WCDMA/FDD, or frequency band such as
GSM 900M, the cell with higher RepPrioCS
is preferred.
For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell
with greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or
XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or
XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Relation DN

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to determine DN of the
UTRAN external cell.
Description
In , user
can click <Select> to select a cell in displayed
interface.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection parameters is
shown in Figure 29.
FIGURE 29 - UTR AN ADJ ACENT CELL RESELECTION P ARAMETERS

Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID

(RSObjectId)
TABLE 270- UTR AN ADJ ACENT CELL RESELECTION OBJECT ID
Full name UTRAN Adjacent cell reselection object ID

Abbreviation RSObjectId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
adjacent cell reselection object.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS priority of adjacent cells reported in

measurement report (RepPrioPS)



3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
operation.
serving cell.
serving cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Relation DN

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used to determine DN (BssId-

SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId)
of the external cell.
Description
In ,
user can click <Select> to select a cell in displayed
interface.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Frequency Hopping System

Parameters
The interface of frequency hopping system parameters is shown
in Figure 30.
FIGURE 30 - FREQUENCY HOPPING SYSTEM P AR AMETERS
Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)

TABLE 274 - FREQUENCY HOPPING NO.
Full name Frequency hopping No.

Abbreviation FhsId

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a unique identification of
Description
frequency hopping system.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 1

Relevant
0 Frequency No.
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Hopping sequence No. (HSN)

TABLE 275 - HOPPING SEQUENCE NO.
Full name Hopping sequence No.

Abbreviation HSN
3GPP Name Hopping sequence number
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
According to GSM 05.02 Frequency Hoping
Algorithm, MAI is a function of TDMA Frame
number (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN) and
Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN
determines the operation track of frequencies
during the frequency hopping process. Using
different HSN for cells having same MA can avoid
frequency utilization conflict between adjacent cells
during the frequency hopping process.
Different timeslots can share the same group of MA
Description and corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a
special frequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency
hopping)
HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, because
cells using the same MA also have the same BCCH.
For example, if HSN ∈ [(BCC×6) +1, ….., (BCC×6)
+6], then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs.
The remaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in other
special cases. If for simple, directly use 0 by
default.
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 0

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)

TABLE 276 - FREQUENCY HOPPING MODE
Full name Frequency hopping mode

Abbreviation FreqHopMode
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates the mode of frequency
Description
hopping.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range RFID freqhop, baseband freqhop
Unit None
Default RFFH

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MA frequency list. (MaFreqNum)

TABLE 277 - MA FREQUENCY LIST.
Full name MA frequency list.

Abbreviation MaFreqNum
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter provides a list of absolute RF

channel number in a frequency hopping group. It is
a CA sub-set of the home cell. The related
information will be notified to MS when MS is
notified of which channel should be used.
Description
In , you can do
<Add> and <Delete> actions.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Based on frequency setting
Unit None
Default Based on frequency setting
Relevant
ZGF05-12-005 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Functions
ZGF05-12-002 Support of 64 Frequencies Hopping
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Chapter 2
Module Parameters
This chapter mainly explains module parameters.
Operation Control Parameters

The interface of operation control parameters is shown in Figure
31.
FIGURE 31 -PERATION CONTROL P AR AMETERS

Caution:
Each parameter has a default value in initial interface. Settings
for these parameters are very important for foreground
operation, so we suggest it shall be modified by professional
persons, and informal modification is not allowed for general
users.
FUC Parameters
The interface of FUC parameters is shown as follows.
FIGURE 32 - FUC PAR AMETERS
Use system message method when MSC

overload or link block
TABLE 278 - USE SYSTEM MESSAGE METHOD WHEN MSC OVERLOAD OR LINK
BLOCK
Use system message method when MSC overload

Full name
or link block

Chapter 2 - Module Parameters
Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
FUC is done by system message mothod while all
MSC overloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be
started for this kind of overload).
Using system message method, that is,
Description disable some MS accesses according to
ACCN parameters in system message;
Using FUC method, that is, disable some
MS accesses by access random on RACH
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range System message method, FUC method
Unit None
Default FUC method
Relevant
ZGF05-23-001 BSC Load Control
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Start system message method

TABLE 279 - START SYSTEM MESSAGE METHOD
Full name Start system message method

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When CPU utilization of CMP is increased, whether
Description system message method shall be used while
reaching the threshold defined in section 0.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Start limit
TABLE 280 - START LIMIT
Full name Start limit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU
threshold of system message control method. It
means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and
"Start system message method" parameter is Yes,
Description FUC can be done by system message control
method.
This parameter indicates the threshold of start
system message control method.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 65
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Start FUC flow control

TABLE 281 - START FUC FLOW CONTROL
Full name Start FUC flow control

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When CPU utilization of CMP is increased, whether
Description FUC flow control is used while reaching the
threshold defined in section 0.

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Start limit
TABLE 282 - START LIMIT
Full name Start limit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU
threshold of FUC control method. It means if CPU
utilization exceeds this threshold and "Start FUC
Description flow control" parameter is Yes, flow can be
controlled by FUC flow control.
This parameter indicates the threshold of start FUC
flow control.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 75
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

The MAX control level for MSC overload or link

block
TABLE 283 - THE M AX CONTROL LEVEL FOR MSC OVERLOAD OR LINK BLOCK
The MAX control level for MSC overload or link

Full name
block
Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates allowed MAX control level while MSC is
Description
overloaded or link is blocked.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Accept flow control

TABLE 284 - ACCEPT FLOW CONTROL
Full name Accept flow control

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates whether flow control is accepted (that
is, when CPU utilization of CMP is too high, CMP
Description
refuses MS acess by certain proportion based on
CPU utilization).
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Allowed, disallowed
Unit None
Default Allowed

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover parameters of BCCH and

SD
The interface of Handover parameters of BCCH and SD is shown
in Figure 33.
FIGURE 33 - HANDOVER PARAMETERS OF BCCH AND S D
Handover BCCH
TABLE 285 - HANDOVER BCCH
Full name Handover BCCH

Abbreviation --

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic
configured BCCH function is enabled by BSC. When
this function is enabled, network can enable
Description dynamic configured BCCH function. Specially, for
which cell can enable this function, it is based on
whether the cell can dynamically enable dynamic
configured BCCH function.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-09-007 Automatic BCCH Recovery
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Dynamic config SDCCH

TABLE 286 - DYNAMIC CONFIG SDCCH
Full name Dynamic config SDCCH

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
configured SDCCH function is enabled by BSC.
When this function is enabled, network can enable
Description dynamic configured SDCCH function. Specially, for
which cell can enable this function, it is based on
whether the cell can dynamically enable dynamic
configured SDCCH function.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-09-005 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Scan SDCCH (100ms)

TABLE 287 - SCAN SDCCH
Full name Scan SDCCH

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning
duration for idle SDCCH channel by the network
shen dynamic configured SDCCH function is
enabled in the cell. When network enables dynamic
configured SDCCH function, the network may
Description
periodically check idle SDCCH channels in the cell
according to this parameter, to decide conversion
condition. This parameter can reflect response time
for this case due to insufficient SDCCH channel
resource.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Scan BCCH
TABLE 288 - SCAN BCCH
Full name Scan BCCH

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used to indicate the scanning

duration for idle BCCH channel by the network shen
dynamic configured BCCH function is enabled in the
cell. When network enables dynamic configured
Description BCCH function, the network may periodically check
idle BCCH carrier state in the cell according to this
parameter, to decide conversion condition. This
parameter can reflect response time for this case
due to network BCCH carrier failure.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 3000
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BCCH starting delay

TABLE 289 -1 BCCH STARTING DELAY
Full name BCCH starting delay

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates initial delay time for BCCH handover,
after receiving BCCH handover message, you can
Description configure delay. Check BCCH carrier state after
timer is timeout. If you need handover actually,
handover flow shall be started formally.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 1200
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

BCCH finishing delay

TABLE 290 - BCCH FINISHING DELAY
Full name BCCH finishing delay

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates delay time before finishing BCCH
handover, BTS block message is received after
Description
timer is timeout, select handover TRX to do
handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 1200
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Delay of TRX forcible release

TABLE 291 - DELAY OF TRX FORCIBLE RELEASE
Full name Delay of TRX forcible release

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During
BCCH handover, if you select the carrier with
existing service as BCCH carrier after handover,
Description
you can inform the service and handover to other
carrier. Release the service on this carrier after
timer is timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 5 ~ 200
Unit 100 ms
Default 10

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Delay of TS forcible release

TABLE 292- DELAY OF TS FORCIBLE RELEASE
Full name Delay of TS forcible release

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During
dynamic config SDCCH converted to TCH, first
Description handover the service on this timeslot to other
timeslots, and release the service on this timeslot
after timer is timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 5 ~ 200
Unit 100 ms
Default 10
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Delay protection
TABLE 293 - DELAY PROTECTION
Full name Delay protection

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is delay protection timer, which is

used to indicate response timeout timer after
waiting for BTS configuration finishing while
Description
dynamic config BCCH or SDCCH function is enabled
and dynamic conversion condition is met. Restart
flow after timer is timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 1800
Relevant ZGF05-09-007 Automatic BCCH Recovery

Functions ZGF05-09-005 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TCH->SDCCH limit
TABLE 294 - TCH->SDCCH LIMIT
Full name TCH->SDCCH limit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
configured SDCCH function is enabled and
Description conversion threshold from TCH to SDCCH. Only
when idle SDCCH is lower than this threshold, the
conversion from TCH to SDCCH can be done.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 2 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

SDCCH->TCH delay
TABLE 295 - SDCCH->TCH DELAY
Full name SDCCH->TCH delay

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates SDCCH->TCH delay. This parameter is
used to enable dynamic config SDCCH function in
the cell. After TCH is dynamically converted to
SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is idle, to
Description
prevent from frequent channel conversion, a time
limit will be added for the conversion from SDCCH
channel to TCH channel. During this limit, SDCCH
channel can not be converted to TCH channel.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 24
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously

handover
TABLE 296 - THE M AX CELLS' AMOUNT OF SIMULTANEOUSLY HANDOVER
Full name The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It controls the MAX number of cells that can be
Description
handover simultaneously in a module.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1~8
Unit None

Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Other Parameters
The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 34.
FIGURE 34 - OTHER P AR AMETERS
B2 support AMR
TABLE 297 - B2 SUPPORT AMR
Full name B2 support AMR

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Whether B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR
Description voice algorithm determines whether service on B2
carrier can use AMR voice version.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CHR Enable
TABLE 298 - CHR ENABLE
Full name CHR Enable

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates whether call history record function is
Description
enabled.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Support/not support
Unit None
Default Not supported
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

MR server IP
TABLE 299 - MR SERVER IP
Full name MR server IP

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description It describes IP address of MR data storage server.
Management
BSC
Object
Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is
Value Range
0~255), x is decimal number
Unit None
Default 0.0.0.0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MR server port
TABLE 300 - MR SERVER PORT
Full name MR server port

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description It describes port of MR data storage server.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Support NC2
TABLE 301 - SUPPORT NC2
Full name Support NC2

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description It indicates whether to support idle NC2.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF06-01-006 Network Controlled Cell Reselection
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BER Weight
TABLE 302 - BER WEIGHT
Full name BER Weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER weight. The
Description
system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
FER Weight
TABLE 303 - FER WEIGHT
Full name FER Weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
factors. This parameter indicates FER weight. The
Description
system calculates the weight of voice quality level
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover frequence weight

TABLE 304 - HANDOVER FREQUENCE WEIGHT
Full name Handover frequence weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
factors. This parameter indicates handover
Description frequency weight. The system calculate the weight
of voice quality level while adding or reducing these
influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object

Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
DTX weight
TABLE 305 - DTX WEIGHT
Full name DTX weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
factors. This parameter indicates DTX weight. The
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Coding decode weight

TABLE 306- CODING DECODE WEIGHT
Full name Coding decode weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


factors. This parameter indicates coding decode
Description weight. The system calculates the weight of voice
quality level while adding or reducing these
influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Abis transmission error code weight

TABLE 307 - ABIS TRANSMISSION ERROR CODE WEIGHT
Full name Abis transmission error code weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
factors. This parameter indicates the weight of Abis
Description transmission error code. The system calculates the
weight of voice quality level while adding or
reducing these influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Delay weight
TABLE 308 - DELAY WEIGHT
Full name Delay weight

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
factors. This parameter indicates delay weight. The
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Resource block threshold at A interface

TABLE 309 - RESOURCE BLOCK THRESHOLD AT A INTERFACE
Full name Resource block threshold at A interface

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs
Description
by PCM at A interface.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
NSVC resource block threshold

TABLE 310 - NSVC RESOURCE BLOCK THRESHOLD
Full name NSVC resource block threshold

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes proportion threshold while alarm
Description
occurs by NSVC at Gb interface.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Channel resource block threshold

TABLE 311 - CHANNEL RESOURCE BLOCK THRESHOLD
Full name Channel resource block threshold

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes proportion threshold while alarm
Description
occurs in radio channel.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 80

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IBS Parameters
The interface of IBS parameters is shown in Figure 35.
FIGURE 35 -IBS P AR AMETERS
IBS shutdown limit

TABLE 312 - IBS SHUTDOWN LIMIT
Full name IBS shutdown limit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
It describes IBS shutdown limit, when the cell can
do IBS shutdown inspection, if traffic in current cell
Description
is lower than this threshold, this cell need close a
carrier.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 70
Unit %
Default 30
Relevant
ZGF05-13-006 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IBS powerup limit

TABLE 313 - IBS POWERUP LIMIT
Full name IBS powerup limit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes IBS powerup threshold. If traffic in
current cell exceeds this threshold, it is considered
Description this cell shall enable the carrier closed during IBS
shutdown. This threshold shall be larger than
"shutdown threshold".
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 90
Unit %
Default 60
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

IBS powerover limit

TABLE 314 - IBS POWEROVER LIMIT
Full name IBS powerover limit

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates the resource utilization threshold for
urgent powerup in IBS shutdown function, after
occupying channel proportion over this threshold,
Description
immediately enable the carriers that is closed
during IBS shutdown. This threshold shall be larger
than "powerup threshold".
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 70 ~ 95
Unit %
Default 90
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IBS power priority

TABLE 315 - IBS POWER PRIORITY
Full name IBS power priority

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description It describes IBS power priority.
Management
BSC
Object
Carrier priority > interference band , interference
Value Range band > carrier priority, only as per interference
band, only as per carrier priority
Unit None
Default Carrier priority > interference band

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IBS time bitmap

TABLE 316 - IBS TIME BITMAP
Full name IBS time bitmap

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates bitmap at the segment of IBS shutdown
function enabled, in hour. Based on time segment
configuration, BSC decides whether current time
Description
belongs to the segment of IBS shutdown function,
then check whether the cell allows to disable IBS
shutdown carrier.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 23, Checked
Unit Hour
Default Unchecked
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap

TABLE 317 - BCCH FORBBIDEN TS MERGER TIME BITMAP
Full name BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

It indicates BCCH forbbiden TS merger time

bitmap, in hour. Intelligent TRX shutdown decides
Description
whether traffic of other carrier can migrate to BCCH
carrier.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 23, Checked
Unit Hour
Default Unchecked
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Appendix A
Abbreviations
Abbreviation Full name
A
AMR Adaptive Multi Rate
A (dB)
BSC Base Station Controller
BSS Base Station System
BSSAP Base Station System Application Part
BSSGP Base Station System EDGE/GPRS Protocol
BTS Base Transceiver Station
C
CMP Control Main Processor
CPU Central Processing Unit
CS Circuit Switch
D
DBS Data Base Subsystem
DSP Digital Signal Processor
F
FR Full Rate
G
GERAN GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GPRS General Packet Radio Service
GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
H
HR Half Rate
I
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IP Internet Protocol
L
LLC Logical Link Control


M
MAC Medium Access Control
MS Mobile Station
MSC Mobile services Switching Center
MSS Mobile Switch System
MTP Message Transfer Protocol
N
NS Network Service
NSE Network Service Entity
O
OMC Operation and Maintenance Center
OMP Operation Main Processor
OMS Operating Maintenance Subsystem
P
PACCH Packet Associated Control Channel
PAGCH Packet Access granted Channel
PBCCH Packet Broadcast Control Channel
PCH Paging Channel
PCU Packet Control Unit
PDTCH Packet Data Traffic Channel
PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
PPCH Packet Paging Channel
PS Packet Switch
PTP Point To Point
Q
QoS Quality of Service
R
RACH Random Access Channel
RLC Radio Link Control
S
SACCH Slow Associated Control Channel
SAPI Service Access Point Indicator
SCCP Signal Connect Control Part
SDCCH Stand alone dedicated Control Channel
T
TBF Temporary Block Flow

Appendix A - Abbreviations

TCH Traffic Channel
TDMA Time Division Multiplex Access
TFI TDM Fiber Interface board
TRX Transmitter & Receiver
TS Time Slot
U
UPPB User Plane Processing Board
UPU User Plane Process Unit
Um Um Interface
V
VLR Visitor Location Register


Appendix B
Value of Flow control

Policy
Barre Rxlev
Overlo d _ Penal Cell Tx-
ad Class Acces select Max-
ty integ
s Retrans
Level Numb Time Offset er
er _Min
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 1 -1 (255)
2 0 1 0 0 2 -2 (254)
3 1 2 0 -2(254) 3 -3 (253)
4 2 3 0 -3 (253) 4 -3 (253)
5 3 4 0 -4 (252) 4 -3 (253)
6 4 4 0 -4 (252) 4 -3 (253)
7 5 4 11111 -3 (253) 4 -3 (253)
8 6 4 11111 -2 (254) 4 -3 (253)
9 7 4 11111 -1 (255) 4 -3 (253)
10 8 4 11111 0 4 -3 (253)
11 9 4 11111 0 4 -3 (253)
12 10 4 11111 0 4 -3 (253)


Appendix C
Value of Power
GSM900 GSM1800
MS Output Power MS Output Power
Value Value
(dBm) (dBm)
0~2 39 29 36
3 37 30 34
4 35 31 32
5 33 0 30
…
1 28
…
…
16 11
17 9 13 4
18 7 14 2
19~31 5 15~28 0


Appendix D
Value of Cell Layer Num
Adjacent GSM GSM GSM GSM

Cell Micro-
Sectorized 900M 900M 1800M 1800M
micro
Current Cell Macro Micro Macro Micro Cell
Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell
Sectorized
N N N N N N
Cell
GSM900M
N SAME LOWER N LOWER LOWER
Macro Cell
GSM900M
N UPPER SAME UPPER N LOWER
Micro Cell
GSM1800M
N N LOWER SAME LOWER LOWER
Macro Cell
GSM1800M
N UPPER N UPPER SAME LOWER
Micro Cell
Micro-
N UPPER N UPPER N N
micro Cell


Appendix E
Correlation between
Parameter Interface
Display and Database
Value
BSC Global Resource

Parameters Interface
Basic Property Parameters
Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)
Interface value displayed Database Value

2 digits 0
3 digits 1
Net Type (Net)

CTCN 1
China Mobile Communication Network
2
(CMCN)
China Unicom Communication Network
3
(CUCN)
Railway Telecom Network (RLTN) 4


China Netcome (CNC) 5
National Farm Transition Network (NFTN) 6
Network 7 7
Network 8 8
SP Type (SpType)

Signaling End Point (SEP) 1
Signaling transfer point (STP) 2
Signaling terminal end point (STEP) 3
Is TC Type (TCType)

Inner TC 0
Outer TC 1
Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)

(GMT-12:00) Enewetak, Kwajalein Island -720
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Samoan
-690
Islands
(GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoan
-660
Islands
(GMT-10:30) Hawaii -630
(GMT-10:00) Hawaii -600
(GMT-09:30) Alaskan -570
(GMT-09:00) Alaskan -540
(GMT-08:30) Western Standard Time (USA
-510
and Canada)
(GMT-08:00) Western Standard Time (USA
-480
and Canada)
(GMT-07:30) Arizona -450
(GMT-07:00) Arizona -420
(GMT-06:30) Mexico -390
(GMT-06:00) Mexico, Saskatchewan -360

Appendix E - Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and Database Value

(GMT-05:30) Bogota, Lima -330
(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Eastern
-300
Standard Time (USA and Canada)
(GMT-04:30) San Diego -270
(GMT-04:00) San Diego -240
(GMT-03:30) Newfoundlander -210
(GMT-03:00) Brasilia, Buenos Aires -180
(GMT-02:30) Mid-Atlantic -150
(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic -120
(GMT-01:30) Cape Verde Islands, Azores
-90
Islands
(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Islands, Azores
-60
Islands
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich Mean Time, London -30
(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time, London 0
(GMT+0:30) Greenwich Mean Time, London 30
(GMT+01:00) Berlin, Roman, Paris 60
(GMT+01:30) Berlin, Roman, Paris 90
(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Cairo, Athens 120
(GMT+02:30) Helsinki, Cairo, Athens 150
(GMT+03:00) Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh,
180
Moscow
(GMT+03:30) Teheran 210
(GMT+04:00) Baku, Tbilisi 240
(GMT+04:30) Kabul 270
(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi 300
(GMT+05:30) Calcutta, Madras, Bombay,
330
New Delhi
(GMT+06:00) Alma-ata, Dacca 360
(GMT+06:30) Rangoon 390
(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Djakarta 420
(GMT+07:30) Bangkok, Djakarta 450
(GMT+08:00) Beijing 480
(GMT+08:30) Beijing 510
(GMT+09:00) Seoul, Tokyo 540
(GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Darwin 570
(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne,
600
Sydney, Guam
(GMT+10:30) Canberra, Melbourne, 630


Sydney, Guam
(GMT+11:00) Magadan, The Solomon
660
Islands
(GMT+11:30) Magadan, The Solomon
690
Islands
(GMT+12:00) Wellington, Marshall Islands 720
(GMT+12:30) Wellington, Marshall Islands 750
(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa 780
Radio Basic Property Parameters

DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported (FuncExt)

DCS1800 0
PCS1900 1
MSC version ID (MSCVer)
Release 98 or older 0
Release 99 or newer 1
Others
Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a field jointed by half-rate and full-rate.
Jointing mode: addition by bit after shifting
PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer _0<<2)+
PreferSpeechVer _1
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate
PreferSpeechVer _1: Full-rate
Tip:
In this article, we use a formula to represent shift jointing mode. For
instance, (PreferSpeechVer _0<<2)+ PreferSpeechVer _1, in which value
of PreferSpeechVer_0 is shifted two bits to left and jointed with the value
of PreferSpeechVer_1.


Not specify the preferred version 0
Half-rate version 1 1
Half-rate version 3 3
Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a field jointed by half-rate and full-rate.
Jointing mode: addition by bit after shifting
PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer _0<<2)+
PreferSpeechVer _1
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate
PreferSpeechVer _1: Full-rate

Not specify the preferred version 0
Full-rate version 1 1
TFOControl
TFOControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit
after shift
TFOControl =(TFOControl _3<<3)+(TFOControl
_2<<2)+(TFOControl _1<<1)+ TFOControl _0。
TFOControl_0: TFO Enable
TFOControl_1: coding/decoding type optimization enable
TFOControl_2: coding/decoding type unmatched enable
TFOControl_3: AMR optimization mode
AMR Half Method Parameters
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) +
IsAmrICM (half), jointed by string.

Initial codec mode 0
Startmode codec 1
Start mode (AmrStartMode)

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is

jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full) +
AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)
IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) +
IsAmrNscb (half), jointed by string.
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)
AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +
AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)
AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate, jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +
AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
AMR Full Method Parameters


Startmode codec 1


Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)

GPRS Property 1 Parameters
Cn
CN is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed
by string from top to bottom.
Nn
Nn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed
Xn (%)
Xn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed
NACC supported (NACCSupport)

Not support NACC 0
Support NACC, not support LLC framework
1
conversion
Support NACC, also support LLC framework
2
conversion
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

Network Operation Mode 1 0
Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)

Not retry 0
Retry 1 times 1
Retry 2 times 2
EDGE Property Parameters
SGSN version ID (SGSNVer)

Release 98 or older 0
Release 99 or newer 1

R99 Ind (R99Ind)

non-R99 version 0
R99 version 1
GERAN External Cell Parameters
Cell type

Umbrela Cell 0
Macro Cell 1
Macro Cell 2
Pico Cell 3
Extended cell 4
Frequency band (FreqBand)

GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
UTRAN External Cell Parameters
UTRAN cell type (CellTypeUTRAN)

FDD 0
TDD 1
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)

0 (3.84Mcps) 0
1 (1.28Mcps) 1

Subcell Parameters
Basic Parameters 1
Cell type

Umbrela Cell 0
Macro Cell 1
Macro Cell 2
Pico Cell 3
Extended cell 4

GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)

GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7

Don’t support GPRS 0
GPRS service supported 1
Support EDGE 2
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

CCCH uses one physical channel, not
0
combined with SDCCH
CCCH uses one physical channel, combined
1
with SDCCH


CCCH uses two physical channels, not
2
combined with SDCCH
CCCH uses three physical channels, not
4
combined with SDCCH
CCCH uses four physical channels, not
6
combined with SDCCH
Basic Parameters 2
AMR Codec Adjust Mode (AmrAdjMode)

AMR quick rate adjustment mode 0
Adjustment interval for configuration 1


Startmode codec 1




Startmode codec 1

Other Parameters
CipherMode
CipherMode is a jointed field in database by CipherMode-0~
CipherMode-7. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
System Parameters
InterfBoundary
InterfBoundary is a jointed field in database by
InterfBoundary_0~ InterfBoundary_5. Jointing mode: jointed

SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

BCCH Norm 0
BCCH Ext 1
Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)

Disallow packet access 1
Allow packet access with the priority level 1 2
Allow packet access with the priority level
3
1-2
4
1-3
5
1-4
Allow priority 6
GPRS Cell Optional Parameters
T3168 (s)

0.5 0
1 1
1.5 2
2 3
2.5 4
3 5
3.5 6
4 7
T3192

500 0
1000 1
1500 2
0 3
80 4
120 5


160 6
200 7
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)
0 0
1 1
2 2
4 3
8 4
16 5
32 6
64 7
Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)

4 access burst 0
RLC/MAC control block 1
Access burst type (AccessType)

8 bits 0
11 bits 1
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

4 0
8 1
12 2
16 3
20 4
24 5
28 6
32 7
N3102 increase step (PanInc)

4 0
8 1
12 2


16 3
20 4
24 5
28 6
32 7
N3102 MAX (PanMax)
4 0
8 1
12 2
16 3
20 4
24 5
28 6
32 7
GPRS phone init coding
GPRS phone init coding is a jointed field in the database.
Jointing mode: 1*16Kbps+2~4*16Kbps jointed by string.
GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)
InitAttachExch is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by
bit after shift
(INITATTACHEXCH_1<<1)+INITATTACHEXCH_0).
InitAttachExch_0: GPRS phones init code can be changed
dynamically.
InitAttachExch_1: EGPRS phones init code can be changed
GPRS NC Test Parameters
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

0.48 0
0.96 1
1.92 2
3.84 3
7.68 4
15.36 5
30.72 6
61.44 7

Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)

0.48 0
0.96 1
1.92 2
3.84 3
7.68 4
15.36 5
30.72 6
61.44 7
Network control order (CtrlOrder)

NC0 0
NC1 1
NC2 2
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)

No non-DRX mode 0
0.24 1
0.48 2
0.72 3
0.96 4
1.20 5
1.44 6
1.92 7
Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)

EM0 0
EM1 1
Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)

Type 1 0
Type 2 1
Type 3 2
Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)


60 0
120 1
240 2
480 3
960 4
1920 5
3840 6
7680 7
GPRS Power Control Parameters
Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)

BCCH 0
PDCH 1
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters
Reselection offset (ReselOffset)

ReselOffset is a jointed field in database by ReselOff_0 and
ReselOff_0. Jointing mode: ReselOff_0 + ReselOff_1 jointed
by string.
Reselection temporary offset (TempOffset, dB)
TempOffset is a jointed field in database by TempOffset_0
and TempOffset_1. Jointing mode: TempOffset_0+
TempOffset_1 jointed by string.

0 0
10 1
20 2
30 3
40 4
50 5
60 6
Large infinite 7
Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime, 10s)

PenalTime is a jointed field in database by PenalTime_0 and

PenalTime_1. Jointing mode: PenalTime_0 + PenalTime_1
jointed by string.
Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_RESEL, s)
T_RESEL is a jointed field in database by T_RESEL_0 and
T_RESEL_1. Jointing mode: T_RESEL_0 + T_RESEL_1 jointed
by string.

5 0
10 1
15 2
20 3
30 4
60 5
120 6
300 7
Threshold of HSC signal level (HCS_THR)

HCS_THR is a jointed field in database by HCS_THR_0 and
HCS_THR_1. Jointing mode: HCS_THR_0+HCS_THR_1
jointed by string.
HCS priority (PrioClass)
PrioClass is a jointed field in database by PrioClass_0 and
PrioClass_1. Jointing mode: PrioClass_0+PrioClass_1 jointed
by string.
C31 hysteresis (C31_HYST)
C31_HYST is a jointed field in database by C31_HYST_0 and
C31_HYST_1. Jointing mode: C31_HYST_0+C31_HYST_1
jointed by string.
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys, dB)
ReselHys is a jointed field in database by ReselHys_0 and
ReselHys_1. Jointing mode: ReselHys_0+ReselHys_1 jointed
by string.
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys, dB)
RaReselHys is a jointed field in database by RaReselHys_0
and RaReselHys_1. Jointing mode:
RaReselHys_0+RaReselHys_1 jointed by string.
Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry)
RadAcRetry is a jointed field in database by RadAcRetry_0
and RadAcRetry_1. Jointing mode:
RadAcRetry_0+RadAcRetry_1 jointed by string.
Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_QUAL)

C32_QUAL is a jointed field in database by C32_QUAL_0 and

C32_QUAL_1. Jointing mode: C32_QUAL_0+C32_QUAL_1
jointed by string.
GPRS access minimum signal level (RxLevAsMin)
RxLevAsMin is a jointed field in database by RxLevAsMin_0
and RxLevAsMin_1. Jointing mode:
RxLevAsMin_0+RxLevAsMin_1 jointed by string.
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST)
HCS_EXIST is a jointed field in database by HCS_EXIST_0
and HCS_EXIST_1. Jointing mode:
HCS_EXIST_0+HCS_EXIST_1 jointed by string.
GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch)
MsTxMaxCch is a jointed field in database by MsTxMaxCch_0
and MsTxMaxCch_1. Jointing mode:
MsTxMaxCch_0+MsTxMaxCch_1 jointed by string.
GPRS Channel Parameters
Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)

2 0
3 1
4 2
5 3
6 4
7 5
8 6
9 7
10 8
12 9
14 10
16 11
20 12
25 13
32 14
50 15
Interval period of packet access attempt (S)

12 0


15 1
20 2
30 3
41 4
55 5
76 6
109 7
163 8
217 9
MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

MaxRetrans is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
jointed by string from top to bottom.
1 0
2 1
4 2
7 3
Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)
AccCtrlClass is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
Access Persist Level (PersistLev)
PersistLev is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
EGPRS Phone Init Coding

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by
string from top to bottom.

MCS1 0
MCS2 1
MCS3 2
MCS4 3
MCS5 4
MCS6 5
MCS7 6


MCS8 7
MCS9 8
Subcell Object Parameters

TRX Parameters
TRX Type (TrxType)

Common TRX 0
Extended TRX 1
Static power level (PwRreduction)

Max output power 0
Max output power -2dB 1
Max output power +1.5dB 253
Max output power +1dB 254
Max output power +0.5dB 255
Channel Information Parameters
TsChannelComb

TCH/F 0
TCH/H (0, 1)+FACCH/H (0, 1)+SACCH/TH
1
(0, 1)
TCH/H (0, 0)+FACCH/H (0, 1)+SACCH/TH

2
(0, 1)+TCH/H (0, 1)
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8 3
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH 4
BCCH+SDCCH/4 5


BCCH+CCCH 6
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH 7
SDCCH+CBCH 8
PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 12
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 13
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; 14
Ps Service Preference property

No preference 255
GPRS Preference 0
EDGE Preference 1
EDGE specialty 2
Power Control Parameters
Power control PwrDecrLimit

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string
from top to bottom.
Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR, HR, AMR FR,
AMR HR.
Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
AMR HR.
Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
AMR HR.
Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
AMR HR.
Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
AMR HR.
Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N


AMR HR.
Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
AMR HR.
Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
AMR HR.
FR Power increasing step (db) (PWRINCSTEP_0)
PWRINCSTEP is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
jointed by string from top to bottom in the sequence of FR,
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
FR Power decreasing step (db) (PWRREDSTEP_0)
PWRREDSTEP is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
MsTxPwrMax is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)
MsTxPwrMin is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN power level of BS (BsTxPwrMin)
BsTxPwrMin is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN interval of power control (PcMinInterval)
PcMinInterval is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Handover Control Parameters
Frequency control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoFreqrCtl)

GSM900 0
EXT900 1


DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
HoPatternInd
HoPatternInd is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit
after shift.
HoPatternInd=(HoPatternInd4<<3)+(HoPatternInd3<<2)+(
HoPatternInd2<<1)+ HoPatternInd1
HoPatternInd1: synchronization handover
HoPatternInd2: Asynchronization handover
HoPatternInd3: Pseudo-synchronization handover
HoPatternInd4: Pre-synchronization handover
HoControl
HoControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit
after shift.
HoControl=(HoControl18<<17)+(HoControl17<<16)+(HoCo
ntrol16<<15)+(HoControl15<<14)+(HoControl14<<13)+(H
oControl13<<12)+(HoControl12<<11)+(HoControl11<<10)
+(HoControl10<<9)+(HoControl9<<8)+(HoControl8<<7)+(
HoControl7<<6)+(HoControl6<<5)+(HoControl5<<4)+(HoC
ontrol4<<3)+(HoControl3<<2)+(HoControl2<<1)+HoContr
ol1
HoControl1: Allow SDCCH handover
HoControl2: Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink
interference
HoControl3: Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to
downlink interference
HoControl4: Allow handover due to distance
HoControl5: Allow standard PBGT handover
HoControl6: Allow automatic handover based on traffic
HoControl7: Allow handover based on direction
HoControl8: Allow handover based on homocentric circularity
HoControl9: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel
due to downlink interference
HoControl10: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel
due to uplink interference
HoControl11: Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX
channel due to PBGT
HoControl12: Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
HoControl13: Allow rapid handover

HoControl14: Allow Macro-Micro delay handover

HoControl15: Allow Micro-Macro delay handover
HoControl16: Allow internal handover based on TA
HoControl17: Allow force transfer handover
HoControl18: Subcell handover algorithm
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)

Concentric handover 0
Path loss and TA handover 1
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell

(Qsearch_P)
Qsearch_P is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
Qsearch_P_0+Qsearch_P_1 jointed by string.
Qsearch_P_0: idle
Qsearch_P_1: packet transmission
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+ FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed
by string.
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: Idle
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+ TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed
by string.
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: Idle
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission
PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_QminPS)
FDD_QminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_QminPS_0+ FDD_QminPS_1 jointed by string.
FDD_QminPS_0: Idle
FDD_QminPS_1: packet transmission
Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0+FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1
jointed by string.

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0: idle
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1: packet transmission
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)
FDD_RSCPminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_RSCPminPS_0+FDD_RSCPminPS_1 jointed by string.
FDD_RSCPminPS_0: Idle
FDD_RSCPminPS_1: Packet transmission
(FDDRprtTho2PS)
FDDRprtTho2PS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDDRprtTho2PS_0+FDDRprtTho2PS_1 jointed by string.
FDDRprtTho2PS_0: Idle
FDDRprtTho2PS_1: Packet transmission
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Prefer to UTRAN handover 0
Don't prefer to UTRAN handover 1
Disallow UTRAN handover 2
According to MSC, default handover to
3
UTRAN first
According to MSC, default don't prefer to
4
UTRAN handover
According to MSC, default disallow UTRAN
5
handover
FDD/TDD handover (FDD/TDDPrio)

Handover to FDD cell should be preferred. 0
Prefer to TDD handover 1
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection

Parameters

Undefined 0
At same layer as this cell 1


At upper layer of this cell 2
At lower layer of this cell 3
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

Undefined 0
At same layer as this cell 1
At upper layer of this cell 2
At lower layer of this cell 3
Frequency Hopping System Parameters
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)

Baseband freqhop 1
RFFH 2

Appendix F
Figures
Figure 1 - TRX Parameters ...................................................2

Figure 2 - Channel Information Parameters ............................9
Figure 3 - IP Information Parameters .................................. 17
Figure 4 - Carrier Panel Parameters..................................... 20
Figure 5 - Power Control Parameters ................................... 23
Figure 6 - Power Measurement Parameters .......................... 26
Figure 7- Power Adjust Threshold Parameters ....................... 35
Figure 8 Other Parameters ............................................... 43
Figure 9- GPRS Power Control Parameters............................ 49
Figure 10- Handover Pretreatment Parameters ..................... 54
Figure 11- Handover Threashold Parameters ........................ 65
Figure 12- Handover Condition Parameters .......................... 77
Figure 13- Handover Control Parameters ............................. 84
Figure 14- Other Parameters.............................................. 94
Figure 15- Handover algorithm Parameters ........................ 101
Figure 16- Subcell Parameters.......................................... 116
Figure 17 -BASIC PROPERTY 1 PARAMETERS ...................... 121
Figure 18 - BASIC PROPERTY 2 PARAMETERS ..................... 128
Figure 19- BASIC PROPERTY 1 PARAMETERS ...................... 136
Figure 20-BASIC PROPERTY 2 PARAMETERS ....................... 145
Figure 21 - GPRS Property 1 Parameters............................ 160
Figure 23- Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters................ 184
Figure 24 - Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters
................................................................................... 186
Figure 25 - Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters .................. 201

Figure 26 - Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................ 213

Figure 27 - UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters.................................................................... 216
Figure 28 - UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........ 222
Figure 29 - UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ..... 226
Figure 30 - Frequency Hopping System Parameters ............. 230
Figure 31 -peration Control Parameters ............................. 235
Figure 32 - FUC parameters ............................................. 236
Figure 33 - Handover parameters of BCCH and SD .............. 241
Figure 34 - Other Parameters........................................... 249
Figure 35 -IBS Parameters............................................... 258

Tables
Table 1 - Manual Summary .................................................. ii

Table 2 - Typographical Conventions .................................... iii
Table 3 - Mouse Operation Conventions ................................ iv
Table 4 - TRX ID ................................................................2
Table 5 - SubCell ID............................................................3
Table 6 - TRX Type .............................................................3
Table 7 - Priority ................................................................4
Table 8 - carrier frequency...................................................5
Table 9 - Static power level..................................................5
Table 10 - Power level.........................................................6
Table 11 - Support Fhs........................................................7
Table 12 - Frequency ..........................................................7
Table 13 - ARFCN List .........................................................8
Table 14 - Ts No.................................................................9
Table 15 - TsChannelComb ................................................ 10
Table 16 - TSC ................................................................. 12
Table 17 - MAIO ............................................................... 13
Table 18 - Dynamic ts ....................................................... 13
Table 19 - Ps Service Preference property ............................ 14
Table 20 - PDCH Priority .................................................... 15
Table 21 - TSC ................................................................. 15
Table 22 - PDCH............................................................... 16
Table 23 - Bipb Unit .......................................................... 17
Table 24 - DspSunit .......................................................... 18
Table 25 - DspMarkSeq ..................................................... 18
Table 26 - PortNo ............................................................. 19
Table 27 - Working modes ................................................. 20
Table 28 - Delayed transmitting number .............................. 21
Table 29 - use IRC............................................................ 22
Table 30 - Carrier support antenna jumping ......................... 22

Table 31 - Uplink rapid power control indication .................... 24

Table 32 - Downlink rapid power control indication ................ 24
Table 33 - Power control PwrDecrLimit ................................ 25
Table 34 - Report period of measurement for power control.... 26
Table 35 - Uplink power level ............................................. 27
Table 36 - Uplink level Weight ............................................ 27
Table 37 - Downlink power level ......................................... 28
Table 38 - Downlink level Weight ........................................ 29
Table 39 - Uplink quality level ............................................ 30
Table 40 - Uplink quality Weight ......................................... 31
Table 41 - Downlink quality level ........................................ 32
Table 42 - Downlink quality Weight ..................................... 33
Table 43 - Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
..................................................................................... 35
Table 44 - Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value
N ................................................................................... 36
Table 45 - Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
..................................................................................... 37
Table 46 - Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and
Value N........................................................................... 38
Table 47 - Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value
N ................................................................................... 39
Table 48 - Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and
Value N........................................................................... 40
Table 49 - Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value
N ................................................................................... 40
Table 50 - Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and
Value N........................................................................... 41
Table 51 - FR Power increasing step (db) ............................ 43
Table 52 - FR Power decreasing step ................................... 44
Table 53 - Uplink power control allowed............................... 44
Table 54 - Downlink power control allowed........................... 45
Table 55 - MAX power level of MS ....................................... 45
Table 56 - MIN power level of MS ....................................... 46
Table 57 - MIN power level of BS ........................................ 47
Table 58 - MIN interval of power control .............................. 48
Table 59 Receive Power Strength from MS Needed .............. 50
Table 60 - Uplink power control strategy.............................. 50
Table 61 - Downlink power control strategy.......................... 51

Appendix F - Tables
Table 62 - Downlink Power Control Mode ............................. 51

Table 63 - Power Control Level ........................................... 52
Table 64 - Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode ...... 53
Table 65 - Number of zero allowed in AV.............................. 54
Table 66 - Uplink power level ............................................. 55
Table 67 - Uplink level Weight ............................................ 56
Table 68 - Downlink power level ......................................... 57
Table 69 - Downlink level Weight ........................................ 58
Table 70 - Uplink quality level ............................................ 59
Table 71 - Uplink quality Weight ......................................... 60
Table 72 - Downlink quality level ........................................ 61
Table 73 - Downlink quality Weight ..................................... 62
Table 74 - Distance........................................................... 63
Table 75 - Neighboring cell ................................................ 64
Table 76 - Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P .... 65
Table 77 - Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P 66
Table 78 - Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P.. 67
Table 79 - Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
..................................................................................... 68
Table 80 - Intra-handover uplink receive level Threshold, Value
N, Value P ....................................................................... 70
Table 81 - Intra-handover downlink receive level Threshold,
Value N, Value P............................................................... 71
Table 82- Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P.................... 72
Table 83 - Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P..................... 73
Table 84 - Rapid handover Threshold / Value N..................... 74
Table 85 - Macro-micro handover Threshold / Value N ........... 75
Table 86 - Distance handover value N / Value P .................... 76
Table 87 - PBGT handover Value N/Value P .......................... 76
Table 88 - Max Time Advance Threshold between MS and BTS 77
Table 89 - MIN interval between inter-cell handover .............. 78
Table 90 - Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality
..................................................................................... 79
Table 91 - Layer adapting to PBGT handover (PbgtHolayer) .... 81
Table 92 - Synchronization ................................................ 81
Table 93 - Asynchronization ............................................... 82
Table 94 - Pseudo-synchronization...................................... 82
Table 95 - Pre-synchronization ........................................... 83

Table 96 - Allow SDCCH handover ...................................... 84

Table 97 - Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to uplink
interference..................................................................... 85
Table 98 - Allow inter-cell handover attempt due to downlink
interference..................................................................... 85
Table 99 - Allow handover due to distance ........................... 86
Table 100 - Allow standard PBGT handover .......................... 86
Table 101 - Allow automatic handover based on traffic .......... 87
Table 102 - Allow handover based on direction ..................... 87
Table 103 - Allow handover based on homocentric circularity.. 88
Table 104 -Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to
downlink interference........................................................ 88
Table 105 - Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due
to uplink interference ........................................................ 89
Table 106 - Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel
due to PBGT .................................................................... 90
Table 107 - Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority .... 90
Table 108 - Allow rapid handover........................................ 91
Table 109 - Allow Macro-Micro delay handover .................... 91
Table 110 - Allow Micro-Macro delay handover ..................... 92
Table 111 - Allow internal handover based on TA .................. 92
Table 112 - Allow force transfer handover ............................ 93
Table 113 - Penalty time for handover failure ....................... 94
Table 114 - Difference of dynamic priority............................ 95
Table 115 - PBGT difference............................................... 95
Table 116 - Layer control value for handover on traffic .......... 96
Table 117 - Frequency control value for handover on traffic.... 97
Table 118 - Threshold of traffic for handover ........................ 98
Table 119 - Lag time for PBGT between different layers ......... 99
Table 120 - Level offset for PBGT to up layer ........................ 99
Table 121- Level offset for PBGT to low layer...................... 100
Table 122 - Traffic handover threshold .............................. 101
Table 123 - Level offset during penalty .............................. 102
Table 124 - Uplink interference quality offset...................... 102
Table 125 - Uplink interference level offset......................... 103
Table 126 - Downlink interference quality offset.................. 104
Table 127 - Downlink interference level offset .................... 105
Table 128 - Invalid intra-handover time............................. 106

Appendix F - Tables
Table 129 - MAX count of invalid intra-handover ................. 107

Table 130- MAX path loss threshold on force handover ........ 108
Table 131 - MAX time advance threshold on force handover . 110
Table 132 - N value of force handover ............................... 112
Table 133 -P value of force handover ................................ 114
Table 134 - Dual band power offset................................... 116
Table 135 - The MAX of path loss...................................... 117
Table 136 - The MIN of path loss ...................................... 117
Table 137 - The MAX of time advance................................ 118
Table 138 - The MIN of time advance ................................ 118
Table 139 -1 N value of subcell handover........................... 119
Table 140 - P value of subcell handover ............................. 119
Table 141 - Subcell handover algorithm ............................. 120
Table 142 - Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover
failure........................................................................... 121
Table 143 - Slide window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP
average value to be zero ................................................. 122
Table 144- Number that measurement value allowed to be zero
................................................................................... 123
Table 145 - UTRAN handover ........................................... 123
Table 146 - FDD/TDD handover ........................................ 124
Table 147 - Threshold for load sharing............................... 125
Table 148 - Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for
load sharing .................................................................. 126
Table 149 - RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD
for load sharing.............................................................. 126
Table 150 - Inter system handover supported .................... 128
Table 151 - Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed................. 129
Table 152 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP
Threshold ...................................................................... 129
Table 153 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N
................................................................................... 130
Table 154 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P
................................................................................... 131
Table 155 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold
................................................................................... 131
Table 156 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N
................................................................................... 132
Table 157 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P
................................................................................... 133

Table 158 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold

................................................................................... 133
Table 159 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N
................................................................................... 134
Table 160 - Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P
................................................................................... 135
Table 161 - Channel location of si2quater broadcast ............ 136
Table 162 - CS measurement type reported by UE .............. 137
Table 163 - Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell
reselection .................................................................... 138
Table 164 - Threshold when UE performs search under
specialized mode ............................................................ 139
Table 165 - Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE
receiving qsearch_C........................................................ 139
Table 166 - CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in
report ........................................................................... 140
Table 167 - CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent
cells ............................................................................. 141
Table 168 - MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell................. 141
Table 169 - CS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in
measurement report ....................................................... 142
Table 170 - FDD Reselection offset.................................... 143
Table 171 - Require UE to send UTRAN classmark change
message early ............................................................... 144
Table 172 CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell .. 145
Table 173 - CS Multiband report indication ......................... 146
Table 174 - CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev
value ............................................................................ 147
Table 175 - TDD reselection offset .................................... 148
Table 176 - CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in
Table 177 - CS UE report invalid cell level allowed............... 149
Table 178 - CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding
frame indication ............................................................. 150
Table 179 - GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
................................................................................... 150
Table 180 - GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Threshold ...................................................................... 151
................................................................................... 152
Table 182 GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level...... 153

Appendix F - Tables
Table 183- GSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

................................................................................... 154
Table 184 - GSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Threshold ...................................................................... 154
Table 185- GSM1900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
................................................................................... 155
Threshold ...................................................................... 156
Table 187- Table0-2 UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal
level Offset .................................................................... 157
Table 188 - UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
threshold ...................................................................... 157
Table 189 - UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset ........................................................................... 158
threshold ...................................................................... 159
Table 191 - PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev
value ............................................................................ 160
Table 192 - CS measurement type reported by UE .............. 161
Table 193 - PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in
report ........................................................................... 162
Table 194 - PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell . 163
Table 195 - Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS
UTRAN cell .................................................................... 163
Table 196 - FDD GPRS reselection offset ............................ 164
Table 197 - TDD GPRS reselection offset............................ 165
Table 198 - PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell ............ 166
Table 199 - Offset of FDD_QminPS.................................... 166
Table 200 - PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell ............. 167
Table 201 - Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP 168
Table 202 - PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent
cells ............................................................................. 169
Table 203 - PS MAX number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in
Table 204- PS Multiband report indication .......................... 170
Table 205 - PS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in
Table 206 - PS UE report invalid cell level allowed ............... 174
Table 207 - PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding
frame indication ............................................................. 174
................................................................................... 175

Table 209 - GSM 850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Threshold ...................................................................... 176
................................................................................... 176
Table 211 GSM900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Threshold ...................................................................... 177
................................................................................... 178
Threshold ...................................................................... 179
................................................................................... 179
Threshold ...................................................................... 180
Table 216- UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
................................................................................... 181
Table 217 - UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
threshold ...................................................................... 182
Offset ........................................................................... 182
threshold ...................................................................... 183
Table 220 - Interference cell No. ...................................... 184
Table 221 - Related cell DN.............................................. 185
Table 222 - User Label .................................................... 186
Table 223 - Adjacent cell reselection and handover ID ......... 187
Table 224 - Priority of handover ....................................... 187
Table 225 - MAX power level of MS ................................... 188
Table 226 - MIN power level for handover access ................ 189
Table 227 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
................................................................................... 190
Table 228 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on power
level ............................................................................. 191
Table 229 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on quality
................................................................................... 191
Table 230 - MAX level difference of force handover ............. 192
Table 231 - Handover force resource threshold ................... 193
Table 232 - Neighboring cell layer..................................... 193
Table 233 - CS adjacent cell report priority ........................ 194
Table 234 - PS adjacent cell report priority......................... 196

Appendix F - Tables
Table 236 - Is related cell ................................................ 198

Table 237 - Is handover forced neighbor cell ...................... 199
Table 238 - Is support CCN mode ..................................... 200
Table 239 - Adjacent cell handover object ID...................... 201
Table 240 - Priority of handover ....................................... 202
Table 241 - MAX power level of MS ................................... 202
Table 242 - MIN power level for handover access ................ 203
Table 243 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
................................................................................... 205
Table 244 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on power
level ............................................................................. 205
Table 245 - MIN threshold of signal level for handover on quality
................................................................................... 206
Table 246 - MAX level difference of force handover ............. 207
Table 247 - Handover force resource threshold ................... 208
Table 248 - Neighboring cell layer..................................... 208
Table 250 - Is related cell ................................................ 211
Table 251 - Is handover forced neighbor cell ...................... 211
Table 253 - Adjacent cell reselection object ID.................... 213
Table 254- Adjacent cell report priority .............................. 213
Table 257 -3 User Label .................................................. 216
Table 258 - Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object
ID ................................................................................ 217
Table 259- RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell ..... 217
Table 260 - Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell.... 218
Table 261- CS adjacent cell report priority ......................... 218
Table 262 - PS adjacent cell report priority......................... 220
Table 264 - Relation DN .................................................. 221
Table 265 - UTRAN HO ID................................................ 222
Table 266 - RSCP offset handover..................................... 223
Table 267 - Ec/No offset handover .................................... 223

Table 270- UTRAN Adjacent cell reselection object ID .......... 227

Table 274 - Frequency hopping No.................................... 230
Table 275 - Hopping sequence No..................................... 231
Table 276 - Frequency hopping mode ................................ 232
Table 277 - MA frequency list. .......................................... 232
Table 278 - Use system message method when MSC overload or
link block ...................................................................... 236
Table 279 - Start system message method ........................ 237
Table 280 - Start Limit .................................................... 238
Table 281 - Start FUC flow control .................................... 238
Table 282 - Start Limit .................................................... 239
Table 283 - The MAX control level for MSC overload or link block
................................................................................... 240
Table 284 - Accept flow control ........................................ 240
Table 285 - handover BCCH ............................................. 241
Table 286 - Dynamic config SDCCH................................... 242
Table 287 - Scan SDCCH................................................. 243
Table 288 - Scan BCCH................................................... 243
Table 289 -1 BCCH starting delay ..................................... 244
Table 290 - BCCH finishing delay ...................................... 245
Table 291 - Delay of TRX forcible release ........................... 245
Table 292- Delay of TS forcible release .............................. 246
Table 293 - Delay protection............................................. 246
Table 294 - TCH->SDCCH limit......................................... 247
Table 295 - SDCCH->TCH delay ....................................... 248
Table 296 - The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover
................................................................................... 248
Table 297 - B2 support AMR ............................................ 249
Table 298 - CHR Enable................................................... 250
Table 299 - MR server IP ................................................. 251
Table 300 - MR server port .............................................. 251
Table 301 - Support NC2 ................................................. 252
Table 302 - BER Weight .................................................. 252
Table 303 - FER Weight................................................... 253

Appendix F - Tables
Table 304 - Handover frequence weight............................. 253

Table 305 - DTX Weight .................................................. 254
Table 306- Coding decode weight ..................................... 254
Table 307 - Abis transmission error code weight ................. 255
Table 308 - Delay weight................................................. 256
Table 309 - Resource block threshold at A interface............. 256
Table 310 - NSVC resource block threshold ........................ 257
Table 311 - Channel resource block threshold..................... 257
Table 312 - IBS Shutdown Limit ....................................... 258
Table 313 - IBS powerup Limit ......................................... 259
Table 314 - IBS powerover limit ....................................... 260
Table 315 - IBS power priority.......................................... 260
Table 316 - IBS time bitmap ............................................ 261
Table 317 - BCCH forbbiden TS merger time bitmap ............ 261


Index
Abbreviations ................... 263 Handover parameters of BCCH

Adjacent Cell Handover and and SD ........................ 241
Reselection Parameters .. 185 Handover Pretreatmen......... 54
Adjacent Cell Handover Handover Threshold ............ 65
Parameters................... 200 IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS
Adjacent Cell Reselection .................................... 16
Parameters................... 212 Module Parameters ........... 235
Adjacent Interference Cell Operation Control Parameters
Parameters................... 184 .................................. 235
Basic properties 1 ...... 121, 136 Other Parameters ............. 249
Basic properties 2 ...... 127, 144 Others .............................. 93
Basic Property Parameters.. 273 Power Adjust Threshold ....... 34
BS Parameters.................. 258 Power Control Parameters .... 23
BSC Global Resource Power Survey..................... 26
Parameters Interface ..... 273 Radio Basic Property
Carrier Panel Parameters...... 19 Parameters .................. 276
Cell Object Parameters ..........1 Subcell Object Parameters . 292
Channel Information Subcell Parameters ........... 116
Parameters.......................9 TRX Parameters.................... 1
Correlation between Parameter UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover
Interface Display and and Reselection Parameters
Database Value ............. 273 .................................. 215
Frequency Hopping System UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover
Parameters................... 231 Parameters .................. 222
FUC Parameters ................ 236 UTRAN Adjacent Cell
GPRS Parameters 1 ........... 160 Reselection Parameters .. 227
GPRS Parameters 2 ........... 173 UTRAN Cell Control Parameters
GPRS Power Control ............ 49 .................................. 136
Handover Algorithm........... 101 Value of Cell Layer Num..... 271
Handover Condition ............. 77 Value of Flow control Policy 267
Handover Control ................ 83 Value of Power ................. 269
Handover Control Parameters53 ZXG10 NetNumen-G............... i

ZXG10 BSS
(Volume I)
Version 6.20
ZTE CORPORATION
P. R. China
518057
Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830
Fax: (86) 755 26772236
LEGAL INFORMATION
herein.
Revision History

Nov 30, 2008 R1.0 sjzl20083219 First edition
Apr 24, 2009 R1.1 sjzl20083219 Updated
ZTE CORPORATION
Name (Volume I)
Document Revision
Number
Equipment
Installation Date
Presentation:
Appearance)

of this
documentation
Intelligibility:
improvement of
documentation __________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Name Company
Postcode Address
Telephone E-mail
Contents

Purpose ................................................................................ i
Conventions ........................................................................ iii
Chapter 1.......................................................................... 1
Overview .......................................................................... 1
Radio Parameters in GSM Network........................................... 1
Methods to Modify Radio Parameters ....................................... 2
Format to Describe Radio Parameters ...................................... 8
Precautions in Radio Parameters Adjustment............................. 9
Chapter 2........................................................................ 11
Public Resource Radio Parameters ............................... 11

GERAN Subnetwork Parameters ............................................ 11
BSC Managed Element Parameters ........................................ 13
Configuration Set Parameters ............................................... 18
Chapter 3........................................................................ 21
BSC System Radio Parameters...................................... 21

BSC Global Resource Parameters..................................... 21
Basic Property Parameters ................................................... 21
Radio Basic Property Parameters ........................................... 39
Others............................................................................... 51
Function Parameters............................................................ 64
Timer 1 ............................................................................. 71
Timer 2 parameter .............................................................. 88
GPRS Max Retrying Times................................................... 107
GPRS Timer Parameters ..................................................... 116
AMR Half Method Parameters .............................................. 132
AMR Full Method Parameters............................................... 138
GPRS Property 1 Parameters............................................... 144
GPRS Property 2 Parameters............................................... 154
BVC Flow Control Parameters .............................................. 163
FUC Flow Control Map Parameter ......................................... 171
EDGE Property Parameters ................................................. 176
IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS ........................................... 183
Timer parameters at Ater interface ...................................... 196
GERAN External Cell Parameters.......................................... 203
GPRS Property Parameters ................................................. 212
UTRAN External Cell Parameters .......................................... 227
Appendix A ...................................................................237
Abbreviations ...............................................................237
Appendix B ...................................................................241
Figures..........................................................................241
Tables ...........................................................................243
Index ............................................................................253
About This Manual

for short.
Purpose
Working Principles
Structures
Intended Audience
and engineers.



ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual (Volume I)
Section Summary
Chapter 1, Overview Introduces the definition and classification
of radio parameters in GSM network, radio
resource management and precautions in
radio parameters adjustment.
Chapter 2, Public Introduces a series of parameters of
Resource Radio GERAN subnetwork, BSC managed
Parameters element and configuration set.
Chapter 3, BSC System Introduces a series of relevant parameters
Radio Parameters of BTS, BSC, external cell and UTRAN
external cell.
Appendix B Lists all the figures and tables appeared in
Guide
Manual
Handling Manual
Installation Manual
Manual
Parameters Manual (Volume II)
Parameters Manual (Volume III)

About This Manual

Conventions
Conventions
Typeface Meaning
and company name.
by it.
certain topic.
Mouse TABLE 3- MOUSE OPERATION CONVENTIONS

Operation
Conventions Typeface Meaning
Click Refers to clicking the primary mouse button (usually

Typeface Meaning
moving the mouse.
How to Get in Touch

center at (86) 755 26771900 and (86) 800-9830-9830.

Chapter 1
Overview
This chapter explains the definition and classification of radio

parameters in GSM network, modification methods of radio
parameters, explanation format of radio parameters, and
precautions in radio parameters adjustment.
Radio Parameters in GSM Network

GSM is an integrated system covering fields of network
technology, digital stored program control technology, all
transmission technologies and radio technologies.
GSM consists of Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Sub-
system (BSS) and Mobile Station (MS).
GSM system signaling structure covers MAP interface, A
interface (between MSC and BSC), Abis interface (between BSC
and BTS), Ater interface (between BSC and external TC) and Um
interface (between BTS and MS, also called air interface).
All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of
configuration parameters and performance parameters, some of
which are determined during the development and production of
the equipment, and most of which depend on actual need and
operation by network providers. Settings and adjustment of
latter parameters have a great impact on the operation of entire
GSM network.
Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related to
radio devices and radio resources. These parameters have an
important impact on coverage of cells, distribution of signaling
flow and service property of network, etc. Therefore, adjusting
radio parameters reasonably plays a very important part in GSM
network optimization.
GSM radio parameters are classified into project parameters and
resource (cell) parameters.
1. Project Parameters

Project parameters refer to parameters related to design,

installation, and commissioning of the project, like antenna
height, antenna direction, antenna gain, antenna download
obliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must be
determined during network design and are seldom changed
during the operation of the network.
2. Resource (Cell) Parameters
Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related to
configuration and utilization of radio resources, which usually
transmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the base station and
mobile station consistent. Radio parameters covered in this
manual are mainly resource parameters. Radio resource
parameters in BSS contain:
GERAN subnet parameters, BSC management NE parameters,
configuration set parameters;
Global resource parameters for BSC, site parameters, GERAN
external cell parameters, UTRAN external cell parameters;
Cell Parameters;
TRX parameters, power control parameters, handover control
parameters, UTRAN handover control parameters, adjacent
interference cell parameters, adjacent handover cell
parameters, adjacent reselection cell parameters, adjacent
handover and reselection cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent
cell handover and reselection parameters, UTRAN adjacent
handover cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent reselection cell
parameters, frequency hopping system parameters.
Methods to Modify Radio

Parameters
After successfully login NetNumen M31, user can perform the
following steps:
1. In left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface, right-
click shortcut menu corresponding to NE agent by created
GSM, select [Start NE Agent], as shown in Figure 1.

Chapter 1 - Overview
FIGURE 1 - SELECT START NE AGENT
2. Click [Start NE Agent], the system automatically starts this

NE.
3. After starting, in left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main
interface, right-click shortcut menu corresponding to NE
agent by created GSM, select [NE Management →
Configuration Management], as shown in Figure 2.

FIGURE 2 - SELECT [NE M ANAGEMENT→CONFIGURATION M AN AGEMENT]
1 ． Click [Configuration Management], the system enters into

configuration management interface, as shown in Figure 3.
FIGURE 3 - CONFIGURATION M AN AGEMENT INTERFACE
The tree in the left pane shows the objects to be created and
maintained. User can double click the nodes that its
parameters shall be modified, corresponding parameter
interface occurs in right window.

2 ． Under initial case, [Modify] shortcut button in

configuration management object toolbar is inactivated,
which can not be modified. User shall activate this button by
the action of "Apply Mutex Right".
Note:
"Apply Mutex Right" function is to avoid multiple clients do
actions for the data, which may cause data confused and errors.
Take the data modification of primary configuration set as an
example, specific steps as follows:
i. Right-click [BSC Management NE ID], select [Apply
Mutex Right] in pull-down menu, as shown in Figure 4.

FIGURE 4 - SELECT [APPLY MUTEX RIGHT]
ii. Click [Apply Mutex Right], [Prompt] dialog box pops up,
as shown in Figure 5.

FIGURE 5 - [PROMPT] DIALOG BOX
iii. Click <Yes> button, Apply Mutex Right is successful,

symbol occurs in topology tree, as shown in Figure 6. At
this time, shortcut key is activated, and the user can
modify configuration data under this management NE.
FIGURE 6 - SUCCESSFUL APPLY MUTEX RIGHT
iv. After modifying data, user shall right-click [BSC

Management NE ID], select [Apply Mutex Right] in pull-
down menu, as shown in Figure 7. After the permission is
released, other user can operate the configuration data
under this management NE.

FIGURE 7 - SELECT [RELEASE EXCLUSIVE PERMISSION]
Format to Describe Radio

Parameters
Each radio parameter in this manual is individually clarified by
using tables, for details see Table 4.
TABLE 4 - FORM AT TO DESCRIBE RADIO P AR AMETERS
Full name Chinese parameter name on the interface

Abbreviation Abbreviation for English parameters

3GPP Name Parameter name in 3GPP protocol

3GPP 3GPP protocol version number for parameter
reference reference
Description Descriptive text for this parameter
Management
Involved object by the parameter
Object
Value range of this parameter. If the parameter is in
Value Range mapping form, actual parameter value that
corresponds to all indices will be enumerated
Unit Parameter unit
Default value and its description on parameter
Default
interface
Relevant Relevant functions and features of the network that
Functions corresponds to this parameter
Relevant Influenced parameters due to variations of this
parameters parameter
Caution:
Radio parameters in this system is modified through offline
modification mode, that is, the modification on interface only can
be effective after the synchronization action to foreground is
conducted. This article doesn't explain it more.
Some paramter values in the interface are not fully same as
those in database, with certain corresponding relationship
between them. For specific corresponding relationship see
appendix E.
Precautions in Radio Parameters

Adjustment
Radio parameters adjustment, according to the type of the
problem to be solved, falls into two kinds.
First is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic
model in system design by measuring actual average traffic
and signaling flow in every district and to solve common
problems existing for long.
Second is to solve problems at a particular time like traffic
overload in some district, channel congestion due to sudden
events or random events.
For the first type, service providers must perform measurement
and summarization on actual operation regularly, and then
perform appropriate adjustment on global or partial parameters
and configurations. For the second type, network operators
adjust some radio parameters at real time according to instant
data from measurement results.

Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell or

one location area. It is necessary to consider whether parameter
adjustment in this cell will influence other cells, especially the
adjacent one, for parameters between cells are related to each
other greatly. Otherwise, it may cause negative influence.
Determine whether the problem results from equipment fault
(including connections) first when it occurs in some part of the
network. Adjust radio parameters only when determined that the
problem does result from service.

Chapter 2
Public Resource Radio

Parameters
This chapter introduces a series of parameters of GERAN

subnetwork, BSC managed element and configuration set.
GERAN Subnetwork Parameters

The interface of GERAN subnetwork parameters is shown in
Figure 8.
FIGURE 8 - GERAN SUBNETWORK P AR AMETERS
User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Name for user to identify the subnetwork

Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Subnetwork ID
TABLE 6 - SUBNETWORK ID
Full name Subnetwork ID

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Unique identification of Subnetwork defined by
Description
users
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Subnetwork type
TABLE 7 - SUBNETWORK TYPE
Full name Subnetwork type

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Chapter 2 - Public Resource Radio Parameters
Define the subnetwork type as GERAN subnetwork.

Description
It is unmodifiable after being created successfully
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range GERAN subnetwork
Unit None
Default GERAN subnetwork
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BSC Managed Element Parameters

The interface of BSC managed element parameters is shown in
Figure 9.
F I G U R E 9 - B S C M A N A G E D E L E M E N T P AR A M E T E R S
User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Description Username to identify the BSC managed element
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Managed element ID
TABLE 9 - MANAGED ELEMENT ID
Full name Managed element ID

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Identify BSC managed element, which can be not
Description repeated under same network management, but it
can't be modified after creation.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Managed element type

TABLE 10 - 1MANAGED ELEMENT TYPE
Full name Managed element type

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Identify the type of managed element. It is
Description
unmodifiable after being created successfully
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range BSC Managed Element
Unit None
Default BSC Managed Element
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
O&M board IP address

TABLE 11 - O&M BOARD IP ADDRESS
Full name O&M board IP address

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Managed element IP address is the network
interface address of operation and maintenance
board, which is unique for each NE. Its value is
relative with the office number in Ground Resource
Description
Management Configuration. On configuration, it
should be consistent with the IP address of OMP on
iBSC. It can not be repeated within managed
elements.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 129.0.31.1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Software version
TABLE 12 - SOFTWARE VERSION
Full name Software version

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Specify the software version of BSC. It is
Description
unmodifiable after being created successfully
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range None
Unit None
Default v 6.20.000
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Vendor name
TABLE 13 - VENDOR NAME
Full name Vendor name

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specify the provider of BSC equipment.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Location
TABLE 14 - LOCATION
Full name Location

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specify the location of BSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Longitude
TABLE 15 - LONGITUDE
Full name Longitude

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specify the geographic longitude of BSC
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range -180 ~ 180
Unit Degree
Default 180

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Latitude
TABLE 16 - LATITUDE
Full name Latitude

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specify the geographic latitude of BSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit Degree
Default 90
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Configuration Set Parameters

The interface of configuration set parameters is shown in Figure
10. Table 17 shows the configuration set parameters.

FIGURE 10 - CONFIGUR ATION SET PARAMETERS
User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Configuration set to identify the BSC managed
Description
element.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Chapter 3
BSC System Radio

Parameters
This chapter explains BSC global resource parameters, GERAN

external cell parameters, and UTRAN external cell parameters.
BSC Global Resource

Parameters
Below introduces BSC Global Resource Parameters.
Basic Property Parameters

The interface of basic property parameters is as shown in Figure
11.

FIGURE 11 - BASIC PROPERTY P AR AM ETERS
User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Name for BSC global resource easily to be
Description
identified by a user
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Chapter 3 - BSC System Radio Parameters
Mobile Country Code (MCC)

TABLE 19 - MOBILE COUNTRY CODE
Full name Mobile Country Code

Abbreviation MCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely
Description identify the home country of the mobile users (or
system), China is 460
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 999
Unit None
Default 460
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
Country Code (MCC)
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)

TABLE 20 - THE M AX LENGTH TO SUPPORT MNC
Full name The max length to support MNC

Abbreviation MNC3Digits
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Whether supports 3 digits Mobile Network Code or
Description
not
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 2/3 digits
Unit None
Default 2 digits
Relevant
--
Functions

Mobile Network Code (MNC)

Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 21 - MOBILE NETWORK CODE
Full name Mobile Network Code

Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a
specific PLMN network in a country (decided by
Description
MCC). For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China
Mobile
Management
BSC
Object
When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits,

MNC value will be 0~99;
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
MNC
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
OMP IP (OMP_IP)
TABLE 22 - OMP IP
Full name OMP IP

Abbreviation OMP_IP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

OMP IP is the IP address that OMP uses to setup

Description link with NM. This parameter shall be consistent
with O&M board IP configuration
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 129.0.31.1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
OMP MAC (OMP_MAC)

TABLE 23 - OMP M AC
Full name OMP MAC

Abbreviation OMP_MAC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MAC address of OMP board, default is
0.208.208.161.0.254. If 0 is filled in, MAC address
for OMP is generated based on default foreground
rule, which is 0.208.208.161.0.BUREAUNO.
In single OS environment, you can use default
Description value, no further setting required; but for multiple
OS environment (such as in a lab), default value
may cause conflict (multiple OS environment refers
to the environment with above 2 OS environment is
connected to a same Hub, so address conflict may
be caused)
Management
BSC
Object
xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx. xx is hexadecimal number, value
Value Range
range is 0~F
Unit None
Default 00 00 00 00 00 00
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
OMC subnet mask (Info4)

TABLE 24 - SUBNET M ASK AT OMC INTERFACE
Full name OMC subnet mask

Abbreviation Info4
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is the subnet mask of the OMP IP address.
In single OS environment, you can use default
value, no further setting required; but for multiple
Description OS environment (such as in a lab), default value
may cause conflict (multiple OS environment refers
to the environment with above 2 OS environment is
connected to a same Hub, so address conflict may
be caused)
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 255.0.0.0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
OMC Gateway (Info5)

TABLE 25 - OMC GATEWAY
Full name OMC Gateway

Abbreviation Info5
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Infor5 is the IP address of gateway from OMP to

iOMCR.
Description This parameter can be kept unchanged, default
value is ok. Only when other access shall be
shielded by setting gateway, user can configure it.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0.0.0.0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
OMC SERVER IP (Info6)

TABLE 26 - OMC SERVER IP
Full name OMC SERVER IP

Abbreviation Info6
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
OMC server subnet (Info6) is defined by user and
set according to network configuration. Info6 is the
IP address that iOMCR uses to setup link with OMP.
Description This parameter can be kept unchanged. If
configuring it, it shall be consistent with IP address
of userdefined-zxgsmomcr-ftpip = *.*.*.* in
deploy-gsmomcr001_properties in background
Server, that is, cell address.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0.0.0.0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
OMCB IP
TABLE 27 - OMCB IP
Full name OMCB IP

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
OMCB IP address
Description Not required normally, default value is ok. When
site connected with BSC is SDR, user shall
configure it.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 0.0.0.0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Net Type (Net)

TABLE 28 - NET TYPE (NET)
Full name Net Type

Abbreviation Net
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
User defines network category belonging to this
Description
office on demands.
Management
BSC
Object
CTCN, CMCN, CUCN, RLTN, CNC, NFTN, Network
Value Range
7, Network 8
Unit None

Default CTCN
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
SP Type (SpType)
TABLE 29 - SP TYPE
Full name SP type

Abbreviation SpType
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Role of this BSC in whole signaling network shall be
selected based on actual network condition.
Normally, BSC and MSC are signaling terminal
points. If application at upper layer of signaling
Description
exists, signal is not transitted. Signaling transit
point (STP) is used to aggregated and forwarded.
The equipment integrated with SEP and STEP
functions is STEP
Management
BSC
Object
Signaling End Point (SEP), Signaling Transit Point
Value Range
(STP), Signaling Transit End Point (STEP)
Unit None
Default Signaling End Point (SEP)
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Restart Flag (Restart)

TABLE 30 - RESTART FL AG
Full name Restart Flag

Abbreviation Restart
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Whether the signaling point restart function shall
Description be enabled. Not required normally, default value is
ok
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Bureau No. (Bureau No.)

TABLE 31 - BUREAU NO.
Full name Office Code

Abbreviation Bureau NO.
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is defined by the customer and set according to
the network configuration, keeping different in
Description
whole topology tree, which can't be modified after
creation.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 253
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Signaling point restart time as STP (stpT18, ms)

TABLE 32 - SIGNALING POINT RESTART TIME AS STP
Full name Signaling point restart time as STP

Abbreviation stpT18
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Restart time when local signaling pint is STP
Management
BSC
Object
Unit ms
Default 10000
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Test code (TestCode)

TABLE 33 - TEST CODE
Full name Test code

Abbreviation TestCode
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Test code functions as link test, MTP may send test
message timely to verify availability of the link, and
Description
you shall use same test code while responding to
the office.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range No more than 15 characters.
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
CPU thread tracing (Info2, %)

TABLE 34 - CPU THREAD TRACING
Full name CPU Thread Tracing

Abbreviation Info2
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If CPU occupancy exceeds this threshold, signaling
trace is automatically enabled to analyze network,
Description
mainly including MTP and SCCP signaling trace,
excluding signaling trace at Abis interface.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Alarm value of communicate flux of module

control (Info16, byte)
TABLE 35 - ALARM VALUE OF COMMUNICATE FLUX OF MODULE CONTROL
Full name Alarm value of communicate flux of module control

Abbreviation Info16
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Alarm value of communication flux of module
control. If actual communication flux exceeds
Description
configured value, it triggers alarm. Default value is
1M Byte, don't modify it normally.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10240 ~ 0xffffffff

Unit Byte
Default 1048576
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Longitude
TABLE 36 - LONGITUDE
Full name Longitude

Abbreviation Longitude
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Identify BSC geographical longitude (longitude in
BSC managed element parameter is not
Description synchronized to foreground, and property of BSC
global resource may be synchronized to
foreground).
Management
BSC
Object
Unit Degree
Default 180
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Latitude
TABLE 37 - LATITUDE
Full name Latitude

Abbreviation Latitude
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Identify BSC geographical latitude (latitude in BSC

managed element parameter is not synchronized to
Description
foreground, and property of BSC global resource
may be synchronized to foreground).
Management
BSC
Object
Unit Degree
Default 90
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support GE platform (GESupport)

TABLE 38 - SUPPORT GE PLATFORM
Full name Support GE platform

Abbreviation GESupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Switch to support GE platform
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Is TC Type (TCType)
TABLE 39 - IS TC TYPE
Full name Is TC Type (TCType)

Abbreviation TCType

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Switch to support outer TC function, which can not
Description
be modified after configuration.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Inner and outer TC
Unit None
Default Inner TC
Relevant
ZGF05-01-002 Remote Transcoder Support
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
SNTP SYNC cycle (info10, ms)

TABLE 40 - SNTP SYNC CYCLE
Full name SNTP SYNC Cycle

Abbreviation Info10
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BSC conducts time synchronization by SNTP cycle
Description
and server.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 16000 ~ 16284000
Unit ms
Default 1800000
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

SNTP sever address (Info9, ms)

TABLE 41 - SNTP SERVER ADDRESS
Full name SNTP Server Address

Abbreviation Info9
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
IP address of SNTP server. It synchronizes the
Description clock of each NE. Not required normally, default
value is ok.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range
Unit None
Default 129.0.31.1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)

TABLE 42 - GLOBAL TIME ZONE
Full name Global time zone

Abbreviation GlobalTimeZone
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), it is set according to
Description
the local time zone, China is GMT + 08:00
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range All valid time zone
Unit None
Default (GMT+08:00) Beijing
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Summer time flag (SummerTimeFlag)

TABLE 43 - SUMMER TIME FLAG
Full name Summer time flag

Abbreviation SummerTimeFlag
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Defined according to user requirement. If yes, you
Description can configure "Summer start time" and "Summer
end time".
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Summer start time(SummerStartTime)

TABLE 44 - SUMMER START TIME
Full name Summer Start Time

Abbreviation SummerStartTime
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When "Summer time flag" parameter is yes, you
Description can configure this parameter, defined on user
demands.
Management
BSC
Object

z Month: 1 ~ 12;
z Day: 1 ~ 31.
Value Range
z Time: 0 ~ 23;
z Minute: 0 ~ 59
Unit None
Default [1, 1, 0, 0]
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Summer end time(SummerEndTime)

TABLE 45 - SUMMER END TIME
Full name Summer End Time

Abbreviation SummerEndTime
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When "Summer time flag" parameter is yes, you
Description can configure this parameter, defined on user
demands.
Management
BSC
Object
Month: 1 ~ 12;
Day: 1 ~ 31.
Value Range
Time: 0 ~ 23;
Minute: 0 ~ 59
Unit None
Default [1, 1, 0, 0]
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Radio Basic Property Parameters

The interface of basic radio property parameters is as shown in
Figure 12.
FIGURE 12 - RADIO B ASIC PROPERTY PAR AMETERS
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

TABLE 46 - DYNAMIC HR ENABLE
Full name Dynamic HR Enable

Abbreviation DynaHREnable
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether dynamic HR is
supported. If Yes, HR-FR channels could be real
time switched dynamically based on the traffic
according to the following policy: in peak hour, the
Description system will switch part or all FR channels to HR
channels automatically to reduce the network
congestion rate; in idle hour, the system will switch
part or all HR channels to FR channels
automatically to keep good voice quality;
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default No
ZGF05-11-002 Full dynamic channel allocation on
Relevant Um interface
Functions
ZGF05-17-003 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR

(HRThs)
TABLE 47 - THRESHOLD FOR TRX SWITCHED FROM FR TO HR
Full name Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR

Abbreviation HRThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When channel occupation exceeds this threshold, it
Description will apply for half-rate channel directly to increase
the user capacity.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 60
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported (FuncExt)

TABLE 48 - DCS1800/PCS1900 SUPPORTED
Full name DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported

Abbreviation FuncExt
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Specify the frequency supported. It is unmodifiable
Description
after being created successfully.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range DCS1800, PCS1900
Unit None
Default DCS1800
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Load indication allowed (LoadInd)

TABLE 49 - LOAD INDICATION
Full name Load Indication

Abbreviation LoadInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The load indication process informs the adjacent
BSC of the cell load at border to provide more
reference information in normal handover and the
internal traffic handover of BSC.
Description This parameter determines if load indication is
available, an also determines the validity of
parameter ‘Load valid time’ and ‘Load indication
period’. If this parameter is ‘No’ (load indication
process is disabled), the latter two parameters are
invalid. Otherwise they are valid.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg)

TABLE 50 - SEND CONFUSION MESSAGE ALLOWED
Full name Send confusion message allowed

Abbreviation ConfusionMsg
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Confusion message is bidirectional. If the received
message could not be processed properly for some
Description
reason, and there is no other proper fault message
to send, the system will send confusion message.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Inter-Cell handover allowed (InHoEnable)

TABLE 51 - INTER-CELL HANDOVER ALLOWED
Full name Inter-Cell handover allowed

Abbreviation InHoEnable
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to GSM specifications, intra-BSC inter-
cell handover is implemented by the following
methods: BSC controlled inter-cell handover
without MSC involvement. MSC controlled inter-cell
Description intra-BSC handover whose handover flow is similar
to that of inter-BSC handover. This parameter
decides the choice of method for inter-cell intra-
BSC handover. Do select ‘No’ for this parameter if
it is not necessary.

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Send assignment failure allowed

(ExDRSendAssFail)
TABLE 52 - SEND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ALLOWED
Full name Send assignment failure allowed

Abbreviation ExDRSendAssFail
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Whether external redirection allows assignment
Description
failure
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime)

TABLE 53 - LOAD VALID TIME
Full name Load Valid Time

Abbreviation LoadValidTime
3GPP Name Time indication IE

3GPP 48.008 Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station

reference System (MSC-BSS) interface
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD
INDICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying
about the load status. The message includes time
indication information which indicates the valid
Description time length of the service load information. MSC
relays the BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to
neighboring BSCs. This parameter represents the
valid time length of the load message. 255 means
valid permanently.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit 10 s
Default 18
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Load indication period (LoadIndPrd)

TABLE 54 - LOAD INDICATION PERIOD
Full name Load Indication Period

Abbreviation LoadIndPrd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD
INDICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying
about the load status. The message includes time
indication information which indicates the valid
time length of the service load information. MSC
Description
relays the BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to
neighboring BSCs. When the load indication
message is sent periodically, this parameter
decides the period for BSC to send the load
indication message.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 1500

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Automatic resource indication threshold

(ResourceIndThs)
TABLE 55 - AUTOMATIC RESOURCE INDICATION THRESHOLD
Full name Automatic resource indication threshold

Abbreviation ResourceIndThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines that BSC automatically
indicates to MSC about the ratio of presently
available channels to the total channels. When
available cell resource is lower than this parameter,
resource indication shall be sent to MSC about this
cell condition, which shall be configured by O&M.
The four modes of resource indication from BSC are
as follows:
Automatic Mode: BSC instantly returns
BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message
as an acknowledgment without any
resource information, after receiving the
BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message.
BSC automatically sends BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message to MSC.
BSC uses the periodicity IE in BSSAP
Description
RESOURCE REQUEST to determine the
indication messages interval (unless the
‘Periodicity IE’ is 0 and BSC ignores 0)
once O&M of BSC satisfies the Auto
condition (service threshold or the interval
between any two messages).
One time mode: BSC instantly returns a
BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message
with resource information after receiving
BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message.
BSC stops sending and waits for next
BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST if the BSSAP
RESOURCE REQUEST message does not
contain Extended Resource Indication IE.
If it does, BSC will follow the rules of
“Subsequent Mode” element in the

message, same as Mode 4. If the previous

mode is 1 or 3, BSC will adopt Mode 1 or
3. Otherwise, it will adopt Mode 4.
Period mode: After BSC receives the
"BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST" message, it
will immediately return a "BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION" message that
contains the resource information. After
that, BSC periodically sends the "BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION" message. If
"Periodicity IE" in the "BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST" message is not 0, then the
period to send the message is the value of
"Periodicity IE" multiplied by 100ms. If
Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is
wrong and the whole "BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST" message is regarded as wrong.
Stop mode: After the “BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST” message is received, BSC
immediately returns a “BSSAP RESOURCE
INDICATION” message without any
resource information as an
acknowledgement. And then, it will no
longer send the cell resource information
to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs)

TABLE 56 - RESOURCE ADJUST THRESHOLD
Full name Resource adjust threshold

Abbreviation ResourceAdjustThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

When bytes transmitted for packet service data

have crossed the threshold, timeslot allocation is
Description adjusted from single timeslot to multiple timeslots
(or the threshold from single timeslot to multiple
timeslots for packet service timeslot allocation).
Management
BSC
Object
Unit Byte
Default 2000
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum)

TABLE 57 - BSC M AX RESET NUM
Full name BSC Max Reset Num

Abbreviation BscMaxResetNum
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The maximum allowable resets to BSC. After BSC
sends the BSSAP RESET message to MSC, if BSSAP
RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fails to reach BSC
from MSC within GSM-specified T4 time interval,
Description the resetting will be repeated.
BSSAP RESET message repeats up to N times. MSC
ends the reset process and notifies OMS incase of
no reply from BSC after N times. N depends on this
parameter.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces

AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

(AmrHRThs)
TABLE 58 - AMR DYNAMIC HR CONVERSION THRESHOLD
Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

Abbreviation AmrHRThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=
AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,
subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
Description This threshold value can be configured on BSC and
BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise
AmrHRThs configured by BSC is used.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 50
Relevant ZGF05-17-008 Independent Threshold for Dynamic
Functions AMR HR/FR Conversion
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Range of BARANG
TABLE 59 TABLE0-1 RANGE OF BAR AN G
Full name Range of BARANG

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Value includes single frequency or frequency range,

sent to MS in CHANNEL RELEASE. Certain frequency
can be firstly inspected while MS selects cell.
Input the minimum and maximum value of
broadcast range in the left and right blank in
Description
and click Add to save this range. Range of BARANG

can be same within different global resource.
Note: input frequency range can't be crossed.
Management
BSC
Object
PGSM（1 ~ 124）
EGSM（0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023）
Value Range DCS1800（512 ~ 885）
GSM1900（512 ~ 810）
GSM850（128 ~ 251）
Unit None
Default 0&&0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MR report enable (MrRptEnable)

TABLE 60 - MR REPORT ENABLE
Full name MR report enable

Abbreviation MrRptEnable
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter determines whether data report

function is supported for measurement report,
Description incombination with MrRptTimap. If enable, and
place it at this time, report function of
measurement data is supported.
Management
BSC
Object
Yes/No
Value Range Yes: enable;

No: disable;
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs)

TABLE 61 - TRX PS BUSY THRESHOLD
Full name TRX PS busy threshold

Abbreviation TrxPSBusyThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used to collect PS service on the
idle carrier while applying for PS, against infinite
expansion. Application sequence: the idle carrier
above this threshold → idle carrier → idle carrier
Description below this threshold.
Calculate it according to remained available quota
on each available PS timeslot * number of accessed
Abis * 100 / user number.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 900
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Others
The interface of others parameters is shown in Figure 13.
User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold)

TABLE 62 - USER PRIORITY
Full name User Priority

Abbreviation PriThreshold
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter (PriThreshold) use the service of

preferred access for high-priority subscriber, that is
eMLPP service, the system may set some reserved
channels (currently, only full rate TCH channels are
supported to be the reserved channels).
When CS instance calls database to apply for
Description channels, the subscriber's PriorityLevel information
reaches to database, and is compared with
PriThreshold in the database and BSC table. When
PriorityLevel =< PriThreshold (the less the
subscriber's priority level value, the higher the
priority level, that is the subscriber's priority level
is not lower than PriThreshold priority), the
reserved channel can be used.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Low priority level (LowPrioLevel)

TABLE 63 - LOW USER PRIORITY
Full name Low User Priority

Abbreviation LowPrioLevel
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When the subscriber's PriorityLevel is bigger than
or equal to this parameter (LowPrioLevel), use the
low priority subscriber channel selection mode set
by 4-1bit of ChanSelectPrio in BTS table. When
Description
PriorityLevel is less than this parameter
(LowPrioLevel), use the high priority subscriber
channel selection mode set by 8-5 bit of
ChanSelectPrio in BTS table.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 1

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Preferred speech version (half)

(PreferSpeechVer)
TABLE 64 - PREFERRED SPEECH VERSION (HALF)
Full name Preferred speech version (half)

Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When implementing the CS channel allocation
policy, describe the preferred half-rate speech
Description
version. Half-rate version 1 refers to HR, and
version 3 refers to AMR
Management
BSC
Object
Not specify the preferred version, Half-rate version
Value Range
1, Half-rate version 3
Unit None
Default Not specify the preferred version
Relevant
ZGF05-17-002 Half rate
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

TABLE 65 - PREFERRED SPEECH VERSION (FULL)
Full name Preferred speech version (full)

Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

When implementing the CS channel allocation

policy, describe the preferred full-rate speech
Description
version. Full-rate version 1 refers to FR, version 2
refers to EFR, and version 3 refers to AMR
Management
BSC
Object
Not specify the preferred version, Full-rate version
Value Range
1, full-rate version 2, full-rate version 3
Unit None
Default Not specify the preferred version
Relevant ZGF05-17-004 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) Speech
Functions Codec
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Reserved Channel First (RsvChanFirst)

TABLE 66 - RESERVED CHANNEL FIRST
Full name Reserved Channel First

Abbreviation RsvChanFirst
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The selection order of reserved channel and non-
Description
reserved channel
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
EMLPP channel Reserved time (EMLPPThs, %)

TABLE 67 - EMLPP CHANNEL RESERVED TIME
Full name eMLPP channel Reserved time

Abbreviation EMLPPThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When using high priority user to access service,
Description that is, EMLPP service, the system may configure
certain remained channels
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 0
Relevant
ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Lenght of super vision (LcsSuperVision)

TABLE 68 - LENGTH OF SUPER VISION
Full name Length of super vision

Abbreviation LcsSuperVision
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Supervise the timer length in whole locating
process.
Description After BSC sends locating request to SMLC, this
timer is configured and shall receives locating
response prior to timeout, otherwise locating
process is terminated.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 250
ZGF06-25-001 LCS launched via PS domain
Relevant
ZGF05-25-022 LCS with CGI+TA
Functions
ZGF05-25-023 LCS with AGPS
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Length of radio (LcsRadio)

TABLE 69 - LENGTH OF RADIO
Full name Length of radio

Abbreviation LcsRadio
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Supervise the timer length to transmit radio
information.
Description This timer supervises the process to deliver MS the
message related with locating. Start while sending
message to MS, and stop while receiving response
from MS.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 50
ZGF06-25-001 LCS launched via PS domain
Relevant
ZGF05-25-022 LCS with CGI+TA
Functions
ZGF05-25-023 LCS with AGPS
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover

(LcsWaitInTraHO)
TABLE 70 - LENGTH OF TIMER WAITING INTRA BSS HANDOVER
Full name Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover

Abbreviation LcsWaitInTraHO
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover

completed.
Description Continue locating process after handover is
finished, with a length threshold for waiting. Stop
while this timer length is exceeded.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 60
Relevant ZGF05-25-022 LCS with CGI+TA

Functions ZGF05-25-023 LCS with AGPS
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Starting time for oriented retry (rmsT10, 100ms)

TABLE 71 - STARTING TIME FOR ORIENTED RETRY
Full name Starting time for oriented retry

Abbreviation rmsT10
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description This parameter is T10 timer.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 130
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces

Monitor physical context request (rmsT9108,

100ms)
TABLE 72 - MONITOR PHYSICAL CONTEXT REQUEST
Full name Monitor physical context request

Abbreviation rmsT9108
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is timer T9108. Currently, the
Description process to monitor physical context request is not
used, reserved for later use.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20
Unit 100 ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Timer for MSG Waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)

TABLE 73 - TIMER FOR MSG W AITING
Full name Timer for MSG Waiting

Abbreviation TWaitMsg
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker process.
RanAWorker process is the working process of
Description RANA module. Start if RANA instance is created,
stop if message is received, and instance is
released if timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 5 ~ 20
Unit 100 ms
Default 20

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst,

100ms)
TABLE 74 - TIMER FOR RANCSEST W AITING
Full name Timer for RANCSEST Waiting

Abbreviation TWaitRancsEst
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Time to wait for RANCS process applying for
resource protection.
RANCS process is to process CS service. This timer
Description is started if RANA receives external handover
request and applying for channel from RANCS; stop
if receiving RANCS response, and fail to send
handover to interface A if timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Timer for RANCSCLECOM waiting

(TWaitRancsCleCom, 100ms)
TABLE 75 - TIMER FOR RANCSCLECOM WAITING
Full name Timer for RANCSCLECOM waiting

Abbreviation TWaitRancsCleCom
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Interval for RanAWorker process waiting for RANCS
process responding ClearCom. RanAWorker process
is the working process of RANA module. Start if
Description
sending clear command to RANCS, stop if receiving
RANCS response, and continue release process if
timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 30
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer, 100ms)

TABLE 76 - TIMER FOR CCM WAITING
Full name Timer for CCM waiting

Abbreviation CcmWaitTimer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Timer that is waiting for disconnecting and
disabling BTS during dynamic channel conversion.
Description Start if CCM starts channel conversion, stop if
receiving successive module and BTS response,
and send message to BTS again if timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 45 ~ 55
Unit 100 ms
Default 45
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Get Static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer,

100ms)
TABLE 77 - GET STATIC PARAM TIMER
Full name Get Static param timer

Abbreviation GetStaticParamTimer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The counting parameter, used by RancRrm, is used
to timely poll UPU unit below CMP.
Description
This timer is configured periodically, and query
resource occupation data for UPU if timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 120
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HR channel percentage threshold

(HRTsPercentage)
TABLE 78 - HR CHANNEL PERCENTAGE THRESHOLD
Full name HR channel percentage threshold

Abbreviation HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot in
the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can
generate new HR channel.
Description This parameter can be configured on BSC and BTS.
If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is lower
than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS, the cell
can generate new HR channel.
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TFO Enable (TFOControl_0)

TABLE 79 - TFO ENABLE
Full name TFO Enable

Abbreviation TFOControl_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,
to describe whether TFO is enabled. 0 represents
disable, 1 represents enable.
0: disable;
Description 1: enable.
When TFO is not enabled, or value of TFOControl_0
is 0, other switch is disabled and values of
TFOControl_1, TFOControl_2 and TFOControl_3 are
0 too.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-17-006 TFO
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Coding/decoding type optimization enable

(TFOControl_1)
TABLE 80 - CODING/DECODING TYPE OPTIMIZATION ENABLE
Full name coding/decoding type optimization enable

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
to describe whether coding/decoding type can be
optimized. 0 represents disable, 1 represents
Description enable.
0: disable;
1: enable.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-17-006 TFO
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Coding/decoding type unmatched enable

(TFOControl_2)
TABLE 81 - CODING/DECODING TYPE UNMATCHED ENABLE
Full name Coding/decoding type unmatched enable

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
to describe whether unmatched coding/decoding
type can not be solved. 0 represents disable, 1
Description represents enable.
0: disable;
1: enable.

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-17-006 TFO
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3)

TABLE 82 - AMR OPTIMIZATION MODE
Full name AMR Optimization Mode

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
to describe whether it is AMR optimization mode.
Description
0: don't support ACS variations;
1: support ACS variations.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Support or don't support ACS variations
Unit None
Default Don't support ACS variations.
Relevant
ZGF05-17-006 TFO
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Function Parameters
The interface of function parameters is shown in Figure 14.

FIGURE 14 - FUNCTION P ARAMETERS
Support Multi PLMN (MPLMNSupport)

TABLE 83 - SUPPORT MULTI PLMN
Full name Support Multi PLMN

Abbreviation MPLMNSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a switch to support multi PLMN,
Description to determine whether multi PLMNs are supported.
One iBSC can support up to 16 operators.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-05-006 Multi PLMN
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Support BTS of different net handover

(InterNetHO)
TABLE 84 - SUPPORT BTS OF DIFFERENT NET HANDOVER
Full name Support BTS of different net handover

Abbreviation InterNetHO
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a switch to support inter-cell
handover with different network number. This
Description
parameter only can be activated after "support
multiple network number" function is enabled.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support FLEX A(FlexASupport)

TABLE 85 - SUPPORT FLEX A
Full name Support FLEX A

Abbreviation FlexASupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a switch to support FLEX A, to
Description determine whether FlexA function is supported.
One iBSC can support up to 16 MSCs
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
ZGF05-01-034 Flex A
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support FLEX GB (FLEXGBSupport)

TABLE 86 - SUPPORT FLEX GB
Full name Support FLEX GB

Abbreviation FLEXGBSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a switch to support FLEX GB, to
Description determine whether Flex GB function is supported.
One iBSC can support up to 16 SGSNs
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-01-035 Flex Gb
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MSP support (MSPSupport)

TABLE 87 - MSP SUPPORT
Full name MSP Support

Abbreviation MSPSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is a switch to support MSP, to

determine whether MSP function is supported.
Description One signaling point can configure up to 16 links. To
have more bandwidth at port A and implement
multi-signaling point function, you can configure
more links at port A.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support RIM (RIMSupport)

TABLE 88 - SUPPORT RIM
Full name Support RIM

Abbreviation RIMSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Swith to support RIM function
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF06-01-005 Inter-BSC NACC
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RIM retry times (RIMRetryTimes)

TABLE 89 - RIM RETRY TIMES
Full name RIM retry times

Abbreviation RIMRetryTimes
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
RIM retry times. Send it again based on this
Description
number if timeout, up to 3 times.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0~3
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support different reset parameter in idle and

transfer status (PSReselParam2)
TABLE 90 - SUPPORT DIFFERENT RESET PAR AMETER IN IDLE AND TRANSFER
STATUS
Support different reset parameter in idle and

Full name
transfer status
Abbreviation PSReselParam2
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Whether support different reset parameter in idle
Description
and transfer status
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant ZGF06-01-008 Different Cell Reselection
Functions Parameters for IDLE and ACTIVE Status
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Support HR channel frag finishing

(HRDfragSupport)
TABLE 91 - SUPPORT HR CHANNEL FRAG FINISHING
Full name Support HR channel frag finishing

Abbreviation HRDfragSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a switch to support HR channel
frag finishing functions, which can be configured
both on BSC and BTS. Only when both BSC and
Description BTS are enabled, and finished HR frags / idle HR
channel in the cell is no more than HRDefragThs,
HR channel defragmentation function is enabled,
otherwise it is disabled
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-11-004 HR Concentration
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Report voice quality (VoiceQualityReport)

TABLE 92 - REPORT VOICE QUALITY
Full name Report voice quality

Abbreviation VoiceQualityReport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Whether voice quality is reported
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
ZGF05-17-012 Speech Quality Supervision
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Timer 1
The interface of timer 1 parameters is shown in Figure 15.
FIGURE 15 - TIMER 1 P ARAM TERS
Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms)

TABLE 93 - BLOCKING/UNBLOCKING PERIOD
Full name Blocking/unblocking period

Abbreviation T1
3GPP Name T1
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference

This parameter is T1 timer. BSS blocks/unblocks a

terrestrial circuit and sends BLOCK/UNBLOCK
message to MSC due to various reasons such as
O&M intervention, equipment failure/recovery, and
Description radio resources unavailable/available. T1 timer sets
the time interval between BLOCK/UNBLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message sent from MSC to BSC
and BLOCK/UNBLOCK message. T1 is used to
identify it during this period.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Global Resetting Period (T4, 100ms)

TABLE 94 - GLOBAL RESETTING PERIOD
Full name Global Resetting Period

Abbreviation T4
3GPP Name T4
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring the BSSAP
RESET message sent from BSC to MSC.
Timer start: T4 starts when a global
resetting occurs in BSC.
Description Timer stop: The “BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE” message from MSC is
received.
Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC will
repeat the whole process.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Protection period for handover request (T7,

100ms)
TABLE 95 - PROTECTION PERIOD FOR HANDOVER REQUEST
Full name The protective period for handover request

Abbreviation T7
3GPP Name T7
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
This parameter is T7 timer, monitoring BSSAP
HANDOVER REQUIRED message. T7 timer is
maximum period between the BSC sent BSSAP
HANDOVER REQUIRED message and when MSC
returns BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message.
MSC sends BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT
message to BSC in case of failure and after that
BSC stops T7 timer.
Timer Start: T7 timer starts when BSC
sends BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED
message to MSC.
Description Timer Stop: T7 timer suspends when BSC
receives BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND or
BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT
message from MSC. BSC sends other
BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message to
MSC when receiving BSSAP HANDOVER
REQUIRED REJECT message.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime
and the external handover conditions are
still satisfied, BSC will instantly repeat
HANDOVER REQUIRED process.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Source BSC handover executing period (T8,

100ms)
TABLE 96 - SOURCE BSC HANDOVER EXECUTION PERIOD
Full name Source BSC handover execution period

Abbreviation T8
3GPP Name T8
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
This parameter is T8 timer. It is the execution
period for external handover process in source
BSC.
receives BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND
message.
Description Timer Stop: T8 timer stops when BSC
receives BSSAP CLEAR COMMAND
message or RIL3_RR HANDOVER FAILURE
message from MSC.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,
BSC will send BSSAP CLEAR REQUEST
message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 120
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Assignment period (T10, 100ms)

TABLE 97 - ASSIGNMENT PERIOD
Full name Assignment period

Abbreviation T10
3GPP Name T10
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
This parameter is T10 timer. It supervises
assignment process as follows:
Timer Start: T10 timer starts when MS
receives ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
message.
Description Timer Stop: T10 timer suspends when MS
receives ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE and
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE messages.
Action Overtime: If this timer is overtime,
BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Protection period for global resetting (T13,

100ms)
TABLE 98 - PROTECTION PERIOD FOR GLOBAL RESETTING
Full name Protective period for global resetting

Abbreviation T13
3GPP Name T13
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference

This parameter is T13 timer, which is a protection

time period for a local call clearing process.
receives BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND
message.
Description
Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when
SCCP receives a SSP/SPI message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,
BSS will send BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 30 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default 40
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms)

TABLE 99 - CIRCUIT RESETTING PERIOD ON BSS SIDE
Full name Circuit resetting period on BSS side

Abbreviation T19
3GPP Name T19
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal while the
circuits must be released to idle status, BSS will
send the “BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET” message to MSC
and start T19. After MSC receives this message, it
Description will release the corresponding services and the
circuits to the idle status and send the “BSSAP
CIRCUIT RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” message to BSC.
T19 timer stops when MSC receives RESET
CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message from BSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 80

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Circuit group blocking/unblocking Period (T20,

100ms)
TABLE 100 - CIRCUIT GROUP BLOCKING/UNBLOCKING PERIOD
Full name Circuit group blocking/unblocking Period

Abbreviation T20
3GPP Name T20
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
For some reasons (O&M intervention; equipment
fault/recovery; radio resources
unavailable/available), BSS will block a group of
terrestrial circuits, then send the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT
Description
GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK” message to MSC. After
receiving this message, MSC will send the “BSSAP
CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK
ACKNOWKEDGE” message to BSS for notification.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101,

100ms)
TABLE 101 - RLSD MESSAGE RECEIVE PROTECTION TIMER
Full name RLSD message receive protection timer

Abbreviation T9101
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is timer T9101, supervising the
reception of RLSD.
Timer start: T9101 starts when BSC sends
the “BSSAP CLEAR COMPLETE” message to
MSC.
Description
Timer stop: T9101 stops when the RLSD
message from MSC is received.
BSC will send RLSD message to release
SCCP connection.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Channel activation protection timer (rmsT9103,

100ms)
TABLE 102 - CHANNEL ACTIVATION PROTECTION TIMER
Full name Channel activation protection timer

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is timer T9103, monitoring channel

activation process.
sends CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to
BTS.
Description Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends when
BSC receives CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK
or CHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK message.
BSC will send RF CHANNEL RELEASE
message to BTS
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20
Unit 100 ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
MSC clear command protection timer (T9104,

100ms)
TABLE 103 - MSC CLEAR COMM AND PROTECTION TIMER
Full name MSC clear command protection timer

Abbreviation T9104
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is T9104 timer. It supervises CLEAR
COMMAND from MSC.
sends a CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Description
BSC receives CLEAR COMMAND message
from MSC.
CLEAR REQUEST message will be resent
(four times at the most).

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
SCCP connection protection timer (T9105,

100ms)
TABLE 104 - SCCP CONNECTION PROTECTION TIMER
Full name SCCP Connection Timer

Abbreviation T9105
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is T9105 timer, monitoring SCCP
connection process.
sends BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ
message to MSC.
Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when BSC
Description
receives SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM”
/ ”SCCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED
message.
BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message
to MS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
A Interface
interfaces
External handover protection Timer in target cell

(T9113, 100ms)
TABLE 105 - EXTERNAL HANDOVER PROTECTION TIMER IN TARGET CELL
Full name External handover protection Timer in target cell

Abbreviation T9113
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is T9113 timer, monitoring external
handover in the target cell.
sends HANDOVER REQUEST ACK message
to MSC.
Description
BSC sends HANDOVER COMPLETE
message from MS or CLEAR COMMAND
message from MSC.
BSC will send CLEAR REQUEST message to
MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default 110
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Protective time waiting for access (rmsT1, 100ms)

TABLE 106 - PROTECTIVE TIME WAITING FOR ACCESS
Full name Protective time waiting for access

Abbreviation rmsT1
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It indicates
protection waiting time for MS access during
assignment or handover, after channel activation
process.
Timer start: The destination channel
receives the “CHL ACITIVATION ACK”
Description message and sends the “RADIO
AVAILABLE” message to the source
channel.
Timer stop: In MS access, the destination
channel receives the “ASSIGNMENT COM”
or “HANDOVER COM” message.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default 70
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
Protective time for applying to channel (rmsT2,

100ms)
TABLE 107 - PROTECTION TIME FOR CHANNEL REQUEST
Full name Protection time for channel request

Abbreviation rmsT2
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is T2 timer.

Timer start: The new channel sends the
“RADIO APPLY” message.
Timer stop: Channel request succeeds and
Description the new channel receives the “RADIO
AVAILABLE” message; or the channel
request fails and the “RADIO
UNAVAILABLE” message is received; or
the “RAIO PROCEEDING” message is
received in queuing.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 40
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Protective time for link establishment response

(rmsT3, 100ms)
TABLE 108 - PROTECTION TIME FOR LINK ESTABLISHMENT RESPONSE
Full name Protection time for link establishment response

Abbreviation rmsT3
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Timer start: RANCS instance sends
"ESTABLISH IND" to RANA instance.
Description Timer stop: RANCS instance receives the
"CONNECT CONF" sent by RANA instance,
or the "CONNECT FAIL" when RANA fails to
establish the link.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 60

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Protective time for P0 confirms the message

HO/ASS COM (rmsT4, 100ms)
TABLE 109 - PROTECTIVE TIME FOR P0 CONFIRMS THE MESSAGE HO/ASS
COM
Protective time for P0 confirms the message

Full name
HO/ASS COM
Abbreviation rmsT4
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Timer start: After RANCS receives the "HO
COM" or "ASS COM" message of MS and
Description forwards it to RANA.
Timer stop: RANCS receives
acknowledgement of "HO COM" or "ASS
COM" message by RANA.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 80
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Encryption mode modification time (rmsT5,

100ms)
TABLE 110 - ENCRYPTION MODE MODIFICATION TIME
Full name Encryption mode modification time

Abbreviation rmsT5
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is timer T5, used to supervise
modification process of encryption mode, that is,
the timer that waits for MS response after
configuring radio encryption mode.
receives CIPHER MODE COMMAND
message from MSC.
Description
Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when BSC
receives CIPHER MODE COMPLETE
message from MS.
BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER MODE
REJECT message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
SAPI3 link establishment time (rmsT6, 100ms)

T A B L E 1 1 1 - S AP I 3 L I N K E S T A B L I S H M E N T T I M E
Full name SAPI3 link establishment time

Abbreviation rmsT6
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Timer T6 supervises link establishment of SAPI3.

Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC
receives the DTAP (SAPI = 3) message
from MSC and there is no SAPI3 link.
Description
Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC
receives the ESTABLISH CONFIRM
message from BTS.
Overtime action: When timer T6 expires,
the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT message will
be sent to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
External handover protective time (rmsT8, 100ms)

TABLE 112 - EXTERNAL HANDOVER PROTECTIVE TIME
Full name External handover protection time

Abbreviation rmsT8
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is timer rmsT8, monitoring external
handover process.
Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handover
command is sent in Serve state while
RANCS instance shall be handovered
Description externally.
Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS
instance receives HO COMCLEAR
CMD(handover success) or UM HO FAIL
(handover failed).
Management
BSC
Object

Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Protective time for No7 signal instantaneous

disconnection (T3, 100ms)
TABLE 113 - PROTECTIVE TIME FOR NO7 SIGNAL INSTANTANEOUS
DISCONNECTION
Protective time for No7 signal instantaneous

Full name
disconnection
Abbreviation T3
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This timer is configured to prevent from signal
instantaneous disconnection and wrong actions.
If disconnection duration of no.7 link exceeds timer
protective time, global resetting is issued. If no
Description signaling point reachable event is received during
delay time, no.7 link is considered as disconnection
and global resetting process begins; if reachable
signaling point is received during delay time, no.7
link is considered as instantaneous disconnection.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces

Protective time that PO responses external

handover completion message (rmsT7, 100ms)
TABLE 114 - PROTECTIVE TIME THAT PO RESPONSES EXTERNAL H ANDOVER
COMPLETION MESSAGE
Protective time that PO responses external

Full name
handover completion message
Abbreviation rmsT7
3GPP Name T7
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
Timer start: it starts when RANCS sends

the HANDOVER REQUIRED message to
MSC.
Description
Timer stop: it stops when RANCS instance
receives HANDOVER COMMAND response
from MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 150
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Timer 2 parameter
The interface of timer 2 parameters is shown in Figure 16.

FIGURE 16 - TIMER 2 P ARAM TERS
Protective time for RF channel release (rmsT9,

100ms)
TABLE 115 - PROTECTIVE TIME FOR RF CHANNEL RELEASE
Full name Protective time for RF channel release

Abbreviation rmsT9
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Timer start: T9 starts when RF CHANNEL
RELEASE is sent to BTS when RANCS
Description instance is released.
Timer stop: T9 stops when RANCS
instance receives RF CHANNEL RELEASE
ACKNOWLEDGE response from BTS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
Queue period of assignment (rmsT11, 100ms)

TABLE 116 - QUEUE PERIOD OF ASSIGNMENT
Full name Queue period of assignment

Abbreviation rmsT11
3GPP Name T11
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
This parameter is T11 timer. It determines the
Description maximum allowable queue time which starts from
the assignment request.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 60
Relevant
ZGF05-10-001 Queuing
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Acknowledgment interval for periodic status

(rmsT12, 100ms)
TABLE 117 - ACKNOWLEDGMENT INTERVAL FOR PERIODIC STATUS
Full name Acknowledgment interval for periodic status

Abbreviation rmsT12
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically
when RANCS receives CONNECT CONF
message from RANA. Timer decides to
Description perform activity check at peer end. Lately,
it is periodical start.
Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when RANCS
instance receives RELEASE TYPE message.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Mode modification process time (rmsT13, 100ms)

TABLE 118 - MODE MODIFICATION PROCESS TIME
Full name Mode modification process time

Abbreviation rmsT13
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is T13 timer. It supervises BTS and
MS modes modification process. Mode modification
refers to modify channel mode. When there is not
SDCCH and FACCH is allocated, new channel is not
allocated after assignment, but modify the modes.
Timer start condition: When BSC sends the
“MODE MODIFY” message to BTS and
sends the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY”
Description message to MS.
Timer stop: When BSC receives the “MODE
MODIFY ACK/NACK” message from BTS
and the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY”
message from MS.
the BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message to MSC.

Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 60
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
Protective time of UM assignment completion

(rmsT14, 100ms)
TABLE 119 - PROTECTIVE TIME OF UM ASSIGNMENT COMPLETION
Full name Protective time of UM assignment completion

Abbreviation rmsT14
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is timer T14. It is the period
between sending of ASS/HO COM and receiving of
Description
ASS/HO COM ACK messages at destination
instance.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Waiting time for oriented retry (rmsT16, 100ms)

TABLE 120 - W AITING TIME FOR ORIENTED RETRY
Full name Waiting time for oriented retry

Abbreviation rmsT16

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When attempting oriented retry, if target cell has
not been gained through inspection, you shall
configure rmsT16 to wait for receiving
Description measurement report, and then check whether
oriented retry is conducted at target cell after
rmsT16 is timeout. This process can be repeated
for several times.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Queue period for handover (rmsTqho, 100ms)

TABLE 121 - QUEUE PERIOD FOR HANDOVER
Full name Queue period for handover

Abbreviation rmsTqho
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is the maximum allowable queue time for
Description handover attempt, calculated from handover
request.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

First Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control

(rmT11, 100ms)
TABLE 122 - FIRST OVERLOAD PERIOD OF FLOW TRAFFIC CONTROL
Full name First Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control

Abbreviation mT11
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling
point, MSC service, and CCCH.
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer
mT11 for traffic flow control. This clock is used
Description together with mT12 to modify the parameter
“ACCESS CONTROL” configured for the cell and
notify MS via the system information for flow
control. The value of timer must be less than that
of timer mT12.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 80
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Second Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control

(mT12, 100ms)
TABLE 123 - SECOND OVERLOAD PERIOD OF FLOW TRAFFIC CONTROL
Full name Second Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control

Abbreviation mT12
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling

point, MSC service, and CCCH.
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer
mT12 for traffic flow control. The mT12 timer in
combination with mT11 timer modifies ACCESS
CONTROL parameter in the cell. BSC notifies the
MS to achieve flow control through system
information.
The value of timer must be more than that of mT11
timer. The two clocks control the cell flow as
Description follows: When the network receives the overload
message for the first time, the system decreases
the flow by one level, and starts mT11 and mT12.
The OVERLOAD message during mT11 period will
be ignored. If the OVERLOAD message is received
between mT11 and mT12, the flow will be
decreased by another level and both mT11 and
mT12 will be restarted. If BSC does not receive
OVERLOAD message after mT12 timer stops, the
flow increases to one more level, and the mT12
timer restarts. Lower grade and higher grade
represent different proportion to reject service.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 150
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Time of Micro-Micro handover delay (Tmicro,

100ms)
TABLE 124 - TIME OF MICRO-MICRO HANDOVER DELAY
Full name Time of Micro-Micro handover delay

Abbreviation Tmicro
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

In micro-micro handover control, a delay time

value is required (the timer value). Timer Start:
relevant timer starts instantly when a call enters a
micro cell. Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it
Description
reaches the set value. Existing call can use
neighboring micro cell in the same layer only when
the timer stops. In this way, it could prevent fast
moving mobiles staying in the micro cell layer.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 80
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms)

TABLE 125 - BSIC DECODING PERIOD
Full name BSIC decoding period

Abbreviation Tbsic
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The parameter Tbsic defines a period, which is
calculated from call establishment or handover
completion (inter-cell or intra-cell). TC/I evaluation
is considered as unreliable during this period, thus,
handover to a special TRX is not allowed. During
Description this period, MS can decode BSIC that interferes
with neighboring cells before handover procedure
starts.
This parameter is only valid in concentric circle
case.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 50


Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Protection of resources on external in-Handover

(aisT4, 100ms)
TABLE 126 - PROTECTION OF RESOURCES ON EXTERNAL IN-HANDOVER
Full name Protection of resources on external in-Handover

Abbreviation aisT4
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
AppRadioApp-AppRadioAvail (external hand in),
RadioApplying status protection timer. The timer is
Description in RadioApplying status after receiving the
A_Ho_Req message and before receiving
APP_RADIO_AVAIL message.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 40
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Serving status protection timer (aisT12, 100ms)

TABLE 127 - SERVING STATUS PROTECTION TIMER
Full name Serving status protection timer

Abbreviation aisT12
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Serving status protection timer. After CR is sent

and CC is received and before any further message
is received. After App_Ass_Com message is
received and before the call is cleared. After
Description App_Ho_Com message is received at the handover
from external cell and before the call is cleared.
After timer is timeout, handshake is conducted for
inter-process message transmission.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 3000
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD

(rmsT3121, 100ms)
TABLE 128 - HANDOVER PROTECTING TIMER TO WCDMA/FDD
Full name Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD

3GPP Name T3121
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
Timer T3121, protection time after sending inter-
system to utran handover command (UM) to UE.
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC
sends "inter-system to utran handover
command" message to MS.
Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC
Description
receives "CLEAR COMMAND" message
from MSC or "HANDOVER FAILURE"
message from MS.
BSC will send CLEAR REQUEST message to
MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 650

Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Immediate assignment period (rmsT3101, 100ms)

TABLE 129 - IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PERIOD
Full name Immediate assignment period

3GPP Name T3101
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
This timer indicates the time period for the instant
assigning process.
sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message.
Description Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC
receives ESTABLISH INDICATION
message.
the BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE
message to BTS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface, Abis interface
interfaces

Handover period of source cell (rmsT3103,

100ms)
TABLE 130 - HANDOVER PERIOD OF SOURCE CEL
Full name Handover period of source cell

3GPP Name T3103
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
This timer indicates the time period for internal
handover process of BSC.
sends HANDOVER COMMAND message to
MS.
Timer Stop: The timer suspends when BSC
Description receives HANDOVER COMPLETE message
on a new channel or HANDOVER FAILURE
message on an old channel from MS.
the BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST
message to MSC, and the new channel is
released.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default 60
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
interfaces
Assignment period (rmsT3107, 100ms)

TABLE 131 - ASSIGNMENT PERIOD
Full name Assignment period

3GPP Name T3107
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference

This timer indicates the time period for assignment

period and internal handover of a cell..
sends RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
message to MS.
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC
receives RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
Description
message or RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message.
Overtime Action: If this time is overtime,
in the case of assignment, the former and
new channel will be released; in the case
of cell internal handover, the BSC will send
a CLEAR REQUEST message to the MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default 60
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
interfaces
Channel release period (rmsT3109, 100ms)

TABLE 132 - CHANNEL RELEASE PERIOD
Full name Channel release period

3GPP Name T3109
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference

This timer supervises the channel release process.

sends RIL3_RR CHANNEL RELEASE
message to MS.
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC
Description receives RELEASE INDICATION message
from BTS (when BTS receives DISC frame
from MS).
BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message
to MS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 400
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
interfaces
Channel deactivation delay (rmsT3111, 100ms)

TABLE 133 - CHANNEL DEACTIVATION DELAY
Full name Channel deactivation delay

3GPP Name T3111
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
After releasing the UM interface radio link layer, in
order to make sure the radio link is disconnected,
BSC sets a period of protection time rmsT3111.
Releases the wireless channel and deactivates it
after rmsT3111 timer stops.
Description Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts when

BSC receives RELEASE INDICATION
message.
Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer is
overtime, the BSC will send RF CHANNEL
RELEASE message to BTS.
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range 1~5

Unit 100 ms
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
Continue Timer for mode modify

(TModeModifyConn, 100ms)
TABLE 134 - CONTINUE TIMER FOR MODE MODIFY
Full name Continue Timer for mode modify

Abbreviation TModeModifyConn
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Connection delay timer. This timer is used to wait
for connection finished after sending connection
Description
request, including Abis connection and TC
connection.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 50 ~ 70
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7,

100ms)
TABLE 135 - HANDOVER PROTECTING TIME TO UTRAN
Full name Handover protecting time to UTRAN

Abbreviation mT7
3GPP Name T7

3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
This timer is used to send HANDOVER REQUIRED to
MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell, waiting for
response from MSC.
Timer start: this timer starts if BSC sends
HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, where
target cell is UTRAN cell.
Description
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives
HANDOVER COMMAND from MSC.
Timeout action: configure penalty for
UTRAN target cell carried in HANDOVER
REQUIRED.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces
Time of destination instance waiting for available

resources when forced disconnection (rms T15,
100ms)
TABLE 136 - TIME OF DESTINATION INSTANCE WAITING FOR AV AIL ABLE
RESOURCES WHEN FORCED DISCONNECTION
Available time to wait for resources by the target

Full name
instance in forced release
Abbreviation rmsT15
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


Timer start: When the target instance
decides forced release, it will send the
"PREEMPT APPLY" to the released object.
Description
Timer stop: The target instance receives
the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE" message
from the released object, indicating that
the resources are available.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Protecting time of FUC response to system

message broadcast (BcProtect, 100ms)
TABLE 137 - PROTECTING TIME OF FUC RESPONSE TO SYSTEM MESSAGE
BROADCAST
Protecting time of FUC response to system

Full name
message broadcast
Abbreviation BcProtect
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Protection timer for system message broadcast to
Description wait for the response of FUC. FUC response is used
to ensure BTS correctly receives system message.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck,

100ms)
TABLE 138 - HO PERFORMED ACK TIMER
Full name HO performed ack timer

Abbreviation TwaitHoPFMAck
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When using IP carrier at user plane of interface A,
because TC is placed at MGW, CN shall be informed
to replace codec during intra-BSC handover. CN
replacement codec is triggered by HANDOVER
PERFORMED message. To ensure MSC has received
this message and successfully command MGS to
replace codec against obstacles at speech aspect,
HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message is added.
This timer is used to wait for HANDOVER
Description PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.
Timer start: it starts when BSC sends
HANDOVER PERFORMED message to MSC.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives
HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message
from MSC.
Timeout action: release call while sending
CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 50 ~ 70
Unit 100 ms
Default 60
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
A Interface
interfaces

GPRS Max Retrying Times

The interface of GPRS maximum retrying times is shown in
Figure 17.
FIGURE 17 - GRPS M AX RETRYING TIMES
MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax)

T A B L E 1 3 9 - M AX T I M E S O F B V C B L O C K R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of BVC block retry

Abbreviation BVCBlkMax
3GPP Name BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

If the PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAM

intervention or equipment faults (disable
blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS will
first set the BVC status as “Blocked” and discard
the uplink service data.
To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data, BSS
initiates BVC blocking procedure. BSC repeats BVC
Description blocking procedure after sending BVC BLOCK
message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive BVC
BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in
BSSGPT1, then BVC blocking repeats for a
maximum of N times.
BSC stops BVC blocking and notifies OMS for N
times if there is no answer. N depends on
maximum retries of BVC BLOCK.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax)

T A B L E 1 4 0 - M AX T I M E S O F B V C U N B L O C K R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of BVC unblock retry

Abbreviation BVCUblkMax
3GPP Name BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

If the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAM

intervention or recovery of the equipment fault
(disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC),
BSS will first set the BVC status as Unblocked.
To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data,
BSS will initiate the BVC unblocking procedure. BSC
repeats the BVC unblocking procedure after
Description sending the BVC UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If
BSC fails to receive the BVC UNBLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1
then BVC unblocking repeats for a maximum of N
times.
BSC stops BVC unblocking and notifies OMS for N
maximum retries of BVC UNBLOCK.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax)

T A B L E 1 4 1 - M AX T I M E S O F B V C R E S E T R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of BVC reset retry

Abbreviation BVCRestMax
3GPP Name BVC-RESET-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

To keep the initial status consistent between the

two BVC sides, the “Reset BVC” process must be
initiated in the following cases: 1) system faults
that affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN (such
as restart upon power-on); 2) lower layer network
service entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3)
lower layer network service entity capability update
(for example, frame relay capability changed from
0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) change of the
corresponding relationship between BVC and the
cell.
For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates Signaling
Description BVC RESET procedure. For faults that affect a
single BVC, BSC initiates the PTP BVC RESET
procedure. BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESET
procedure for corresponding NSE after a signaling
BVC reset procedure.
BSC repeats the BVC RESET procedure after
sending BVC RESET message to SGSN and if BSC
fails to receive BVC RESET ACKNOWLEDGE
message from SGSN in BSSGPT2.
BSC repeats the BVC RESET procedure for a
maximum of N times. BSC stops BVC RESET and
notifies OMS for N times if there is no answer. N
depends on maximum retries of BVC RESET.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax)

T A B L E 1 4 2 - M AX T I M E S O F N S B L O C K R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of NS block retry

Abbreviation NSBlkMax
3GPP Name NS-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference

BSC repeats the blocking process when sending the

NS BLOCK message to SGSN. If NS BLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN fails to reach
BSC within specified NS_T1 time then BSC repeats
Description the NS BLOCK message for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops BLOCK procedure and notify OMS for N
maximum retries of NS BLOCK.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax)

T A B L E 1 4 3 - M AX T I M E S O F N S U N B L O C K R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of NS unblock retry

Abbreviation NSUnblkMax
3GPP Name NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
BSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after sending NS
UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive
the NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from
SGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC repeats the NS
Description UNBLOCK message for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS for
N times if there is no answer. N depends on
maximum retries of NS UNBLOCK.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax)

T A B L E 1 4 4 - M AX T I M E S O F N S A L I V E R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of NS alive retry

Abbreviation NSAliveMax
3GPP Name NS-ALIVE-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
BSC repeats alive procedure after sending NS Alive
message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive NS Alive
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN within NS_T4
timer then BSC repeats NS Alive message for a
maximum of N times. NS Alive process is specified
Description by the procotol, used to test connection condition
of NSVC terminal side.
BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and notify OMS for
N times if there is no answer. N depends on
maximum retries of NS Alive.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax)

T A B L E 1 4 5 - M AX T I M E S O F S U S P E N D R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of suspend retry

Abbreviation SuspendMax
3GPP Name SUSPEND-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

MS first sends a SUSPEND message to BSS over

SDCCH when a Class B GPRS MS is about to initiate
a voice service. BSS initiates suspending procedure
to SGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending PS paging
and downlink packet data after BSS receives the
message.
BSC repeats suspending procedure after sending
Description
SUSPEND message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive
SUSPEND ACK/NACK message from SGSN in
BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the suspending
procedure for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops suspending and notify OMS for N times if
there is no answer. N depends on maximum
suspending retries.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax)

T A B L E 1 4 6 - M AX T I M E S O F R E S U M E R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of resume retry

Abbreviation ResumeMax
3GPP Name RESUME-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

BSSGP layer parameters. when GPRS-attached MS

leaves a special mode, BSS adopts one of the
following strategies:
Notify MS of carrying out route area upgrade.
Notify SGSN of recovering the GPRS service.
In case of Routing Area Update, MS and SGSN
directly negotiate GMM status. With the “Resume”
method (usually for the MS in the packet
Description transmission status), BSS will initiate the
"RESUME" process to SGSN for the purpose of
notifying SGSN to start the normal packet downlink
transmission action. If BSC fails to receive the
RESUME ACK/NACK message from SGSN in
BSSGPT4, then repeats Resume procedure for a
maximum of N times. BSC stops the Resume
procedure and notify OMS N times if there is no
answer. N depends on the maximum times of
resuming retry.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of radio access capabilities update

retry (UpdateMax)
T A B L E 1 4 7 - M AX T I M E S O F R A D I O A C C E S S C A P A B I L I T I E S U P D A T E R E T R Y
Full name MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry

Abbreviation UpdateMax
3GPP Name RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

BSSGP layer parameters. when MS is establishing

uplink/downlink TBF, BSS requires information
about the radio access capability of MS. BSS
obtains such information from SGSN through Radio
Access Capabilities Update procedure. BSC repeats
this procedure after sending the RADIO ACCESS
CAPABILITIES UPDATE message to SGSN. If BSC
Description fails to receive the RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES
UPDATE ACK/NACK message from SGSN in
BSSGPT5 then the Radio Access Capabilities Update
procedure repeats for a maximum of N times. After
N times if there is no answer, then BSC stops Radio
Access Capabilities Update procedure and notify
OMS. N depends on the maximum update retry
times.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of PFC create retry

(DownLoadBssPFCMax)
TABLE 148 - M AXIMUM TIMES OF RETRYING TO CREATE PFC
Full name Maximum times of retrying to create PFC

Abbreviation DownLoadBssPFCMax
3GPP Name DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
Max retry times to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is
not received before timer BSSGPT6 is timeout, BSS
sends "Download BSS PFC" message according to
Description max times of retrying to create PFC. If "Creat BSS
PFC" is not received still after trying
DownLoadBSSPRCMax+1, the process is completed
and inform O&M
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None

Default 3
ZGF06-20-002 Streaming Service Policies
Relevant
ZGF06-20-001 Service based QoS (UMTS)
Functions
ZGF06-07-006 Quality of Service (QoS)
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX times of PFC modify retry

(ModifyBssPFCMax)
T A B L E 1 4 9 - M AX T I M E S O F P F C M O D I F Y R E T R Y
Full name Maximum times of retrying to modify PFC

Abbreviation ModifyBssPFCMax
3GPP Name MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC
Ack" is not received before timer BSSGPT8 is
timeout, BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message
Description according to max times of retrying to modify PFC.
If "Modify BSS PFC Ack" is not received still after
trying ModifyBssPFCMax +1, the process is
completed and inform O&M
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
GPRS Timer Parameters

The interface of GPRS timer parameters is shown in Figure 18 - .

FIGURE 18 - GPRS TIMER PAR AMETERS
BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms)

TABLE 150 - BVC BLOCK/UNBLOCK RETRY TIME
Full name BVC block/unblock retry time

Abbreviation BssgpT1
3GPP Name T1
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

It monitors BSSGP blocking/unblocking process.

Global process in BSC central module MP uses the
timer value. BSS initiates BVC blocking/unblocking
procedure for a point-to-point BVC in case of OAM
Description intervention or device faults. BSC repeats this
procedure, if SGSN does not return BVC
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK messages. The
interval between the messages is the BVC
blocking/unblocking retry time.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms)

TABLE 151 - BVC RESET RETRY TIME
Full name BVC reset retry time

3GPP Name T2
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
It monitors BSSGP reset procedure. BSS initiates
"BVC reset" process when BVC (including PTP BVC
and signaling BVC) is required to be reset
(disconnection to connection at Gb interface, and
Description cell is changed from GPRS support to GPRS/EDGE
support) due to certain reason. BSC repeats the
procedure if SGSN does not return BVC RESET
ACK/NACK message. The interval between the
messages is the BVC reset retry time.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms)

TABLE 152 - SUSPEND RETRY TIME
Full name Suspend retry time

3GPP Name T3
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
Class B MS notifies the network to suspend packet
service when MS is ready to perform a voice
service. BSS initiates to suspend SGSN procedure
Description after receiving SUSPEND message from MS and
repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return
SUSPEND ACK/NACK message. The interval
between the messages is the suspend retry time.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)

TABLE 153 - RESUME RETRY TIME
Full name Resume retry time

3GPP Name T4
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

It monitors BSSGP resuming procedure. Service

process in BSC peripheral module MP uses the
timer value. BSS initiates resuming procedure to
SGSN when GPRS-attached MS is not in dedicated
Description mode and BSS uses Notify SGSN to resume GPRS
service policy. BSS repeats the procedure if SGSN
does not return RESUME ACK/NACK message. The
interval between the messages is the resuming
retry time.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5,

100ms)
TABLE 154 - ACCESS CAP ABILITY UPDATE RETRY TIME
Full name Access capability update retry time

3GPP Name T5
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
It monitors BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY procedure.
Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses
the timer value. BSC repeats Radio Access
Capability Update procedure after BSS initiates
Description RA_CAPABILITY procedure to SGSN and if SGSN
does not return the RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE
ACK/NACK message. The interval between the
messages is the retry time for radio access
capability update.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms)

TABLE 155 - PFC CREATING RETRY TIME
Full name PFC creating retry time

3GPP Name T6
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
PFC creating retry time
The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates
Description Download PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN
Create PFC message;
Timeout action: retransfer for N times
(configurable)
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms)

TABLE 156 - PFC MODIFYING RETRY TIME
Full name Retry time to modify PFC

3GPP Name T8
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference

Retry time to modify PFC. The conditions of timer

start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates
Modify BSS PFC process;
Description
Modify BSS PFC Ack message;
(configurable)
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default 30
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure

(NS_T1, s)
TABLE 157 - TIMER THAT MONITORS THE BLOCK/UNBLOCK PROCEDURE
Full name Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure

Abbreviation NS_T1
3GPP Name Tns-block
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure.
The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts if NS block/unblock
procedure is initiated;
Description
response;
(configurable)
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 120

Unit s
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, s)

TABLE 158 - TIMER THAT MONITORS RESET PROCEDURE
Full name Timer that monitors reset procedure

Abbreviation NS_T2
3GPP Name Tns-reset
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
Timer that monitors reset procedure. The
conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions
are as follows:
Timer start: it starts if NS reset is
initiated;
Description
response;
Overtime actions: Repeat NS reset
process, and the timer restarts
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 120
Unit s
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, s)

TABLE 159 - NC-CYCLE OF NS-VC TEST PROCESS
Full name NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process

Abbreviation NS_T3
3GPP Name Tns-test
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process. The conditions of
timer start, restart, and timeout actions are as
follows:
Timer start: it starts after NS Reset
process is finished;
Description
Timer restart: it restarts after receiving NS
Alive Ack;
Timeout action: send NS Alive message on
timeout.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 60
Unit s
Default 30
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC

(NS_T4, s)
TABLE 160 - TIMER THAT MONITORS ALIVE PROCESS OF NSVC
Full name Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC

Abbreviation NS_T4
3GPP Name Tns-alive
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference

Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC. The

conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions
are as follows:
Timer start: it starts if NS Alive is
initiated;
Description
response;
(configurable)
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3
Unit s
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
MAX attempt period of reset (NS_T5, s)

TABLE 161 - M AXIMUM ATTEMPT PERIOD OF RESET
Full name Maximum attempt period of reset

Abbreviation NS_T5
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Maximum attempt period of reset.
Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS reset process,
no reset response is received before NS_T2 timer is
Description timeout, repeat NS reset process until timer NS_T5
is timeout. If still no reset response is received, NS
reset process shall be terminated and report NS
alarm to O&M. If reset response is received prior to
timeout, the timer is cleared.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 180
Unit s
Default 180
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms)

TABLE 162 - TFI AND USF RELEASE TIMER
Full name TFI and USF release timer

Abbreviation T3169
3GPP Name T3169
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is timer T3169. During the packet
uplink transmission, if N3101 or N3103 counter
stops, BSS starts the T3169 timer. Network utilizes
TFI and USF resources on release when T3169
stops.
Timer Start: T3169 timer starts when the
Description
counter N3101 = N3101_MAX or the
counter N3103 = N3103_MAX.
Timer Stop: None;
Timeout action: Release USF and TFI
resources.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 10 ms
Default 500
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)

TABLE 163 - TBF RELEASE TIMER
Full name TBF Release Timer

Abbreviation T3191
3GPP Name T3191

3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is timer T3191. During the packet
downlink transmission, RLC data block transmits
BSN on maximum load condition (that is, the final
downlink data block). Network sends RLC data
block with Final Block Identifier (FBI) field set at 1.
FBI includes effective RRBP field to initialize the
release of downlink TBF. Network starts the T3191
timer. For each RLC data block that receives FBI
with value 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:
In acknowledged mode, MS sends the
Package Downlink Confirmation/Non-
confirmation message with Final
Acknowledgement Identifier (FAI) domain
as 1 through the uplink block specified in
RRBP domain. Network re-transmits the
RLC data block until receiving PACKET
Description DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message and
before the T3191 timer stops. T3191 timer
is enabled when the network wish to re-
transmit again. The network releases TBF
when T3193 timer stops. The network also
releases TBF when T3191 stops.
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the
PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE
message in the uplink block specified as
per RRBP field. T3191 terminates to
enable only when the network receives the
message before T3191 stops. The network
releases TBF when T3193 timer stops. The
network also releases TBF when T3191
stops.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 10 ms
Default 500
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces

TBF release time of downlink transmission

(T3193, 10ms)
TABLE 164 - TBF RELEASE TIME OF DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION
Full name TBF release time of downlink transmission

Abbreviation T3193
3GPP Name T3193
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is timer T3193 which is used for
protection on TBF release during downlink packet
transmission. Refer to the description of T3191
timer given below:
Timer start condition: The final “PACKET
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” or “PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message is
Description
received.
Timer stop: The network establishes a new
downlink TBF.
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
This parameter is bigger than timer T3192 to make
sure the TFI of MS is unique at the same time.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 10 ms
Default 51
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195,

10ms)
TABLE 165 - TBF PROTECT TIME WHEN RADIO LINK FAILURE
Full name TBF protect time when radio link failure

Abbreviation T3195
3GPP Name T3195

3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter the protection time of TBF when the
radio link fails or when the cell change leads to MS
failure to respond. During the packet downlink
transmission, if the N3105 counter stops, BSS
starts the T3195 timer. Network uses the TFI
resource again when T3195 timer stops.
Description
Timer start: T3195 timer starts when the
counter N3105 = N3105_MAX
Timer stop: None.
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 10 ms
Default 500
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay,

100ms)
TABLE 166 - PS CHANNEL DELAY RELE ASE TIMER
Full name PS channel delay release timer

Abbreviation PSRelDelay
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Information of releasing this PS channel when this
threshold is achieved. The conditions of timer start,
stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts while all service are
Description released on PDTCH;
Timeout action: release PDTCH channel,
during which if this channel is occupied
again, the timer shall be cleared.
Management
BSC
Object


Unit 100 ms
Default 300
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RIR Timer (TRIR, 100ms)

TABLE 167 - RIR TIMER
Full name RIR Timer

Abbreviation TRIR
3GPP Name T(RIR)
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
RIM RIR timer duration.
This timer starts while controlling BSS sends
request message to serving BSS; this timer stops
while receiving PDU message sent by serving BSS.
Description If this timer is timeout, message request process is
failed, or message request process is initiated
again by controlling BSS.
This parameter is valid after "support RIM" function
is enabled.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
RI Timer (TRI, 100ms)

TABLE 168 - RI TIMER
Full name RI Timer

Abbreviation TRI
3GPP Name T(RI)
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
RIM RI timer duration.
This timer starts when serving BSS sends message
PDU to controlling BSS and response indication bit
is configured as "Ack response is required". This
timer stops while receiving Ack from controlling
Description
BSS. If this timer is timeout, the process is failed,
or message indication process is initiated again by
serving BSS.
is enabled.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
RIAE Timer (RIAE, 100ms)

T A B L E 1 6 9 - R I AE T I M E R
Full name RIAE Timer

Abbreviation TRIAE
3GPP Name T(RIAE)
3GPP
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
reference
RIM RIAE timer duration.
This timer starts when controlling BSS initiates RAN
Information Application Error process and response
indication bit is configured as "Ack response is
required". This timer stops while receiving Ack
Description
response from serving BSS. If this timer is timeout,
the process is failed, or this process is initiated
again by controlling BSS.
is enabled.
Management
BSC
Object


Unit 100 ms
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces

The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure
19.
FIGURE 19 - AMR HALF METHOD P AR AMETERS

AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs)

TABLE 170 - AMR HALF ACTIVE CODEC SET
Full name AMR Half Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrHalfAcs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit 5:
7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps …… Bit 2: 5.15 kbps;
Description Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’
represents ‘0’. Four coding modes could be set at
the most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).
Management
BSC
Object
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70
Value Range
kbit/s to 7.40 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit None
Default Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes] in order.
Relevant
ZGF05-17-005 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


TABLE 171 - THRESHOLDS OF AMR
Full name Thresholds of AMR

Abbreviation AmrThresholds
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes five
factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, and
AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted
conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =<
Description AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =<
AmrThresholds5
AmrThresholds1+AmrHysteresis1 =<
AmrThresholds5+AmrHysteresis5
Management
BSC
Object
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value range is
0~63.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
63: 31.5 dB
Unit None
Default [22, 25, 29, 34, 40]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

T A B L E 1 7 2 - H Y S T E R E S I S O F AM R
Full name Hysteresis of AMR

Abbreviation AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes five
factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and
AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted
Description
Management
BSC
Object
0~15.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
15: 7.5 dB
Unit None
Default [4, 5, 5, 6, 6]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)

TABLE 173 - INITIAL CODEC MODE
Full name Initial codec mode

Abbreviation IsAmrlCM
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range Startmode codec, Initial codec mode

Unit None
Default Startmode codec
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 174 - STARTMODE CODEC MODE
Full name Startmode codec mode

Abbreviation AmrStartMode
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Startmode codec mode
Management
BSC
Object

When only a value is configured as "No"

within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active
Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value
range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No"
range is 1~3;
When three values are configured as "No"
range is 1~2;
When four values are configured as "No"
range is 1;
Value Range When all values are configured as "No" for
5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is
null;
1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit
rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the second
lowest bit rate, if there is more than one
coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third
lowest bit rate, if there is more than two
coding modes.
4: Select the coding mode with the fourth
lowest bit rate, if there are more than
three coding modes.
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 175 - ENABLE NOISE CONTROL
Full name Enable noise control

Abbreviation IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines whether AMR noise control
is enabled, that is, to suppress background noise
and keep original voice quality.
Description
No: Enable noise suppression;
Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure
20 - .

FIGURE 20 - AMR FULL METHOD P AR AMETERS
AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)

T AB L E 1 7 6 - AM R F U L L AC T I V E C O D E C SE T
Full name AMR full Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrFullAcs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8:
12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit
Description 5: 6.70 kbps … Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps.
‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Default
code is 10101010 (that is 170).
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2
kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit None
Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in
Default
order.
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
parameters

Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes seven
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThresholds5,
AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also, the
following restricted conditions shall be met:
Description AmrThresholds5 =< AmrThresholds6 =<
AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1+AmrHysteresis1
=< AmrThresholds2 + AmrHysteresis2 =<
AmrThresholds3 + AmrHysteresis3 =<
AmrThresholds7 + AmrHysteresis7
Management
BSC
Object
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. Value range
is 0~63.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
63: 31.5 dB
Unit None
Default [6, 9, 13, 18, 24, 31, 39]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces



3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes
seven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the
Description
Management
BSC
Object
is 0~15.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
15: 7.5 dB
Unit None
Default [3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Abbreviation IsAmrICM

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Management
BSC
Object


within 8 elements in "AMR full Active
Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value
range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No"
range is 1~3;
When six values are configured as "No"
range is 1~2;
When seven values are configured as "No"
range is 1;
8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is
null;
coding mode.
coding modes.
three coding modes.
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

21.

BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms)

TABLE 182 - BVC FLOW CONTROL PERIOD
Full name BVC flow control period

Abbreviation CellFcPer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is the BVC leakage ratio
measurement period in the ‘BVC Flow Control’
process, that is, BVC long measurement period.
To provide reference to the BVC flow control at
SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS side
periodically measures the current BVC leakage
ratio. BSC initiates the ‘BVC flow control’ procedure
Description unconditionally when the long measurement timer
overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC if the difference
of leakage ratios between the two times exceeds
CellFcThs. BSC also initiates ‘BVC flow control’
procedure with SGSN confirmation if the short
measurement timer overflows, and the difference
of the leakage ratio between the two timers exceed
CellFcThs.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 10 ms

Default 3000
Relevant ZGF06-07-009 DL Flow Control

Functions ZGF06-07-010 BVC Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms)

TABLE 183 - MS FLOW CONTROL PERIOD
Full name MS flow control period

Abbreviation MsFcPer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is the MS leakage ratio
measurement period in the ‘MS Flow Control’
process, that is, MS long measurement period.
For reference of flow control at SGSN side, the
BSSGP process at BSS side periodically measures
the current leakage ratio of each MS. When the
long measurement timer overflows, the “MS Flow
Description Control” process is initialized unconditionally. If the
difference between the two leakage ratios exceeds
MsFcThs, SGSN must acknowledge it. When the
short measurement timer overflows, and the
difference between the two leakage ratios exceeds
MsFcThs, the “MS Flow Control” process is
initialized, which also needs acknowledgement of
SGSN.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 10 ms
Default 3000

Functions ZGF06-07-011 MS Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

NSVC peer to peer delay (Delay, ms)

TABLE 184 - NSVC PEER TO PEER DELAY
Full name NSVC Peer to Peer Delay

Abbreviation Delay
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This is an NS link layer parameter. NSVC is an end-
to-end concept. The NSVC end-to-end delay is a
Description
basis for flow control in frame relay. It is optionally
configured in the background.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit ms
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cn
TABLE 185 - CN
Full name Cn
Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used to determine the increase of

coding mode level.
Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-
1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.
The low level coding mode has higher error
correction capability and lower data throughput.
User can choose different coding modes for each
timeslot or even each TBF.
The network selects the coding mode dynamically
according to the data rate requirement and radio
transmission quality at the transmission of the
Description GPRS data, to reach maximum radio throughput.
Good radio transmission quality means that the
probability of the retransmission of the error radio
blocks is small. In this time the coding mode that
carries large data volume (that is, high level coding
mode) can be used.
For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channel
coding mode CSn (1=n=3), if the number of data
blocks transmitted consecutively and correctly
exceeds the predefined parameter Cn[n-1], the
coding mode will be increased by one level.
Footnote 1, 2, and 3 in the interface are coding
conversion parameters among CS1~CS2,
CS2~CS3, and CS3～CS4.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 85
Relevant ZGF06-03-004 Switching Points between Coding
Functions Schemes Configurable
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Nn
TABLE 186 - NN
Full name Nn
Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used to determine the decrease

of coding mode level. It is used at the RLC/MAC
layer of BRP.
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-
1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects the
coding mode dynamically according to the data rate
requirement and radio transmission quality at the
Description
transmission of the GPRS data, to reach maximum
radio throughput.
The coding mode with stronger anti-interference
capability (that is, low level coding mode) must be
used when the radio transmission quality is poor.
The coding level decreases to one level if Nn[n-2]
data blocks are transmitted, the number of
consecutive data blocks losses in the coding mode
CSn (2 =< n =< 4) for the TBF (downlink and
uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 20
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Xn (%)
TABLE 187 - XN
Full name Xn (%)

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is the threshold for determining the

decrease in the level of the coding mode. It is used
at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1
to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects the
coding mode dynamically according to the data rate
requirement and radio transmission quality at the
Description
transmission of the GPRS data, to reach maximum
radio throughput.
The coding mode with stronger anti-interference
capability (that is, low level coding mode) must be
used when the radio transmission quality is poor.
The coding level decreases to one level if Nn[n-2]
data blocks are transmitted, the number of
consecutive data blocks losses in the coding mode
CSn (2 =< n =< 4) for the TBF (downlink and
uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 25
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX allowed number of continuous losses of

uplink data blocks (N3101)
T A B L E 1 8 8 - M AX A L L O W E D N U M B E R O F C O N T I N U O U S L O S S E S O F U P L I N K
DATA BLOCKS
MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink

Full name
data blocks
Abbreviation N3101
3GPP Name N3101
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference

This parameter is counter N3101, which is used at

RLC/MAC layer of BRP. During packet uplink
transmission, BSS specifies USF (corresponding to
one uplink TBF) for each uplink block. For a USF, if
Description the network receives correct data from a specified
uplink block, N3101 clears for that TBF. If the
number of losses in specified uplink block exceeds
N3101, then T3169 timer starts. Network uses the
TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 9 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries

(N3103)
T A B L E 1 8 9 - T I M E S O F P A C K E T U P L I N K A C K / N AC K R E T R I E S
Full name Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries

Abbreviation N3103
3GPP Name N3103
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference


RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
Network sends a PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message and sets FAI as 1 during packet uplink
transmission, if network detects that all RLC data
blocks have been received at the end of uplink TBF
(CV = 0, and V(Q) = V(R). The RLC/MAC control
block header contains a valid RRBP domain.
Counter N3103 clears.
MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE
Description message in the block specified in RRBP and release
TBF if MS receives PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message with FAI1 from network side.
Network re-transmits PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message with N3103 counter incrementing, if the
network fails to receive PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGE message in the radio block
specified in the RRBP field.
The network starts T3169 timer if the value of
N3103 exceeds the limiting N3103max. Network
uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
MAX allowed number of continuous losses of

uplink RLC/MAC control message (N3105)
T A B L E 1 9 0 - M AX A L L O W E D N U M B E R O F C O N T I N U O U S L O S S E S O F U P L I N K
RLC/M AC CONTROL MESSAGE
MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink

Full name
RLC/MAC control message
Abbreviation N3105
3GPP Name N3105
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference


RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies
USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each
Description uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101
clears for that TBF. If the number of losses in
specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then T3169
timer starts. Network uses the TFI and USF
resources when T3169 stops.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Support extended uplink dynamic allocation

(ExUpDynSupport)
TABLE 191 - SUPPORT EXTENDED UPLINK DYNAMIC ALLOCATION
Full name Support extended uplink dynamic allocation

Abbreviation ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes to support extended uplink dynamic
allocation. Extended uplink dynamic allocation is
Extend Dynamic Allocation. While using this
function, the MS only need listen USF allocation
with the least timeslot, so you can determine to
Description
send uplink block on all allocated uplink timeslot.
When this parameter is configured as Yes and cell
parameter EXUPDYNSUPPORT is also enabled, it
indicates the cell starting extended dynamic
allocation function.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
ZGF06-05-002 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

22.
NACC supported (NACCSupport)

TABLE 192 - N ACC SUPPORTED
Full name NACC supported

Abbreviation NACCSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

LLC framework conversion refers to the process: on

NACC, if target cell is the cell in BSC, downlink LLC
Description frame data that has not been sent to this MS from
BSC is transferred to target cell, and then it is sent
to this MS after MS uplink TBF link is established.
Management
BSC
Object
Not Support NACC; Support NACC, not LLC Frame
Value Range
Transfer; Support NACC and LLC Frame Transfer.
Unit None
Default Not support NACC
Relevant
ZGF06-01-004 Network-assisted Cell Change
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

TABLE 193 - BSC'S NET OPERATION MODE
Full name BSC's net operation mode

Abbreviation NMO
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

There are three network operation modes:

Network operation mode 1: The network
sends CS paging message to ‘GPRS
attached’ MS on the same channel as
GPRS paging channel (packet paging
channel or CCCH paging channel), or on
GPRS traffic channel (when a packet data
channel is allocated). Mode 1 indicates
that MS only need to monitor one paging
channel.
Network operation mode 1 is required while configuring
PBCCH; Gs interfce is required while configuring network
operation mode 1.

Description
attached’ MS on CCCH paging channel, for
GPRS paging. Mode 2 indicates that the
MS only need to monitor CCCH paging
channel, but when BSC allocates a packet
data channel, the CS paging message uses
the CCCH paging channel.
attached’ MS on CCCH paging channel,
while GPRS paging message is sent either
on packet paging channel (if packet paging
channel is available in the cell) or on CCCH
channel. Mode 3 indicates that the MS
must monitor two paging channels (if
packet paging channel is available in the
cell) in order to receive CS or GPRS paging
message.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Network operation mode 1, 2, and 3
Unit None
Default Network Operation Mode 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Satellite transmission at Gb interface indication

(IsSatelliteGB)
TABLE 194 - S ATELLITE TRANSMISSION AT GB INTERFACE INDICATION
Full name Satellite transmission at Gb interface indication

Abbreviation IsStatelliteGB
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It describes whether BSC system supports "satellite
Description transmission at Gb interface". This function is
mainly to implement the modification of delay.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-01-018 Gb Interface over Satellite
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Extended RLC send window allowed

(IsWindowExpend)
TABLE 195 - EXTENDED RLC SEND WINDOW ALLOWED
Full name Extended RLC send window allowed

Abbreviation IsWindowExpend
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Whether extended RLC send window is allowed
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support TBF establish (TBF_EST)

TABLE 196 - SUPPORT TBF ESTABLISH
Full name Support TBF establish

Abbreviation TBF_EST
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Indicates whether BSC supports TBF establishment
process. TBF flow establishment refers to while
releasing uplink TBF, to determin whether new
Description
uplink TBF shall be established immediately for
CTRL_ACK field in Packet Control Acknowledgement
message.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support signal extended uplink TBF

(SIGNAL_EUTBF)
TABLE 197 - SUPPORT SIGNAL EXTENDED UPLINK TBF
Full name Support signal extended uplink TBF

Abbreviation SIGNAL_EUTBF
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter indicates whether signaling uplink

TBF can use extended uplink TBF functions. This
parameter has the functions when the cell supports
Description
for extended uplink TBF. Signaling TBF at this place
refers to TBF established to transmit GMM
signaling.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF06-07-008 Delayed TBF Release in UL
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %)

TABLE 198 - RESOURCE POOL FOR PS RATE
Full name Resource pool for PS rate

Abbreviation PsAbisThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides use
proportion of PS channel. if default value for this
parameter is configured as 80%, which refers to
Description upper limit for PS. The aim is to idle Abis resource
while CS channel is activated. If this threshold is
exceeded, Abis resource can't be allocated to PS
service again.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 80
Relevant
ZGF05-01-023 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)

TABLE 199 - DOWNLINK TBF RETRY
Abbreviation DITBFRetry
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Indicates the number of retry after downlink poll
Description
overflow
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Not retry; one time; two times
Unit None
Default Not retry
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Maximum PS uplink user per ts

(MaxPsUserPerTs_0)
TABLE 200 - MAXIMUM PS UPLINK USER PER TS
Full name Maximum PS uplink user per ts

Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes maximum PS uplink user
Description
per ts.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 2~8
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Maximum PS downlink user per ts

(MaxPsUserPerTs_1)
TABLE 201 - MAXIMUM PS DOWNLINK USER PER TS
Full name Maximum PS downlink user per ts

Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes maximum PS downlink
Description
user per ts.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 2 ~ 16
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS capability threshold 0 (PSCapaThs_0)

TABLE 202 - PS CAP ABILITY THRESHOLD 0
Full name PS capability threshold 0

Abbreviation PSCAPATHS_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is one of timeslot group PS access

capability (PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1). 0
represents uplink, 1 represents downlink.
To reach the purpose of radio channel cluster for
similar service, PS channel allocation algorithm will
try to allocate on the busiest TRX with existing PS
service, until the access capability of this TRX is
reduced to certain degree.
PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1 is a threshold
configured for timeslot average of timeslot group
access capacity on TRX. When average value of
Description
access capacity is reduced to this threshold, you
shall try to find new TRX to meet the demands of
PS channel application to search new TRX.
For instance: PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1=3/2
It indicates the idlest timeslot group for TRX has
3Abis resource for each radio timeslot, and it
carries more than 2 users, you shall attempt
aborting this TRX, and attempt PS access on some
idle TRXs. If idler TRX can’t be found, you have to
allocate it on the carrier with very poor access
capability.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 40
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PS capability threshold 1 (PSCAPATHS_1)

TABLE 203 - PS CAP ABILITY THRESHOLD 1
Full name PS capability threshold 1

Abbreviation PSCAPATHS_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is one of timeslot group PS access

capability (PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1). 0
represents uplink, 1 represents downlink.
To reach the purpose of radio channel cluster for
similar service, PS channel allocation algorithm will
try to allocate on the busiest TRX with existing PS
service, until the access capability of this TRX is
reduced to certain degree.
PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1 is a threshold
configured for timeslot average of timeslot group
access capacity on TRX. When average value of
Description
access capacity is reduced to this threshold, you
shall try to find new TRX to meet the demands of
PS channel application to search new TRX.
For instance: PSCAPATHS_0/PSCAPATHS_1=3/2
It indicates the idlest timeslot group for TRX has
3Abis resource for each radio timeslot, and it
carries more than 2 users, you shall attempt
aborting this TRX, and attempt PS access on some
idle TRXs. If idler TRX can’t be found, you have to
allocate it on the carrier with very poor access
capability.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 40
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BVC Flow Control Parameters

The interface of BVC flow control parameters is as shown in
Figure 23.

FIGURE 23 - BVC FLOW CONTROL P ARAMETERS
BVC flow control supported (BVCFlowCtrl)

TABLE 204 - BVC FLOW CONTROL SUPPORTED
Full name BVC flow control supported

Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between
SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS
provides control parameters and SGSN executes, in
order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning
some LLC data because of the overtime caused by
grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame
caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC
data because of limit of memory resource (overflow
of LLC frame caches).
Description BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking
rate of BVC periodically (including short statistics
and long statistics). This parameter originates
unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and
SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant
range of adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.
‘BVC flow control supported’ originates and SGSN
confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer
overflows and discrepant range of adjacent leaking
rates is over CellFcThs.
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default Yes

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MS flow control supported (MSFlowCtrl)

TABLE 205 - MS FLOW CONTROL SUPPORTED
Full name MS flow control supported

Abbreviation MSFlowCtrl
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MS flow control occurs at Gb interface between
provides control parameters and SGSN executes, to
avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning some LLC data
because of the overtime caused by grouping
channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches)
and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data
because of limit of memory resource (overflow of
LLC frame caches).
Description BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking
rate of MS periodically (including short statistics
and long statistics). This parameter originates
unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and
SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant
range of adjacent leaking rates is over MsFcThs.
“MS flow control supported” originates and SGSN
confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer
overflows and discrepant range of adjacent leaking
rates is over MsFcThs.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode)

TABLE 206 - FLOW CONTROL MODE
Full name Flow control mode

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BSC has different flow control modes report flow
control parameters to SGSN. The modes are as
follows:
1: Mode 1: Report flow control parameters
according to actual traffic on radio
interface counted at BSC;
Description 2: Mode 2: Report flow control parameters
according to max traffic that the cell can
provide;
3: Mode 3: Reserved
"Flow control mode 1 parameter" is enabled if
selecting "mode 1"; "Flow control mode 2
parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 2".
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1~3
Unit None
Default 1

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Parameter of flow control mode1

(FlowCtrlMode1Para)
TABLE 207 - P AR AMETER OF FLOW CONTROL MODE 1
Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 1

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode1Para

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BSC reports flow control parameters according to
actual traffic at radio interface when adopting mode
1. Actual counted value is smaller due to radio
Description interface re-transmission and TBF failure. So BSC
multiplies the actual traffic with a multiple
determined by this parameter when reporting flow
control parameters.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 bps
Default 1

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Parameter of flow control mode2

(FlowCtrlMode2Para)
TABLE 208 - P AR AMETER OF FLOW CONTROL MODE 2
Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 2

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode2Para
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BSC reports flow control parameters according to
max traffic that the cell can provide when adopting
mode 2. Maximum value depends on configured
Description channels. Counting formula: channels * max traffic
that every channel can provide. This parameter is
max traffic that every channel can provide, with the
unit of 100 bps.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 bps
Default 214


Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin,

100bps)
TABLE 209 - BVC FLOW CONTROL R MIN VALUE
Full name BVC flow control R MIN value

Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in
reported BVC flow control parameters under all
Description kinds of flow control mode, that is, the reported
parameter R must be equal or over the set value,
in the unit of 100 bps.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 bps
Default 80

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin,

100bps)
TABLE 210 - MS FLOW CONTROL R MIN VALUE
Full name MS flow control R MIN value

Abbreviation MSFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in

reported MS flow control parameters under all
Description kinds of flow control mode, that is, the reported
parameter R must be equal or over the set value,
in the unit of 100 bps.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 bps
Default 80

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BVC flow control threshold (CellFcThs, %)

TABLE 211 - BVC FLOW CONTROL THRESHOLD
Full name BVC flow control threshold

Abbreviation CellFcThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is the triggering threshold of 'BVC flow control'.
BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between
provides control parameters and SGSN executes, in
order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning
some LLC data because of the overtime caused by
grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame
caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC
data because of limit of memory resource (overflow
of LLC frame caches). The BSSGP process at the
Description BSS side periodically (long or short) measures the
current leakage ratio of BVC. If the long
measurement timer overflows, the "BVC Flow
Control" process is initiated unconditionally. If the
difference between the two consecutive leakage
ratios is more than CellFcThs, SGSN must
acknowledge it. If the short measurement timer
overflows and the difference between the two
consecutive leakage ratios is more than CellFcThs,
the "BVC Flow Control" process is initiated, which
also needs acknowledgement of SGSN.
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %
Default 80

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MS flow control threshold (MsFcThs, %)

TABLE 212 - MS FLOW CONTROL THRESHOLD
Full name MS flow control threshold

Abbreviation MsFcThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The triggering threshold of MS flow control. MS flow
control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and
BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS provides control
parameters and SGSN executes, to avoid one MS
on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because of
the overtime caused by grouping channel is too
busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid
abandoning new downlink LLC data because of limit
of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame
caches). The BSSGP process at the BSS side
Description periodically (long or short) measures the current
leakage ratio of MS. If the long measurement timer
overflows, the “MS Flow Control” process is
initiated unconditionally. If the difference between
the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than
MsFcThs, SGSN must acknowledge it. If the short
measurement timer overflows and the difference
between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more
than MsFcThs, the “MS Flow Control” process is
initiated, which also needs acknowledgement of
SGSN.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 80


Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
FUC Flow Control Map Parameter

Interface of FUC Flow Control Map parameter shown in Figure 24.
FIGURE 24 - FUC FLOW CONTROL M AP PAR AMETERS
Flow control reason

TABLE 213 - FLOW CONTROL REASON
Full name Flow control reason

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes FUC flow control level.
Description The parameter value corresponding to level 0 can’t
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Level 0~10

Unit None
Default [Level 0~10]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Hurry Call
TABLE 214 - HURRY CALL
Full name Emergency call

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes hurry call percentage
corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.
Description
The parameter value corresponding to level 0 can’t
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Level 0~10, value range is: 0~100
Unit %
Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Relevant ZGF05-23-001 BSC Load Control

Functions ZGF05-25-006 Emergency Call Handling
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Call Rebuilt
TABLE 215 - CALL REBUILT
Full name Call Rebuilt

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter describes call rebuilt percentage

Description
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
[0, 50, 75, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
Default
100]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Call Response
TABLE 216 - CALL RESPONSE
Full name Call Response

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes call response percentage
Description
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 50, 50, 75, 75, 75]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Calling
TABLE 217 - CALLING
Full name Calling

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes calling percentage
Description
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 40, 78, 100, 100, 100]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Site Refresh
TABLE 218 - SITE REFRESH
Full name Location Update

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes site refresh percentage
Description
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 50, 75]

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Access
TABLE 219 - GPRS ACCESS
Full name GPRS access

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
be modified.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default [0, 0, 0, 20, 46, 73, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Restore
TABLE 220 - RESTORE
Full name Restore

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
be modified.

Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

TABLE 221 - FLOW CONTROL MAP SLIM ADJUST (BIT)
Full name Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
FUC establishes a channel request refuse map.
After flow control is started, you can be based on
this bitmap to determine whether certain access
Description can be refused.
Each bit in this map represents whether to allow
channel access due to this reason: 1 represents
refusal, 0 represents allowance.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range None
Unit Bit
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 25.

FIGURE 25 - EDGE PROPERTY P AR AMETERS
Support PFC (PFC Support)

TABLE 222 - SUPPORT PFC
Full name Support PFC

Abbreviation PFCSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
Section 44.060 12.24, 23.060, 48.018
reference
This parameter is broadcasted through SI13, PSI1,
and PSI13 messages.
In EGPRS system with broadband features, the QoS
concept of UMTS has been imported, which enables
transferring the negotiable QoS configuration to
BSS through Gb interface. BSS can maintain QoS
subscribing information through function PFC
(packet flow context) flow, which include acquiring
Description
QoS, modifying QoS, and deleting QoS signaling
flow.
Network notifies MS whether the network supports
PFC flow through the system message parameter
PFC_FEATURE_MODE. If yes, the MS will add PFI
when establishing uplink TBF (PACKET RESOURCE
REQUEST). BSS can decide QoS as MS requires
according to PFI.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BSC support page coordination

(PagCoordination)
TABLE 223 - BSC SUPPORT PAGE COORDINATION
Full name BSC support page coordination

Abbreviation PagCoordination
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether intra-BSC cell
supports CS based paging. This parameter is
broadcasted in GPRS CELL OPTIONS through SI13,
Description
PSI1, and PSI13 messages. For more information,
refer to the protocol 04.60 12.24. It is invalid when
NMO is 1.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
R99 Ind (R99Ind)

TABLE 224 - R99 IND
Full name R99 Ind

Abbreviation R99Ind

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
R99 protocol version ID. BSS considers this
parameter as a basis to determine whether to
Description
encode/decode message field added after R99
version for the protocol.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Version of R98 or it’s before, Version of R99
Unit None
Default R99 version
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
RS
TABLE 225 - RS
Full name RS
Abbreviation RS
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Uplink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the
Description
dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 20
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

RR
TABLE 226 - RR
Full name RR
Abbreviation RR
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Downlink throughput weight value at Gb interface,
Description
the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 20
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RA
TABLE 227 - RA
Full name RA
Abbreviation RA
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing request
Description
times, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
RM
TABLE 228 - RM
Full name RM
Abbreviation RM
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Weight value of high-bandwidth request times, the
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 25
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RB
TABLE 229 - RB
Full name RB
Abbreviation RB
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Weight value of the highest bandwidth usage, the
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RG
TABLE 230 - RG
Full name RG
Abbreviation RG
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines weights of GPRS carrier
Description proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
equal to 100
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RE
TABLE 231 - RE
Full name RE
Abbreviation RE
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines weights of EDGE carrier
Description proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
equal to 100
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
C
TABLE 232 - C
Full name C
Abbreviation C
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines how to trigger adjustment
Description
threshold of dynamic resource
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS
The interface of IP information parameters is as shown in Figure
26.

FIGURE 26 - IP INFORMATION P AR AMETERS
Begin NSVC of IPGB (IPGBStartNSVC)

TABLE 233 - BEGIN NSVC OF IPGB
Full name Begin NSVC of IPGB

Abbreviation IPGBStartNSVC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes the initial value of
Description foreground NSVC on IPGB, indicating NSVC value
for IPGB is generated from this value.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default 32768
Relevant
ZGF05-01-027 Gb over IP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
Gb interface
interfaces
SNS add retries (SNSAddMax)

TABLE 234 - SNS ADD RETRIES
Full name SNS add retries

Abbreviation SNSAddMax
3GPP Name SNS-ADD-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
This parameter describes the max retries of SNS
addition operation, when SNS Ack is not received
for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries addition
Description
operation repeatedly. The process ends and
informs O&M when SNS Ack is still not received
after the max retries.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
SGSN configure retries (SNSConfigMax)

TABLE 235 - CONFIGURE RETRIES
Full name SGSN configure retries

Abbreviation SNSConfigMax
3GPP Name SNS-CONFIG-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
configuration operation, when SNS Config Ack is
not received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS
Description
retries configuration operation repeatedly. The
process ends and informs O&M when SNS Config
Ack is still not received after the max retries.

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
SNS modify retries (SNSChgWeightMax)

TABLE 236 - SNS MODIFY RETRIES
Full name SNS modify retries

Abbreviation SNSChgWeightMax
3GPP Name SNS-CHANGEWEIGHT-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
change weight, when SNS Ack is not received for
SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries change
Description
weight repeatedly. The process ends and informs
O&M when SNS Ack is still not received after the
max retries.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
SNS delete retries (SNSDelMax)

TABLE 237 - SGSN DELETE RETRIES
Full name SNS delete retries

Abbreviation SNSDelMax

3GPP Name SNS-DELETE-RETRIES

3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
delete operation, when SNS Ack is not received for
SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries delete
Description
informs O&M when SNS Ack is still not received
after the max retries.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
SNS SIZE (SNSSizeMax)

TABLE 238 - SNS SIZE
Full name SNS SIZE

Abbreviation SNSSizeMax
3GPP Name SNS-SIZE-RETRIES
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
SIZE operation, when SNS Size Ack is not received
for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries SIZE
Description
informs O&M when SNS Size Ack is still not
received after the max retries.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
Gb interface
interfaces
SNS process monitoring timer (SNS_T1, 100ms)

TABLE 239 - SNS PROCESS MONITORING TIMER
Full name SNS process monitoring timer

Abbreviation SNS_T1
3GPP Name Tsns-prov
3GPP
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
reference
This parameter describes SNS process monitoring
timer. The conditions of timer start, stop, and
timeout actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts after SNS process
begins;
Description
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGS
response from SGSN;
Timeout action: retransfer for N times (N
is configurable)
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 30
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Gb interface
interfaces
Abis CS
TABLE 240 - ABIS CS
Full name Abis CS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

CS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Abis.

This parameter field belongs to service IP telegraph
Description service type (IPTOS). TOS means TypeOfService,
which is used to indicate service type or quality
required by datagram.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Abis PS
TABLE 241 - ABIS PS
Full name Abis PS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
PS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Abis.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

A CS
TABLE 242 - A CS
Full name A CS
Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
CS service corresponds to used TOS under IP A.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPOE CS
TABLE 243 - IPOE CS
Full name IPOE CS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
CS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Over
E1.
Description This parameter field belongs to service IP telegraph
service type (IPTOS). TOS means TypeOfService,
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None

Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPOE PS
TABLE 244 - IPOE PS
Full name IPOE PS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
PS service corresponds to used TOS under IP Over
E1.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPOE SCTP
TABLE 245 - TABLE0-2 IPOE SCTP
Full name IPOE SCTP

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

SCTP packets corresponds to used TOS under IP

Over E1.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPGb Conversation TOS

TABLE 246 - IPGB CONVERSATION TOS
Full name IPGb Conversation TOS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
TOS used while Qos service type is conversation
under IP GB.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

IPGb Streaming TOS

TABLE 247 - IPGB STREAMING TOS
Full name IPGb Streaming TOS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
TOS used while Qos service type is streaming
media service under IP GB.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPGb Interactive TOS

TABLE 248 - IPGB INTERACTIVE TOS
Full name IPGb Interactive TOS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
TOS used while Qos service type is interactive
under IP GB.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None

Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPGb Background TOS

TABLE 249 - IPGB BACKGROUND TOS
Full name IPGb Background TOS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
TOS used while Qos service type is background
service under IP GB.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
IPGb TOS
TABLE 250 - IPGB TOS
Full name IPGb TOS

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

TOS used while Qos service type is general under

IP GB.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
DSCP Field of SCTP Packet (Info3)

TABLE 251 - DSCP FIELD OF SCTP P ACKET
Full name DSCP Field of SCTP Packet

Abbreviation Info3
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
DSCP Field of SCTP Packet
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Timer parameters at Ater interface

In basic property interface, if you select "Outer TC" in "TC type
supported (TCType)", a parameter interface named Ater Timer
will be added.
For Ater Timer parameter interface see Figure 27.
FIGURE 27 - TIMER P AR AMETERS AT ATER INTERFACE
Ater wait SCCP connection timer

(TAterWaitConn, 100ms)
TABLE 252 - ATER WAIT SCCP CONNECTION TIMER
Full name Ater wait SCCP connection timer

Abbreviation TAterWaitConn
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes SCCP CONNECT CONFIRM
Description message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures
this timer.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 5 ~ 20
Unit 100ms

Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms)

TABLE 253 - ATER WAIT RESOURCE TIMER
Full name Ater wait resource timer

Abbreviation TWaitAterRes
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes RESOURCE REQUEST
Description ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after
iBSC configures this timer.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 30
Unit 100ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel,

100ms)
TABLE 254 - ATER WAIT RESOURCE RELEASE TIMER
Full name Ater wait resource release timer

Abbreviation TAterWaitRel
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter describes RESOURCE RELEASE

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100ms
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO,

100ms)
TABLE 255 - ATER HANDOVER MONITOR TIMER
Full name Ater handover monitor timer

Abbreviation TAterMoniterHO
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes monitor handover process
Description
when iBSC configures this timer to use outer iTC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 120
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces

Ater wait resource acknowledge timer

(TWaitAterResAck, 100ms)
TABLE 256 - ATER WAIT RESOURCE ACKNOWLEDGE TIMER
Full name Ater wait resource acknowledge timer

Abbreviation TWaitAterResAck
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes the response to apply for
Description resource from iTC, to configure this timer wait for
iTC during iBSC handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 5 ~ 25
Unit 100ms
Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms)

TABLE 257 - ATER BLOCK CIRCUIT TIMER
Full name Ater block circuit timer

Abbreviation TAterCicBlk
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes BLOCKING
ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING
Description
ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 80

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater wait resource timer (TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms)

TABLE 258 - ATER WAIT RESOURCE TIMER
Full name Ater wait resource timer

Abbreviation TAterBlkCicGrp
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes BLOCKING CIRCUIT
GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING
Description
CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message used to
wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms)

TABLE 259 - ATER RESET CIRCUIT TIMER
Full name Ater reset circuit timer

Abbreviation TAterRstCic
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes RESET CIRCUIT

Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)

TABLE 260 - ATER RESET TIMER
Full name Ater reset timer

Abbreviation TAterRst
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes RESET ACKNOWLEDGE
Description message used to wait for iTC when iBSC configures
this timer.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms)

TABLE 261 - ATER RESET GUARD TIMER
Full name Ater reset guard timer

Abbreviation TITCRst
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes iBSC configures this timer
Description to delay when resetting globally, to release
resource.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 30 ~ 60
Unit 100ms
Default 40
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
Ater reset timer (TBIkACic, 100ms)

TABLE 262 - ATER RESET TIMER
Full name Ater reset timer

Abbreviation TBlkACic
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT
ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT
Description
ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC when
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces

Ater reset guard timer (TBIkACicGrp, 100ms)

TABLE 263 - ATER RESET GUARD TIMER
Full name Ater reset guard timer

Abbreviation TBlkACicGrp
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT
GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING
Description
A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to wait
for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100ms
Default 100
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Ater Interface
interfaces
GERAN External Cell Parameters

The interface of GERAN external cell parameters is as shown in
Figure 28.

FIGURE 28 - GER AN EXTERNAL CELL PAR AMETERS
User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specific GERAN cell name for users to identify
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default None

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
External cell ID
TABLE 265 - EXTERNAL CELL ID
Full name External cell ID

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description External cell number
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell type
TABLE 266 - CELL TYPE
Full name Cell Type

Abbreviation CellType
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description GERAN External Cell type
Management
Cell
Object
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro
Value Range
Cell, Extended Cell
Unit None

Default Macro Cell

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Abbreviation MCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It
Description is used to uniquely identify the home country of the
mobile user (or system).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 999
Unit None
Default 460
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It
Description uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a
country (determined by MCC).

Management
Cell
Object

Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 269 - FREQUENCY BAND
Full name Frequency Band

Abbreviation FreqBand
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description The frequency band of the system
Management
Cell
Object
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900

supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value
range is GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800,
GSM850;
Value Range
supported (FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value
range is GSM900, EXT900, PCS1900,
GSM850;
Unit None
Default GSM900
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

TABLE 270 - BCCH FREQUENCY
Full name BCCH frequency

Abbreviation BcchArfcn
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier
Management
Cell
Object
When Frequency Band is GSM900, its

value range is 1~124;
When Frequency Band is EXT900, its value
range is 0~124, 975~1023;
When Frequency Band is PCS1900, its
Value Range
When Frequency Band is DCS1800, its
When Frequency Band is GSM850, its
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
LAC
TABLE 271 - L AC
Full name LAC

Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas

(LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the
Description location area code identifies the different location
areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC +
LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CI
TABLE 272 - CI
Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation CI
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN
Description uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique
code for each cell in a location area.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

NCC
TABLE 273 - NCC
Full name Network Colour Code

Abbreviation NCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). NCC is to
enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent and
different GSM PLMN cells. Neighboring operators
usually have different NCCs. The NccPermitted
parameter uses NCC to assist MS in BCCH
Description
frequency selection of adjacent cells belonging to
other PLMN networks. NCC is the cell parameter.
NccPermitted prohibits MS to measure cell
information of other operators. NCC actually
occupies three bits. NCC is one of the network
identification parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BCC
TABLE 274 - BS COLOR CODE (BCC)
Full name BS Color Code (BCC)

Abbreviation BCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). BCC is used
to enable mobile stations to distinguish the
adjacent cells with same BCCH carrier frequency
and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition,
Description
the GSM specifications recommend defining TSC
(Training Sequence Code) of BCCH channel of
every cell equal to the respective cell BCC. BCC
occupies three bits. BCC is one of the network
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 275 - GPRS SERVICE SUPPORTED
Full name GPRS service supported

Abbreviation PsSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Determine if the cell supports GPRS.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
5.1.2.1 TsChannelComb
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

GPRS Property Parameters

If ‘GPRS service supported’ is ‘YES’, a sub-interface ‘GPRS
property’ will appear in the main interface, as shown in Figure
29.
FIGURE 29 - GPRS P AR AMETERS OF GER AN EXTERNAL CELL
Reselection offset (ReselOffset_0)

TABLE 276 - RESELECTION OFFSET
Full name Reselection offset

Abbreviation ReselOffset_0
3GPP Name GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted

to MS via system message by BTS.Cell reselection in
GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard
calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains
a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameters
Description not necessary to append in packet system message
when the offset value is 0 dB.
This parameter indicates the parameters used during
reselection on idle status, which only functions while
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 2 dB
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on
PACCH.Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32
standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2
standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset
Description parameter. This parameters not necessary to
append in packet system message when the offset
value is 0 dB.
This parameter indicates the parameter used during
reselection in transmission state.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 2 dB
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_0, dB)

TABLE 278 - RESELECTION TEMPORARY OFFSET
Full name Reselection temporary offset

Abbreviation TempOffset_0
3GPP Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS.In the GPRS system,
the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a
temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative
Description offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective
time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit dB
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


PACCH. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection
adopts C32. There is a temporary offset in C32 that
provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM
Description system. The effective time depends on Penalty
Time of cell reselection.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit dB
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0,

10s)
TABLE 280 - PENALTY TIME OF CELL RESELECTION
Full name Penalty time of cell reselection

Abbreviation PenalTime_0
3GPP Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
to MS via system message by BTS.In the GPRS system,
time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 10 s
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

10s)

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description
system. The effective time depends on Penalty
Time of cell reselection.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 10 s
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HSC exist (HCS_EXIST_0)

TABLE 282 - HSC EXIST
Full name HCS Exist

Abbreviation HCS_EXIST_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter

belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and
broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.PSI
message indicates whether the HSC exist (HCS
priority and Threshold of HSC signal level) exist in
the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other
Description cells if serving cell does not use HSC exist
parameters (all the cells use Threshold of HSC
signal level of infinity).
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HSC Exist (HCS_EXIST_1)

TABLE 283 - HSC EXIST
Full name HCS Exist

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and be
informed to MS on PACCH.PSI message indicates
whether the HSC exist (HCS priority and Threshold
of HSC signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores
Description
HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving cell
does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells
use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Threshold of HSC signal level (HCS_THR_0)

TABLE 284 - THRESHOLD OF HSC SIGNAL LEVEL
Full name Threshold of HSC signal level

Abbreviation HCS_THR_0
3GPP Name HCS_THR
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to
HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via system
message by BTS.Threshold of HSC signal level
identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the
Description cell.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name HCS_THR
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on
PACCH.Threshold of HSC signal level identifies the
Description
HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HCS priority (PrioClass_0)

TABLE 286 - HCS PRIORITY
Full name HCS Priority

Abbreviation PrioClass_0
3GPP Name PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
message by BTS, indicating cell HCS priority.
Description
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


TABLE 287 - PRIORITY

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH,
Description indicating cell HCS priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)

TABLE 288 - ALLOW SOLSA MS TO ACCESS
Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access

Abbreviation EXC_ACC
3GPP Name EXC_ACC
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4,
SI6, and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter
information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis
Description
messages of local and neighboring cells. The
network uses Allow SOLSA MS to access to prevent
MS from residing in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell reselection status (CellBrAc2)

TABLE 289 - CELL RESELECTION STATUS
Full name Cell Reselection Status

Abbreviation CellBrAc2
3GPP Name CELL_BAR ACCESS_2
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the
Description system broadcasts to MS in PSI3 message. It
indicates the cell reselection status.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
LSA ID (LSA_ID)
TABLE 290 - LSA ID
Full name LSA Mark

Abbreviation LSA_ID
3GPP Name LSA ID
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4,

SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In
addition, system broadcasts the parameter
Description
information in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of the
neighboring cells. LSA ID specifies LSA identifier of
the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RAC
TABLE 291 - R AC
Full name RAC

Abbreviation RAC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
RAC is a composition part of Routing Area Identity
(RAI). RAI defines the GPRS serving cell
identification. GPRS system divides the location
area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs) using RAI
(MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area (RA)
distribution, similar to GSM system, uses the
location area to manage a group of cells. MS
Description initiates ‘Routing area update’ procedure in cell
reselection mode if new RAI differs from old RAI
during cell reselection.
MS and SGSN in standby state can know the
routing area information. SGSN sends request to
BSC for MS paging in that new routing area when
network carries packet data or circuit data to
transmit. RAI cannot span more than one SGSN.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 0

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS access minimum signal level

(RxLevAsMin_0)
TABLE 292 - GPRS ACCESS MINIMUM SIGNAL LEVEL
Full name GPRS access minimum signal level

Abbreviation RxLevAsMin_0
3GPP Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
MS via system message by BTS.This parameter
indicates the minimum receiving level while
allowing MS access to this system (GPRS).
GSM Specifications recommend that the receiving
level must be larger than the threshold level when
MS needs to access the network (GPRS access
minimum signal level). Such condition prevents MS
from accessing the system in case of low receiving
Description signal level (the communication quality cannot
guarantee normal communication process after
system access).
In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS to
make the cell selection and the cell reselection (a
parameter to calculate C31 and C32).
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm)
Unit None
Default 12 (-99 dBm~-98 dBm)

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

(RxLevAsMin_1)

3GPP Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
is informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter indicates
the minimum receiving level while allowing MS
access to this system (GPRS).
GSM Specifications recommend that the receiving
level must be larger than the threshold level when
MS needs to access the network (GPRS access
minimum signal level). Such condition prevents MS
Description from accessing the system in case of low receiving
signal level (the communication quality cannot
guarantee normal communication process after
system access).
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm)
Unit None

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS MAX initial access signal level

(MsTxMaxCCH_0)
TABLE 294 - GPRS M AX INITIAL ACCESS SIGNAL LEVEL
Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_0
3GPP Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
MS via system message by BTS.Network controls the
MS transmit power during communication with BTS.
The network controls MS power using power
command. MS outputs transmit power closest to
the specified power value if unavailable. The power
before MS receives the network power control
information (the power used in random access),
depends on this parameter when MS is receiving
PBCCH.
MS uses this parameter for cell selection and
reselection involving calculation of C1 and C2
values.
Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power
Description before MS receives the power control information.
Setting principle: in the premise of certain MS
access success rate at the cell edge, decrease the
access level of MS as much as possible. Generally,
it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for
GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
In practice, after setting this parameter, perform
dialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease
the value of this parameter according to the MS
access success rate and access time tested with
different parameter setup.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 5

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

(MsTxMaxCCH_1)
TABLE 295 TABLE0-3 GPRS M AX INITIAL ACCESS SIGNAL LEVEL

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_1
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
is informed to MS on PACCH.Network controls the MS
transmit power during communication with BTS.
The network controls MS power using power
command. MS outputs transmit power closest to
the specified power value if unavailable. The power
before MS receives the network power control
information (the power used in random access),
depends on this parameter when MS is receiving
PBCCH.
values.
Description Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power
before MS receives the power control information.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 5

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN External Cell Parameters

The interface of UTRAN external cell parameters is shown in
Figure 30.
FIGURE 30 - UTR AN EXTERNAL CELL P ARAMETERS

User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specific UTRAN cell name for users to identify
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
External UTRAN ID (EcUTRANId)

TABLE 297 - EXTERNAL UTR AN ID
Full name External UTRAN ID

Abbreviation EcUTRANId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Serial number of UTRAN external cell
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

UTRAN cell type (CellTypeUTRAN)

TABLE 298 - UTR AN CELL TYPE
Full name UTRAN cell type

Abbreviation CellTypeUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The type of this UTRAN cell. When selecting TDD,
two configurable parameters may occur in the
Description
interface, such as "UTRAN adacent cell bandwidth"
and "Apply Sync Case".
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range FDD, TDD
Unit None
Default FDD
Relevant
--
Functions
UTRAN cell Frequency (ArfcnUTRAN)
Relevant Scrambling code or Cell Parameter
parameters (ScCodeCellPara)
Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)
Related
--
interfaces


Abbreviation MCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It
Description is used to uniquely identify the home country of the
mobile user (or system).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 999
Unit None
Default 460

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It
Description uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a
country (determined by MCC).
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN cell Frequency (ArfcnUTRAN)

TABLE 301 - UTR AN CELL FREQUENCY
Full name UTRAN cell Frequency

Abbreviation ArfcnUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description UTRAN cell Frequency

Management
Cell
Object
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)"

is FDD, value range is 9612 ~ 9888,
10562 ~ 10838;
is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell
bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84
Value Range Mcps), value range is 9262 ~ 9638, 9662
~ 9938, 10062 ~ 10113;
Mcps), value range is 9254 ~ 9646, 9654
~ 9946, 10054 ~ 10121;
Unit None

is FDD, default value is 9612;
Default
Mcps), default value is 9262;
Mcps), default value is 9254;
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
LAC
TABLE 302 - L AC
Full name LAC

Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Location area code identifies the different location
Description areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC +

Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RNC ID (RNC_Id)
TABLE 303 - RNC ID
Full name RNC ID

Abbreviation RNC_Id
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN
Description network of PLMN to route corresponding UTRAN
interface message correctly.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
C ID (C_Id)
TABLE 304 - C ID
Full name C ID
Abbreviation C_Id
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Description Identify UTRAN adjacent cell
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Scrambling code or Cell Parameter

(ScCodeCellPara)
TABLE 305 - SCRAMBLING CODE OR CELL P AR AMETER
Full name Scrambling code or Cell Parameter

Abbreviation ScCodeCellPara
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
FDD: It is described in detail in protocol

3GPP TS25.213. The scrambling code is
used to distinguish the carriers in
UTRAN/FDD network. MS measure the
main scrambling code of the downlink
CPICH channel in cell for handover or cell
reselection. The scrambling codes are
Description divided into 0~511. There are one main
scrambling code and 15 auxiliary
scrambling codes in each group. 511 main
scrambling codes could be divided into 64
scrambling code sets, and there are 8
scrabbling codes in each set;
TDD: The parameters describing adjacent
cell
Management
Cell
Object


is FDD, this parameter represents FDD
interference code, value range is 0 ~ 511;
Value Range
is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cell
parameter, value range is 0 ~ 127;
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TX diversity indication (DiverSity)

TABLE 306 - TX DIVERSITY INDICATION
Full name TX diversity indication

Abbreviation DiverSity
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Whether UTRAN adjacent cell employs diversity
Description
transmission.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RAC
TABLE 307 - R AC
Full name RAC

Abbreviation RAC

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
RAC is a part of Routing Area Identity (RAI). RAI
defines the GPRS serving cell identification. GPRS
system divides the Location Area (LA) to several
routing areas (RAs) using RAI
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth

(BandWidthUTRAN)
TABLE 308 - UTR AN ADJ ACENT CELL BANDWIDTH
Full name UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth

Abbreviation BandWidthUTRAN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Whether UTRAN adjacent cell employs diversity
Description
transmission.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps)
Unit None
Default 1 (1.28Mcps)

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant UTRAN cell Frequency (ArfcnUTRAN)

parameters Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)
Related
--
interfaces
Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD (SyncCaseTSTD)

TABLE 309 - APPLY SYNC CASE / APPLY TSTD
Full name Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD

Abbreviation SyncCaseTSTD
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter
occurs and can be configured, indicating whether to
apply SyncCase or TSTD. Based on different
Description
parameter value of "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidthUTRAN)", this parameter name may be
varied.
Management
Cell
Object

Mcps), the parameter indicates whether to
apply TSTD, parameter value is "apply
TSTD", value range is Yes, No;
Value Range
Mcps), the parameter indicates whether to
apply SyncCase, parameter value is "apply
Sync Case", value range is Yes, No;
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Appendix A
Abbreviations
A
A (dB)
C
CS Circuit Switch
D
F
FR Full Rate
G
H
HR Half Rate
I
L


M
MS Mobile Station
N
NS Network Service
O
P
PCH Paging Channel
PS Packet Switch
PTP Point To Point
Q
R
S
T


TCH Traffic Channel
TS Time Slot
U
Um Um Interface
V


Appendix B
Figures
Figure 1 - Select Start NE Agent ...........................................3

Figure 2 - Select [NE Management→Configuration Management]
.......................................................................................4
Figure 3 - Configuration Management Interface ......................4
Figure 4 - Select [Apply Mutex Right] ....................................6
Figure 5 - [Prompt] Dialog Box .............................................7
Figure 6 - Successful Apply Mutex Right.................................7
Figure 7 - Select [Release Exclusive Permission] .....................8
Figure 8 - GERAN SUBNETWORK PARAMETERS ..................... 11
Figure 9 - BSC MANAGED ELEMENT PARAMETERS ................. 13
Figure 10 - CONFIGURATION SET PARAMETERS.................... 19
Figure 11 - BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS.......................... 22
Figure 12 - RADIO BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS................ 39
Figure 13 - Other Parameters ............................................. 51
Figure 14 - Function Parameters ......................................... 65
Figure 15 - TIMER 1 PARAMTERS ........................................ 71
Figure 16 - TIMER 2 PARAMTERS ........................................ 89
Figure 17 - GRPS MAX RETRYING TIMES............................ 107
Figure 18 - GPRS timer parameters................................... 117
Figure 19 - AMR Half Method Parameters ........................... 132
Figure 20 - AMR full Method Parameters ............................ 139
Figure 23 - BVC FLOW CONTROL PARAMETERS ................... 164
Figure 24 - FUC Flow Control Map Parameters .................... 171
Figure 25 - EDGE Property Parameters .............................. 177

Figure 26 - IP Information Parameters............................... 184

Figure 27 - Timer Parameters at Ater Interface ................... 196
Figure 28 - GERAN External Cell Parameters....................... 204
Figure 29 - GPRS PARAMETERS OF GERAN EXTERNAL CELL .. 212
Figure 30 - UTRAN External Cell Parameters....................... 227

Tables

Table 3- Mouse Operation Conventions ................................. iii
Table 4 - Format to Describe Radio Parameters.......................8
Table 5 - User Label.......................................................... 11
Table 6 - Subnetwork ID ................................................... 12
Table 7 - Subnetwork Type ................................................ 12
Table 8 - User Label.......................................................... 13
Table 9 - Managed Element ID ........................................... 14
Table 10 - 1Managed element type ..................................... 14
Table 11 - O&M Board IP Address ....................................... 15
Table 12 - Software Version ............................................... 16
Table 13 - Vendor Name.................................................... 16
Table 14 - Location ........................................................... 17
Table 15 - Longitude ......................................................... 17
Table 16 - Latitude ........................................................... 18
Table 17 - User Label ........................................................ 19
Table 18 - User Label ........................................................ 22
Table 19 - Mobile Country Code .......................................... 23
Table 20 - The max length to support MNC........................... 23
Table 21 - Mobile Network Code ......................................... 24
Table 22 - OMP IP ............................................................ 24
Table 23 - OMP MAC ......................................................... 25
Table 24 - subnet mask at OMC interface............................. 26
Table 25 - OMC Gateway ................................................... 26
Table 26 - OMC SERVER IP ................................................ 27
Table 27 - OMCB IP .......................................................... 28
Table 28 - Net Type (Net) .................................................. 28
Table 29 - SP Type ........................................................... 29

Table 30 - Restart Flag...................................................... 29

Table 31 - Bureau No. ....................................................... 30
Table 32 - Signaling Point Restart Time as STP ..................... 31
Table 33 - Test Code......................................................... 31
Table 34 - CPU Thread Tracing ........................................... 32
Table 35 - Alarm value of communicate flux of module control 32
Table 36 - Longitude......................................................... 33
Table 37 - Latitude ........................................................... 33
Table 38 - Support GE platform .......................................... 34
Table 39 - Is TC Type........................................................ 34
Table 40 - SNTP SYNC Cycle .............................................. 35
Table 41 - SNTP Server Address ......................................... 36
Table 42 - Global Time Zone .............................................. 36
Table 43 - Summer Time Flag ............................................ 37
Table 44 - Summer Start Time ........................................... 37
Table 45 - Summer End Time............................................. 38
Table 46 - Dynamic HR Enable ........................................... 39
Table 47 - Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR ............ 40
Table 48 - DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported............................. 40
Table 49 - Load Indication ................................................. 41
Table 50 - Send confusion message allowed ......................... 42
Table 51 - Inter-Cell handover allowed ................................ 42
Table 52 - Send assignment failure allowed.......................... 43
Table 53 - Load Valid Time ................................................ 43
Table 54 - Load Indication Period........................................ 44
Table 55 - Automatic resource indication threshold................ 45
Table 56 - Resource adjust threshold .................................. 46
Table 57 - BSC Max Reset Num .......................................... 47
Table 58 - AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold................ 48
Table 59 Table0-1 Range of BARANG.................................. 48
Table 60 - MR report enable............................................... 49
Table 61 - TRX PS busy threshold ....................................... 50
Table 62 - User Priority ..................................................... 51
Table 63 - Low User Priority ............................................... 52
Table 64 - Preferred speech version (half)............................ 53
Table 65 - Preferred speech version (full)............................. 53

Appendix B - Tables
Table 66 - Reserved Channel First....................................... 54

Table 67 - EMLPP channel Reserved time ............................. 54
Table 68 - Length of super vision ........................................ 55
Table 69 - Length of radio ................................................. 56
Table 70 - Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover........... 56
Table 71 - Starting time for oriented retry............................ 57
Table 72 - Monitor physical context request.......................... 58
Table 73 - Timer for MSG Waiting ....................................... 58
Table 74 - Timer for RANCSEST Waiting............................... 59
Table 75 - Timer for RANCSCLECOM waiting ......................... 59
Table 76 - Timer for CCM waiting........................................ 60
Table 77 - Get Static param timer....................................... 61
Table 78 - HR channel percentage threshold......................... 61
Table 79 - TFO Enable....................................................... 62
Table 80 - Coding/decoding type optimization enable ............ 63
Table 81 - Coding/decoding type unmatched enable .............. 63
Table 82 - AMR Optimization Mode...................................... 64
Table 83 - Support Multi PLMN ........................................... 65
Table 84 - Support BTS of different net handover.................. 66
Table 85 - Support FLEX A ................................................. 66
Table 86 - Support FLEX GB ............................................... 67
Table 87 - MSP Support..................................................... 67
Table 88 - Support RIM ..................................................... 68
Table 89 - RIM retry times ................................................. 68
Table 90 - Support different reset parameter in idle and transfer
status ............................................................................. 69
Table 91 - Support HR channel frag finishing ........................ 70
Table 92 - Report Voice Quality .......................................... 70
Table 93 - Blocking/unblocking period ................................. 71
Table 94 - Global Resetting Period ...................................... 72
Table 95 - Protection period for handover request ................. 73
Table 96 - Source BSC handover execution period................. 74
Table 97 - Assignment period ............................................. 74
Table 98 - Protection period for global resetting .................... 75
Table 99 - Circuit resetting period on BSS side ..................... 76
Table 100 - Circuit group blocking/unblocking Period ............. 77
Table 101 - RLSD message receive protection timer .............. 77

Table 102 - Channel activation protection timer .................... 78

Table 103 - MSC clear command protection timer ................. 79
Table 104 - SCCP connection protection timer ...................... 80
Table 105 - External handover protection Timer in target cell . 81
Table 106 - Protective time waiting for access ...................... 81
Table 107 - Protection time for channel request .................... 82
Table 108 - Protection time for link establishment response.... 83
Table 109 - Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS
COM ............................................................................... 84
Table 110 - Encryption mode modification time..................... 84
Table 111 - SAPI3 link establishment time ........................... 85
Table 112 - External handover protective time...................... 86
Table 113 - Protective time for No7 signal instantaneous
disconnection................................................................... 87
Table 114 - Protective time that PO responses external handover
completion message ......................................................... 88
Table 115 - Protective time for RF channel release ................ 89
Table 116 - Queue period of assignment .............................. 90
Table 117 - Acknowledgment interval for periodic status ........ 90
Table 118 - Mode modification process time ......................... 91
Table 119 - Protective time of UM assignment completion ...... 92
Table 120 - Waiting time for oriented retry .......................... 92
Table 121 - Queue period for handover................................ 93
Table 122 - First Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control......... 94
Table 123 - Second Overload Period of Flow Traffic Control..... 94
Table 124 - Time of Micro-Micro handover delay ................... 95
Table 125 - BSIC decoding period ....................................... 96
Table 126 - Protection of resources on external in-Handover... 97
Table 127 - Serving status protection timer.......................... 97
Table 128 - Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD.......... 98
Table 129 - Immediate assignment period ........................... 99
Table 130 - Handover period of source cel ......................... 100
Table 131 - Assignment period ......................................... 100
Table 132 - Channel release period ................................... 101
Table 133 - Channel deactivation delay ............................. 102
Table 134 - Continue Timer for mode modify ...................... 103
Table 135 - Handover protecting time to UTRAN ................. 103

Appendix B - Tables
Table 136 - Time of destination instance waiting for available

resources when forced disconnection................................. 104
Table 137 - Protecting time of FUC response to system message
broadcast ...................................................................... 105
Table 138 - HO performed ack timer ................................. 106
Table 139 - MAX times of BVC block retry .......................... 107
Table 140 - MAX times of BVC unblock retry....................... 108
Table 141 - MAX times of BVC reset retry .......................... 109
Table 142 - MAX times of NS block retry ............................ 110
Table 143 - MAX times of NS unblock retry ........................ 111
Table 144 - MAX times of NS Alive retry ............................ 112
Table 145 - MAX times of suspend retry............................. 112
Table 146 - MAX times of resume retry.............................. 113
Table 147 - MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry
................................................................................... 114
Table 148 - Maximum times of retrying to create PFC .......... 115
Table 149 - MAX times of PFC modify retry ........................ 116
Table 150 - BVC block/unblock retry time .......................... 117
Table 151 - BVC reset retry time ...................................... 118
Table 152 - Suspend retry time ........................................ 119
Table 153 - Resume retry time ......................................... 119
Table 154 - Access capability update retry time .................. 120
Table 155 - PFC creating retry time................................... 121
Table 156 - PFC modifying retry time ................................ 121
Table 157 - Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure122
Table 158 - Timer that monitors reset procedure................. 123
Table 159 - NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process ....................... 123
Table 160 - Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC ........ 124
Table 161 - Maximum attempt period of reset .................... 125
Table 162 - TFI and USF release timer............................... 126
Table 163 - TBF release timer .......................................... 126
Table 164 - TBF release time of downlink transmission ........ 128
Table 165 - TBF protect time when radio link failure ............ 128
Table 166 - PS channel delay release timer ........................ 129
Table 167 - RIR Timer ..................................................... 130
Table 168 - RI Timer....................................................... 130
Table 169 - RIAE Timer ................................................... 131

Table 170 - AMR Half Active Codec Set .............................. 133

Table 171 - Thresholds of AMR ......................................... 134
Table 172 - Hysteresis of AMR.......................................... 134
Table 173 - Initial codec mode ......................................... 135
Table 174 - startmode codec mode ................................... 136
Table 175 - Enable noise control....................................... 137
Table 176 - AMR full Active Codec Set ............................... 139
Table 177 - Thresholds of AMR ......................................... 140
Table 178 - Hysteresis of AMR.......................................... 141
Table 179 - Initial codec mode ......................................... 141
Table 180 - startmode codec mode ................................... 142
Table 181 - Enable noise control....................................... 143
Table 182 - BVC flow control period .................................. 145
Table 183 - MS flow control period .................................... 146
Table 184 - NSVC peer to peer delay................................. 147
Table 185 - Cn ............................................................... 147
Table 186 - Nn............................................................... 148
Table 187 - Xn ............................................................... 149
Table 188 - MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink
data blocks.................................................................... 150
Table 189 - Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries .......... 151
Table 190 - MAX allowed number of continuous losses of uplink
RLC/MAC control message ............................................... 152
Table 191 - Support extended uplink dynamic allocation ...... 153
Table 192 - NACC supported ............................................ 154
Table 193 - BSC's net operation mode............................... 155
Table 194 - Satellite transmission at Gb interface indication . 157
Table 195 - Extended RLC send window allowed ................. 157
Table 196 - Support TBF establish .................................... 158
Table 197 - Support signal extended uplink TBF.................. 158
Table 198 - Resource pool for PS rate................................ 159
Table 199 - Downlink TBF retry ........................................ 160
Table 200 - Maximum PS uplink user per ts........................ 160
Table 201 - Maximum PS downlink user per ts.................... 161
Table 202 - PS capability threshold 0 ................................ 161
Table 203 - PS capability threshold 1 ................................ 162
Table 204 - BVC flow control supported ............................. 164

Appendix B - Tables
Table 205 - MS flow control supported............................... 165

Table 206 - flow control mode .......................................... 166
Table 207 - Parameter of Flow control mode 1 .................... 166
Table 208 - Parameter of Flow control mode 2 .................... 167
Table 209 - BVC flow control R MIN value .......................... 168
Table 210 - MS flow control R MIN value ............................ 168
Table 211 - BVC flow control threshold .............................. 169
Table 212 - MS flow control threshold................................ 170
Table 213 - Flow Control Reason....................................... 171
Table 214 - Hurry Call ..................................................... 172
Table 215 - Call Rebuilt ................................................... 172
Table 216 - Call Response ............................................... 173
Table 217 - Calling ......................................................... 174
Table 218 - Site Refresh .................................................. 174
Table 219 - GPRS Access ................................................. 175
Table 220 - Restore ........................................................ 175
Table 221 - Flow control map slim adjust (bit) .................... 176
Table 222 - Support PFC.................................................. 177
Table 223 - BSC support page coordination ........................ 178
Table 224 - R99 Ind........................................................ 178
Table 225 - RS ............................................................... 179
Table 226 - RR ............................................................... 180
Table 227 - RA ............................................................... 180
Table 228 - RM .............................................................. 181
Table 229 - RB ............................................................... 181
Table 230 - RG............................................................... 182
Table 231 - RE ............................................................... 182
Table 232 - C................................................................. 183
Table 233 - Begin NSVC of IPGB ....................................... 184
Table 234 - SNS Add Retries ............................................ 185
Table 235 - configure retries ............................................ 185
Table 236 - SNS Modify Retries ........................................ 186
Table 237 - SGSN delete retries........................................ 186
Table 238 - SNS SIZE ..................................................... 187
Table 239 - SNS process monitoring timer ......................... 188
Table 240 - Abis CS ........................................................ 188

Table 241 - Abis PS ........................................................ 189

Table 242 - A CS ............................................................ 190
Table 243 - IPOE CS ....................................................... 190
Table 244 - IPOE PS ....................................................... 191
Table 245 - Table0-2 IPOE SCTP...................................... 191
Table 246 - IPGb Conversation TOS .................................. 192
Table 247 - IPGb Streaming TOS ...................................... 193
Table 248 - IPGb Interactive TOS ..................................... 193
Table 249 - IPGb Background TOS .................................... 194
Table 250 - IPGb TOS ..................................................... 194
Table 251 - DSCP Field of SCTP Packet .............................. 195
Table 252 - Ater wait SCCP connection timer ...................... 196
Table 253 - Ater wait resource timer ................................. 197
Table 254 - Ater wait resource release timer ...................... 197
Table 255 - Ater handover monitor timer ........................... 198
Table 256 - Ater wait resource acknowledge timer .............. 199
Table 257 - Ater block circuit timer ................................... 199
Table 258 - Ater wait resource timer ................................. 200
Table 259 - Ater reset circuit timer ................................... 200
Table 260 - Ater reset timer............................................. 201
Table 261 - Ater reset guard timer.................................... 201
Table 262 - Ater reset timer............................................. 202
Table 263 - Ater reset guard timer.................................... 203
Table 264 - User Label .................................................... 204
Table 265 - External cell ID ............................................. 205
Table 266 - Cell Type ...................................................... 205
Table 267 - Mobile Country Code ...................................... 206
Table 268 - Mobile Network Code ..................................... 206
Table 269 - Frequency Band ............................................ 207
Table 270 - BCCH frequency ............................................ 208
Table 271 - LAC ............................................................. 208
Table 272 - CI ............................................................... 209
Table 273 - NCC............................................................. 210
Table 274 - BS Color Code (BCC)...................................... 210
Table 275 - GPRS service supported.................................. 211
Table 276 - Reselection offset .......................................... 212

Appendix B - Tables

Table 278 - Reselection temporary offset ........................... 214
Table 280 - Penalty time of cell reselection......................... 215
Table 281 - Penalty time of cell reselection......................... 216
Table 282 - HSC Exist ..................................................... 216
Table 283 - HSC Exist ..................................................... 217
Table 284 - Threshold of HSC signal level .......................... 218
Table 286 - HCS Priority .................................................. 219
Table 287 - Priority......................................................... 220
Table 288 - Allow SOLSA MS to access .............................. 220
Table 289 - Cell Reselection Status ................................... 221
Table 290 - LSA ID ......................................................... 221
Table 291 - RAC ............................................................. 222
Table 292 - GPRS access minimum signal level ................... 223
Table 294 - GPRS MAX initial access signal level ................. 225
Table 295 Table0-3 GPRS MAX initial access signal level...... 226
Table 296 - User Label .................................................... 228
Table 297 - External UTRAN ID......................................... 228
Table 298 - UTRAN cell type............................................. 229
Table 299 - Mobile Country Code ...................................... 229
Table 300 - Mobile Network Code...................................... 230
Table 301 - UTRAN cell Frequency .................................... 230
Table 302 - LAC ............................................................. 231
Table 303 - RNC ID......................................................... 232
Table 304 - C ID ............................................................ 232
Table 305 - Scrambling code or Cell Parameter ................... 233
Table 306 - TX diversity indication .................................... 234
Table 307 - RAC ............................................................. 234
Table 308 - UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth........................ 235
Table 309 - Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD......................... 236


Index
Abbreviations ................... 237 GPRS Property 1 Parameters

AMR Full Method Parameters .................................. 144
.................................. 138 GPRS Property 2 Parameters
AMR Half Method Parameters .................................. 154
.................................. 132 GPRS Property Parameters . 212
Basic Property Parameters.... 21 GPRS Timer Parameters..... 116
BSC Global Resource IP INFORMATION PARAMETERS
Parameters..................... 21 .................................. 183
BSC Managed Element Methods to Modify Radio
Parameters..................... 13 Parameters ...................... 2
BSC System Radio Parameters Others .............................. 51
.................................... 21 Overview ............................. 1
BVC Flow Control Parameters Precautions in Radio
.................................. 163 Parameters Adjustment...... 9
Configuration Set Parameters18 Public Resource Radio
EDGE Property Parameters . 176 Parameters .................... 11
Format to Describe Radio Radio Basic Property
Parameters.......................8 Parameters .................... 39
FUC Flow Control Map Radio Parameters in GSM
Parameter .................... 171 Network........................... 1
Function Parameters............ 64 Timer 1 ............................. 71
GERAN External Cell Timer 2 parameter .............. 88
Parameters................... 203 Timer parameters at Ater
GERAN Subnetwork Parameters interface ...................... 196
.................................... 11 UTRAN External Cell Parameters
GPRS Max Retrying Times .. 107 .................................. 227

ZXG10 BSS
(Volume II)
Version 6.20
ZTE CORPORATION
P. R. China
518057
Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830
Fax: (86) 755 26772236
LEGAL INFORMATION
herein.
Revision History

Nov 30, 2008 R1.0 sjzl20086194 First edition
Apr 24, 2009 R1.1 sjzl20086194 Updated
ZTE CORPORATION
Name (Volume I)
Document Revision
Number
Equipment
Installation Date
Presentation:
Appearance)

of this
documentation
Intelligibility:
improvement of
documentation __________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Name Company
Postcode Address
Telephone E-mail
Contents

Purpose ................................................................................ i
Conventions ........................................................................ iii
Chapter 1.......................................................................... 5
Cell Parameters................................................................ 5
Basic Parameters 1..........................................................5
Basic Parameters 2 ............................................................. 19
Basic Parameters 3 ............................................................. 32
Optional Parameters............................................................ 48
Cell Selection Parameters..................................................... 55
Service Process Additional Parameters ................................... 66
System Parameters ............................................................. 76
AMR Half Method Parameters................................................ 84
AMR Full Method Parameters ................................................ 91
Cell Optional Parameters...................................................... 97
Other Parameters ............................................................. 102
GPRS Basic Parameters...................................................... 108
SGSN ID (SGSNID) ........................................................... 108
GPRS Property 1 Parameters .............................................. 112
GPRS Other Parameters 2 .................................................. 123
GPRS Property 3 Parameters .............................................. 136
GPRS Cell Optional Parameters ........................................... 142
GPRS NC Survey Parameters .............................................. 151
GPRS Power Control Parameters ......................................... 159
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters ....................................... 164
GPRS Channel Parameters .................................................. 190
EDGE Property Parameters ................................................. 201
Appendix A ...................................................................211
Abbreviations ...............................................................211
Appendix B ...................................................................215
Figures..........................................................................215
Tables ...........................................................................217
Index ............................................................................225
About This Manual

for short.
Purpose
Working Principles
Structures
Intended Audience
and engineers.



ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio Parameters Manual (Volume II)
Section Summary
Cell Parameters Introduces the cell parameters.
Appendix B Lists all the figures and tables appeared in
Guide
Manual
Handling Manual
Installation Manual
Manual
Parameters Manual (Volume I)
Parameters Manual (Volume III)

About This Manual
Conventions
Conventions
Typeface Meaning
and company name.
by it.
certain topic.
Mouse TABLE 3- MOUSE OPERATION CONVENTIONS

Operation
Conventions Typeface Meaning
Click Refers to clicking the primary mouse button (usually
moving the mouse.

How to Get in Touch

center at (86) 755 26771900 and (86) 800-9830-9830.

Chapter 1
Cell Parameters
This chapter explains the cell parameters, including basic

parameters, optional parameters, and GPRS/EDGE parameters.
Basic Parameters 1
The interface of cell basic parameters 1 is shown in Figure 1.
FIGURE 1 - CELL BASIC P ARAMETERS 1
User label

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Specific cell name for users to identify
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BTS ID (BtsId)
TABLE 5 - BTS ID
Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation BtsId
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description Serial number of this cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~6
Unit None
Default Sorted by practice
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Chapter 1 - Cell Parameters
Cell type
TABLE 6 - CELL TYPE
Full name Cell Type

Abbreviation CellType
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The type of this cell.
Description If you need configure S8001 cell, “micro-micro cell”
shall be selected for “cell type”.
Management
Cell
Object
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro
Value Range
Cell, Extended Cell
Unit None
Default Macro Cell
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant TA MAX (TaMax)

parameters TA allowed (TaAllowed)
Related
--
interfaces
Country Code (MCC)

TABLE 7 - COUNTRY CODE
Full name Country Code

Abbreviation MCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely
Description identify the home country of the mobile users (or
system), assigned internationally, China is 460.
Management
Cell
Object
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC global
Value Range
resource parameters.
Unit None
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC global
Default
resource parameters.

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MNC
TABLE 8 - MNC
Full name MNC

Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a
specific PLMN network in a country (decided by
Description
MCC). For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China
Mobile.
Management
Cell
Object
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC
Value Range
global resource parameters.
Unit None
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC
Default
global resource parameters.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
LAC
TABLE 9 - LAC
Full name LAC

Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas

(LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the
Description location area code identifies the different location
areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC +
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CI
TABLE 10 - CI
Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation CI
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN
Description uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique
code for each cell in a location area, that is, CI.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

NCC
TABLE 11 - NCC
Full name Network Colour Code

Abbreviation NCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
NCC is one of the composing parts of Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). NCC is to
enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent and
Description different GSM PLMN cells. Generally, different
adjacent operator has different NCC. NCC has three
digits. NCC is one of the network identification
parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BCC
TABLE 12 - BS COLOR CODE (BCC)
Full name BS Color Code (BCC)

Abbreviation BCC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). BCC is used
to enable mobile stations to distinguish the
adjacent cells with same BCCH carrier frequency
and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition,
Description
the GSM specifications recommend defining TSC
(Training Sequence Code) of BCCH channel of
every cell equal to the respective cell BCC. BCC
occupies three bits. BCC is one of the network

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 13 - FREQUENCY BAND
Full name Frequency band

Abbreviation FreqBand
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description The frequency band types for GSM operation.
Management
Cell
Object

GSM850;
Value Range
GSM850;
Unit None
Default GSM900
Relevant ZGF05-01-015 EGSM Frequency Band Support

Functions ZGF05-01-003 Multiband BSC
Relevant
5.1.1.9 Frequency
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

TABLE 14 - SUBCELL USED
Full name Subcell used

Abbreviation SubCellUsed
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Defined according to user requirement.
If user selects subcell used, the system may
Description automatically add "power control 2" node under cell
node, used to control cell power. If the user selects
don't use subcell, "power control 2" node may be
automatically deleted.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
5.1.1.3 Subcell ID (SubCellId)
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 15 - FREQUENCY BAND OF SUBCELL
Full name Frequency band of subCell

Abbreviation SubFreqBand
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If 'Subcell used' is 'Yes', this parameter is
Description
configurable.
Management
Cell
Object


GSM850;
Value Range
GSM850;
Unit None
Default GSM900
ZGF05-01-003 Multiband BSC
Relevant
ZGF05-05-002 Concentric Circle Technology
Functions
ZGF05-09-006 Co-BCCH/Common BCCH
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

TABLE 16 - ARFCN LIST
Full name ARFCN list

Abbreviation CaArfcnList
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description The radio frequency set.
Management
Cell
Object
ARFCN set, the value range of each ARFCN is the
same as BCCH. Based on frequency setting at
Value Range
subsequent BTS, the system automatically fills it in
this box.
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


TABLE 17 - GPRS SERVICE SUPPORTED
Full name GPRS service supported

Abbreviation PsSurpport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Whether this cell supports GPRS (EDGE) service. If
Description selecting "GPRS supported" or "EDGE supported",
relevant sub-page may occur in the interface.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Don't support GPRS, Support GPRS, Support EDGE
Unit None
Default Don’t support GPRS
Relevant
ZGF06-09-004 EGPRS Activation per Cell
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

TABLE 18 - DYNAMIC HR ENABLE
Full name Dynamic HR Enable

Abbreviation DynaHREnable
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description If this cell supports dynamic HR.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Use cell dynamic HR parameter

(UseCellDynHRPara)
TABLE 19 - USE CELL DYNAMIC HR PAR AMETER
Full name Use cell dynamic HR parameter

Abbreviation UseCellDynHRPara
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If ‘Dynamic HR support indication’ is ‘Yes’, this
Description parameter is configurable, indicating whether cell
dynamic HR parameter is enabled.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CBC supported (SmsCbUsed)

TABLE 20 - CBC SUPPORTED
Full name CBC supported

Abbreviation SmsCbUsed
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

CBC service is an important service provided by

mobile communication system, mainly used to
distribute information to the mobile subscribers
within certain geographical location area. The
difference from P2P sms service contains: receiver
Description for P2P sms is specific mobile subscriber, but
receiver for CBC is all mobile subscribers within
certain area, including external subscribers roaming
in this area.
This parameter identifies whether this cell supports
the function of cell broadcasting short message.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-26-002 Cell Broadcast SMS
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Threshold for a single trx switched from FR to HR

(HRThs, %)
TABLE 21 - THRESHOLD FOR A SINGLE TRX SWITCHED FROM FR TO HR
Full name Threshold for a single trx switched from FR to HR

Abbreviation HRThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When iBSC and cell enables dynamic HR functions,
and percentage of TCH/F channel used in the cell
(TCH/F channels occupied in the cell / all available
Description
TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and
BUSY)) exceeds this threshold, convert TCH/F ->
TCH/H.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 60
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Use cell dynamic AMR parameter

(UseCellAMRParam)
TABLE 22 - USE CELL DYNAMIC AMR P ARAMETER
Full name Use cell dynamic AMR parameter

Abbreviation UseCellAMRParam
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether AMR parameter
in the cell is enabled.
If the cell doesn't enable its own AMR
parameters, AMR parameter value
Description configured by BSC is configured as the
predominent;
If the cell is enabled, AMR parameter value
configured by the cell is configured as the
predominent;
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Use, not use
Unit None
Default Not use
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Common control channel configuration

(CcchConf)
TABLE 23 - COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION
Full name Common control channel configuration

Abbreviation CcchConf
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Common control channel configuration is one of the
system control parameters. In GSM system, CCCH
includes Access Grant Channel (AGCH) and Paging
Channel (PCH). It is used to send access granting
(that is instant assignment) message and paging
message.
In each cell, all service channels share CCCH.
According to the configuration of the service
channel in the cell and the traffic mode of the cell,
CCCH could be one or more than one physical
channel, and CCCH could share the same physical
Description channel with SDCCH
The combination mode of the common control
channel in cell depends on CCCH configuration
parameter and it should be consistent with the
actual configuration of cell CCH. It could be
observed from this parameter: BS_CC_CHANS
(Number of CCCH); BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB (If
combined with SDCCH).
This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell
by message RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE3.
Management
Cell
Object
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined
with SDCCH; CCCH uses one physical channel,
combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses two physical
Value Range channels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses
three physical channels, not combined with SDCCH;
CCCH uses four physical channels, not combined
with SDCCH.
Unit None
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined
Default
with SDCCH
Relevant
ZGF05-09-002 Supports SDCCH/4 and SDCCH/8
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Template file
TABLE 24 – TEMPLATE FILE
Full name Template file

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Click <Select> button, a windows pops up, select
Description the template file in this path; click <Clear> button
to clear selected template files.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Local File
Unit None
Default --
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Basic Parameters 2

TA MAX (TaMax)
TABLE 25 - TA M AX
Full name TA Max

Abbreviation TaMax
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It represents the maximum TA supported by
Description
extended cell.
Management
Cell
Object
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-

extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;
Value Range
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended
cell, value range is 0 ~ 219;
Unit None

extended cell, default value is 63;
Default
cell, default value is 219;
Relevant
ZGF05-13-001 Extended Cell Coverage
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
TA allowed (TaAllowed)
TABLE 26 - TA ALLOWED
Full name TA Allowed

Abbreviation TaAllowed
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It represents the maximum TA granted to be
Description
accessed into the cell.
Management
Cell
Object


extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;
Value Range
cell, value range is 0 ~ 219;
Unit None
Default 63
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CCCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s)

TABLE 27 - CCCH LOAD INDICATION PERIOD
Full name CCCH Load Indication Period

Abbreviation CcchLoadIndPrd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to the GSM standard, BTS sends
periodical message CCCH LOAD INDICATION to
BSC as long as CCCH (RACH+PCH+AGCH) channel
exceeds the threshold value set in O&M until the
Description CCCH is not over the threshold value any more.
CCCH load indication period parameter defines the
period of sending CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message. This parameter is one of the BTS
configuration parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit s
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s)

TABLE 28 - PERIODICAL LOCATION UPDATING TIMER
Full name Periodical location updating timer

Abbreviation T3212
3GPP Name T3212
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.13.0
reference
Location update results from two major causes in
GSM system. One is when MS changes from old
LAC to new LAC and the second is when the
network notifies MS for periodic location update.
Network controls the location time interval and
depends upon T3212 timer. Network broadcasts to
all MSs in the cell by RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message. T3212 timer is one
of the system control parameters.
Description
This parameter affects the overall service
performance of the network and the utilization of
the radio resource. For the area with higher traffic,
the period could be bigger (for example 16 or 20
hours, even 25 hours); for the area with ordinary
traffic, the value of T3212 could be smaller (for
example 3 or 6 hours); for the area with extreme
overload traffic, it is recommended to set T3212 as
0.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 255
0: positive infinite, location update is not
required;
Value Range 1: 6 minutes;

2: 12 minutes;
……
255: 1530 minutes;
Unit 360 s
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

CCCH load indication (RACH)

(CcchLoadINDThs_0)
TABLE 29 - CCCH LOAD INDICATION (R ACH)
Full name CCCH load indication (RACH)

Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When load degree in RACH channel for BTS
exceeds this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD
Description INDICATION message periodically to iBSC until load
degree in RACH channel doesn't exceed this
threshold value.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CCCH load indication (PAGCH)

(CcchLoadNDThs_1)
TABLE 30 - CCCH LOAD INDICATION (P AGCH)
Full name CCCH load indication (PAGCHRACH)

Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When load degree in PCH channel for BTS exceeds
this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION
Description
message periodically to iBSC until load degree in
PCH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None

Default 80
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
NCC permitted (NccPermitted)

TABLE 31 - NCC PERMITTED
Full name NCC permitted

Abbreviation NccPermitted
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Add or Delete NCC within the value range in
Description
.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support Repeated ACCH (RepeatACCH)

TABLE 32 - SUPPORT REPEATED ACCH
Full name Support Repeated ACCH

Abbreviation RepeatACCH
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter determines whether to use
Description
FACCH/SACCH retransmission function.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-17-010 Repeated FACCH/SACCH for AMR
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Start PA Power Off (StartPAPowerOff)

TABLE 33 - START PA POWER OFF
Full name Start PA Power Off

Abbreviation StartPAPowerOff
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
To save energy and reduce consumption, BTS
system shall turn off PA offset voltage while close
Description power for idle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS,
FPGA can determine whether PA offset voltage shall
be turned off.
Management
Cell
Object

Yes/No
Value Range Yes: enable;

No: disable;
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-13-007 Intelligent Timeslot Shutdown
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off

(StartTRXPowerOff)
TABLE 34 - SWITCH FLAG OF CEIL TRX POWER OFF
Full name Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off

Abbreviation StartTRXPowerOff
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It marks whether "Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power
Description
Off" is enabled.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR

Bug (AMR FR)
TABLE 35 - BSS RADIO LINK TIMER'S M AX V ALUE FOR AMR FR BUG
Full name Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
Abbreviation AMR FR

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Fault detection period in AMR-FR channel. Within
this period, pick average value through s times of
Description
measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to
dertermine whether the channel is failed.
Management
Cell
Object
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
Value Range
60, 64
Unit None
Default 64
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR

Bug (AMR HR)
TABLE 36 - BSS RADIO LINK TIMER'S M AX V ALUE FOR AMR FR BUG
Full name Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
Abbreviation AMR HR
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Fault detection period in AMR-HR channel. Within
this period, pick average value through s times of
Description
measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to
dertermine whether the channel is failed.
Management
Cell
Object
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
Value Range
60, 64
Unit None
Default 64
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
AMR Codec Adjust Mode (AmrAdjMode)

TABLE 37 - AMR CODEC ADJUST MODE
Full name AMR Codec Adjust Mode

Abbreviation AmrAdjMode
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Setting of AMR rate adjustment mode:
AMR quick rate adjustment mode: master
adjustment time by BTS itself;
Description
Interval to adjust configuration:
adjustment time shall be defined at
background
Management
Cell
Object
AMR quick rate adjustment mode, interval to adjust
Value Range
configuration
Unit None
Default AMR quick rate adjustment mode
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
AMR Codec Interval (480ms, AmrAdjInterval)

TABLE 38 - AMR CODEC INTERVAL
Full name AMR Codec Interval

Abbreviation AmrAdjInterval
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
AMR adjustment interval.This parameter is only
Description meaningful when AmrAdjMode is "interval to adjust
configuration".

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 50
Unit 480 ms
Default 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support HR channel frag collected

(HRDfragSupport)
TABLE 39 - SUPPORT HR CHANNEL FRAG COLLECTED
Full name Support HR channel frag collected

Abbreviation HRDfragSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is a switch of frag collection in HR
channel, which can be configured on BSC and BTS.
Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled, and
Description finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is no
more than HRDefragThs, HR channel
defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise it is
disabled
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Threshold of HR Defrag (HRDefragThs)

TABLE 40 - THRESHOLD OF HR DEFRAG
Full name Threshold of HR Defrag

Abbreviation HRDefragThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Threshold of HR Defrag. This parameter can be
configured on BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS
can enable HRDfragSupport, and finished HR frags
Description
/ idle HR channel in the cell is no more than
HRDefragThs, HR channel defragmentation function
is enabled, otherwise it is disabled
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 70
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage)
TABLE 41 - PERCENTAGE OF HR TS
Full name Percentage of HR Ts

Abbreviation HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot in
the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can
generate new HR channel.
Description This parameter can be configured on BSC and BTS.
If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is lower
than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS, the cell
can generate new HR channel.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

(AmrHRThs)
TABLE 42 - AMR DYNAMIC HR CONVERSION THRESHOLD
Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

Abbreviation AmrHRThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=
AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,
subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
Description This threshold value can be configured on BSC and
BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise
AmrHRThs configured by BSC is used.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 50
Relevant ZGF05-17-008 Independent Threshold for Dynamic
Functions AMR HR/FR Conversion
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load

(FRTHRHOSupport)
TABLE 43 - FR-HR HANDOVER BASED ON CELL LOAD
Full name FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load

Abbreviation FRTHRHOSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Basic Parameters 3

Average bursts count surveyed by RACH

(AvgSlots)
TABLE 44 - AVERAGE BURSTS COUNT SURVEYED BY RACH
Full name Average bursts count surveyed by RACH

Abbreviation AvgSlots
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH specifies
the number of bursts measured on RACH. RACH
channel overloads if receiving signal levels of this
Description
parameter BP are less than RACH Receiving signal
level threshold for busy burst. BTS uses this
parameter.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 60
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Overload sending period (OverloadPrd, s)

TABLE 45 - OVERLOAD SENDING PERIOD
Full name Overload sending period

Abbreviation OverloadPrd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to GSM specification, TRX sends periodic
OVERLOAD message to notify BSC until overload
disappears. Overload sending period specifies
Description
period for TRX to send OVERLOAD message. It is
one of the configuration parameters of BTS (all
TRXs under BTS use same period).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit s
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
BA Show (BcchBaInd)
TABLE 46 - BA SHOW
Full name BA Show

Abbreviation BcchBaInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list can be
broadcasted on BCCH and transferred on SACCH.
The adjacent cell list transferred on BCCH can be
different from that on SACCH. When MS reports the
measurement data of adjacent cell, either BCCH
adjacent cell list or SACCH adjacent cell list will be
referred. Therefore, to know which adjacent cell list
is referred by MS, a BA indication is added when
transferring adjacent cell list on BCCH and SACCH.
When reporting the measurement result, MS
notifies the network side about the corresponding
BA indication of the referred adjacent cell list. As a
result, the network side recognizes which adjacent
cell list this MS uses. This parameter describes the
Description BS indication value when the adjacent cell list being
transferred on BCCH. In the case of transferring
adjacent cell list on SACCH, the BA indication value
used is the reverse of the parameter.
0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH
(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 0; BA
Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH
(System message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 1.
1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH
(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 1; BA
Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH
(System message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 0.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0，1
Unit None

Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MIN received signal level to access

(RxLevAccessMin)
TABLE 47 - MIN RECEIVED SIGNAL LEVEL TO ACCESS
Full name MIN received signal level to access

Abbreviation RxLevAccessMin
3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference
MIN received signal level to access specifies the
minimum received signal level for MS to access any
cell. In general, GSM system specifies to keep the
receiving level greater than a threshold in order to
maintain communication speech quality.
In addition, the criterion assists MS to select and
reselect the cell. System broadcasts parameter
information to all MSs in a cell through RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. MIN received signal level to access is
one of the cell selection parameters.
Recommended value is usually approximated
according to MS receiving sensitivity. When
network observes uneven traffic distribution in
Description certain cells, MIN received signal level to access
increases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease the
cell effective coverage range. However, the value of
this parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise,
large value change can bring ‘void area’ across cell
boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem.
The value of this parameter must not exceed -90
dBm for cell traffic balancing conditions. At the
preliminary running stage of the network, this
parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101
dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher than
the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm. However,
when the network capacity is expanded or the radio
coverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameter
of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Relevant
ZGF06-01-002 Support of C1 Criteria
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX number of re-transmitting events times

(MRetrans)
TABLE 48 - MAX NUMBER OF RE-TRANSMITTING EVENTS TIMES
Full name MAX number of re-transmitting events times

Abbreviation MRetrans
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

MS sends the channel request message on RACH

channel to the network to start immediate
assignment process.
RACH is an ALOHA channel, the network enables
MS to send multiple channel request messages
before the MS receives the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message to increase the access
success rate of MS. Maximum number of allowable
resend time depends on MAX number of re-
transmitting events times.
Network broadcasts this parameter information to
MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4’ messages.
MAX number of re-transmitting events times is one
of the control parameters of GSM system.
For the cell radius over 3km and the area
Description
with small traffic, it can be set as 3 (that
is, the maximum number of resending
times is 7) to improve the access success
rate of MS.
For the cell radius less than 3km and the
area with common traffic, it can be set as
2 (that is, the maximum number of
resending times is 4);
Define value as 1 (maximum number of
resending times is 2) for the micro cell.
Define value as 0 (maximum number of
resending times is 1) for the micro cell
with heavy traffic and the cell with
congestion.
Management
Cell
Object
0~3
0: 1 times;
Value Range 1: 2 times;
2: 4 times;
3: 7 times;
Unit None
Default 2 (4 times)
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Control channel MAX power level

(MsTxPwrMaxCch)
TABLE 49 - CONTROL CHANNEL M AX POWER LEVEL
Full name Control channel MAX power level

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMaxCch
3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference
MS sets the specified output transmission power
maximum output power.
For SACCH is Channel Associated Signaling and it
has to be used together with SCCCH and TCH, so
the power control of MS starts after MS receives
SACCH.
The power of MS before receiving SACCH (that is
the power when sending channel request on RACH)
is determined by Control channel MAX power level.
Control channel MAX power level is one of the cell
Description selection and reselection parameters of MS,
involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell
via RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and
TYPE4.
Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power
before MS receives the power control information.
If this parameter is too large, the MS close to BTS
will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it is too
small, the MS access success rate at the edge of
cell will be very low.
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Number of multiframes of the PCH (BsPaMframe)

TABLE 50 - NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES OF THE PCH
Full name Number of multiframes of the PCH

Abbreviation BsPaMframs
3GPP Name BS-PA-MFRMS
3GPP
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
reference
Number of multiframes of the PCH specifies the
repeat cycle of PCH group subchannel using
multiple 51-MultiFrame structures. It is one of the
system control parameters.
According to GSM Specifications, a unique IMSI
identifies MS and paging group. IMSI determines
the PCH sub-channel for MS in a paging group.
In the actual network, MS tunes only to the paging
sub-channel during IDLE mode in the serving cell
and ignores other paging sub-channels. In other
Description IDLE time, MS shuts off the hardware equipment
power supply to save power. Number of
multiframes of the PCH determines the number of
paging sub-channels of the paging channel in a
cell.
MS use this parameter to find out its home paging
group, so as to monitor corresponding paging sub-
channel. Network broadcasts the parameter
information to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message. Number of
multiframes of the PCH is one of the system control
parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 2~9
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
ZGF05-15-001 Paging
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Number of slots to spread transmission

(TxInteger)
TABLE 51 - NUMBER OF SLOTS TO SPREAD TRANSMISSION
Full name Number of slots to spread transmission

Abbreviation TxInteger
3GPP Name Tx_integer
3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. Number of slots
to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control.
Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message.
Whenever establishing a new connection, MS sends
a channel request message to the network through
PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve MS
Description access success rate, the network allows MS to send
multiple channel request messages before receiving
packet assignment message. If MS does not
receive any response for the previous channel
request message, MS resends channel request
message after waiting for a random period.
Network uses S parameter to determine random
waiting time.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 15
Assume timeslot number is S, so
0: S=12;
1: S=15;
2: S=20;
3: S=30;
Value Range 4: S=41;

5: S=55;
6: S=76;
7: S=109;
8: S=163;
9: S=217;
10 ~ 15: reserved

Unit None
Default 14
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message

(T3105d, 10ms)
TABLE 52 - INTERVAL OF SDCCH RE-SENDING PHY INFO MESSAGE
Full name Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message

Abbreviation T3105d
3GPP Name T3105
3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. This
timer is one of the configuration parameters of
BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends
the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message.
Description
Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be
correctly decoded or receives the
HANDOVER FAILURE message from the
former channel.
Overtime Acton: If the timer is overtime,
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message will be redelivered.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 67
Unit 10 ms
Default 28
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message

(T3105f, 10ms)
TABLE 53 - INTERVAL OF TCH RE-SENDING PHY INFO MESSAGE
Full name Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message

Abbreviation T3105f
3GPP Name T3105
3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends
the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message.
Description Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be
correctly decoded or receives the
HANDOVER FAILURE message from the
former channel.
Overtime Acton: If the timer is overtime,
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message will be redelivered.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 32
Unit 10 ms
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Number of blocks reserved for AGCH

(BsAgBlkRes)
TABLE 54 - NUMBER OF BLOCKS RESERVED FOR AGCH
Full name Blocks for PAGCH in Frames

Abbreviation BsAgBlkRes
3GPP Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES

3GPP
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
reference
The number of blocks used for AGCH in 51-
Description MultiFrame. It is recommended that this value of
the cells in the same local area is identical.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch channel

(T200_0, 5ms)
TABLE 55 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING SDCCH CHANNEL
LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH

Full name
channel.
Abbreviation T200_0
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference
T200 is the timer used on various control channels
Description in LAPDm protocol of BTS. There are 7 kinds of
T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 5ms
Default 1

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate

channel (T200_1, 5ms)
TABLE 56 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING FACCH/FULL RATE CHANNEL
Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel

Abbreviation T200_1
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference
T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 5ms
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate

TABLE 57 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING FACCH/HALF RATE CHANNEL
Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel

Abbreviation T200_2
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference


T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 5ms
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0

TABLE 58 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING SACCH WITH TCH SAPI0
CHANNEL

Full name
channel
Abbreviation T200_3
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference
T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 10ms
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces

Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch

TABLE 59 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING SACCH WITH SDCCH CHANNEL
Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch

Full name
channel
Abbreviation T200_4
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference
T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 10ms
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel

(T200_5, 5ms)
TABLE 60 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING SDCCH SAPI3 CHANNEL
LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH sapi3

Full name
channel.
Abbreviation T200_5
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference
T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 5ms

Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces

TABLE 61 - LAPDM TIMER FOR CONTROLLING SACCH WITH TCH SAPI3
CHANNEL

Full name
channel
Abbreviation T200_6
3GPP Name T200
3GPP
--
reference
T200.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~7
Unit 10ms
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Support TFO (TFOSupport)

TABLE 62 - SUPPORT TFO
Full name Support TFO

Abbreviation TFOSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Description This describes whether cell supports TFO.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-17-006 TFO
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Optional Parameters
The interface of optional parameters is shown in Figure 4 - .
FIGURE 4 - OPTIONAL P ARAMETERS
IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed)

TABLE 63 - IMSI ATTACH/DETACH ALLOWED
Full name IMSI attach/detach allowed

Abbreviation ImsIadAllowed
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
IMSI attach/detach allowed determines whether
cell allows IMSI Attach/Detach procedure. IMSI
detach occur when MS reports switch-off or when
the SIM card is taken out from the MS.
The network (normally VLR) marks ‘Detach’ flag in
subscriber information table. Such procedure
assists the network to prevent unnecessary paging
broadcast message to MS. Likewise, the IMSI
Attach occur when the MS reports switch-on or
reinserting of the SIM card. After successful IMSI
Description attach, MS requests for Location Update (LU) for
inconsistent LAI in SIM card with that of serving
cell.
The network (normally VLR) marks ‘Attach’ flag in
subscriber information table.
This parameter is included in ‘Control channel
information’ and is used for RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
This parameter of each cell in the same location
area should be identical.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell bar access (CellBarAccess)

TABLE 64 - CELL BAR ACCESS
Full name Cell bar access

Abbreviation CellBarAccess
3GPP Name CELL_BAR_ACCESS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
PLMN carriers can determine whether to allow MS
to access a specific cell (for example the cell in test
or the cell for absorbing traffic only).
Description
Network broadcasts Cell bar access information to
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish)

TABLE 65 - CALL RE-ESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED
Full name Call re-establishment allowed

Abbreviation CallReestablish
3GPP Name RE
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
For the call drop caused by radio link failure
resulted from burst interference or high building,
MS could originate call re-establishment process to
restore the call. However, the network determines
whether to allow reestablishment by enabling Call
Description re-establishment allowed.
Network broadcasts the parameter information to
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message.
Call re-establishment allowed is one of the network
function parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed

(DtxDwlink)
TABLE 66 - DOWNLINK DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION ALLOWED
Full name Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed

Abbreviation DtxDwlink
3GPP Name DTX
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
3GPP
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
reference
3GPP TS 48.058 V5
DTX mode is an optional downlink feature of GSM
System.
The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode
means that the system does not transmit signals
during the speech intermission of the subscriber
conversation. This parameter participates in
determining to use DTX mode in downlink direction.
Actually, using DTX in downlink direction (in
Description CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and MODE
MODIFY message sent to BTS) is determined
together by this parameter and the DTX indication
in downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message and HANDOVER REQUEST message of
MSC.
Yes: enable;
No: disable
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant ZGF05-08-001 Discontinuous Transmission
Functions Downlink
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall)

TABLE 67 - EMERGENCY CALL ALLOWED
Full name Emergency call allowed

Abbreviation EmergencyCall
3GPP Name EC

3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference
Generally, a valid SIM card is required for any MS
in GSM Network to get various network services.
But the operators could decide whether to allow MS
emergency call service for the MS without SIM card
or with SIM card whose access level is disabled by
current cell, for example the police station. Select
‘Yes’ for Emergency call allowed to enable this
function.
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message.
Call re-establishment allowed is one of the network
function parameters.
Description Yes: Do not allow Emergency call for MSs
whose access level is 0~9. For the MSs
whose access level is 11~15, if its
corresponding access control bit is T, the
emergency call is also not allowed.
No: Allow Emergency call for all MSs
GSM specifications define emergency call phone
number as 112, which is different from Chinese
emergency call, but 112 is generally connected to
the automatic voice service to inform the users
about the number of various special services.
Hence, EC should be set as ‘No’, that is to allow the
emergency call.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-25-006 Emergency Call Handling
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)

TABLE 68 - CELL BAR QU ALIFY
Full name Cell bar qualify

Abbreviation CellBarQualify
3GPP Name CBQ，CELL_BAR_QUALIFY

3GPP 3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

reference 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
This parameter preferably selects certain cells in
the cell selection process according to capacity,
traffic and functional difference in overlapping
areas.
This function can be implemented by configuring
CellBarQualify. CellBarQualify is used to limit cell
priority in special case. Network broadcasts the
parameter information to all MSs in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. It is one of the cell selection
Description
parameters. The validity of this parameter depends
upon cell reselection parameter indication.
Select ‘No’ for Cell Bar Access and ‘No’ for Cell bar
qualify, that is, the cell priority is defined as
‘Normal’. MS preferably enter some types of cells.
Set the priority of this cell type as ‘Normal’, while
the priorities of other cells to ‘Low’. In some cases,
such as micro cellular application, and dual-
frequency networking, this setting will not affect
the cell reselection.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Access control (AccessControl)

TABLE 69 - ACCESS CONTROL
Full name Access control

Abbreviation AccessControl
3GPP Name AC CN, Access Control Class N
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
reference

All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15

classes in total). The MSs that are in the class
ranging between 0 and 9 are common ones. The
MSs that are in the class ranging between 11 and
15 are special MSs (no access class 10). Therefore,
the system can disable the MSs with certain access
classes to access the cell (for example during the
installation and commissioning or the congestion
control). This information can reach MS inside the
cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2,
2bis, 3 and 4 messages through Access control. It
is also one of the system control parameters.
The degree of congestion for any CCCH or
processor overload during congestion control can be
reduced by temporarily prohibiting one type or
multiple types of subscribers from accessing the
system (for subscribers of access levels 0 ~ 9). In
general, the system shows the following overload
conditions:
RACH overload, which should be found in
the “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message
and processed by BSS according to the
standard GSM08.58;
AGCH overload, which should be found in
the “DELETE INDICATION” message first,
and handled by BSS by not sending the
Description “IMMEDIATE REJECT” message;
PCH overload, which should be found in
the “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message,
and the BSS will not make any process but
notify the MSC;
Other types of overload, which can be
found in the “OVERLOAD” message, for
example, MTP overload.
Input the control level value in
, add and
delete in this pane.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 9, 11 ~ 15
Unit None
Default None
Relevant
ZGF05-22-001 MS Access Control
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell Selection Parameters

The interface of cell selection parameters is shown in Figure 5.
FIGURE 5 - CELL SELECTION P AR AMETERS
Additional reselection parameter indication

(AdditionReselPI)
TABLE 70 - ADDITIONAL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDICATION
Full name attached reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation AdditionReselPI
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on
the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the
definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers
decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection
parameter. Additional reselection parameter
indication is to notify MS whether C2 criterion is
adoptable during the cell reselection.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Additional reselection parameter indication is one of
the cell selection parameters. Value Instruction:
Yes: MS takes off cell reselection
parameter PI and the parameters related
Description
to computing C2 from the rest bytes
‘SI7/8 Rest Octets’ of SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8.
No: MS should obtain the PI parameter
related to the cell reselection and
parameters related to the C2 calculation
from the rest octets of the SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE4 message (SI4 Rest
Octets).
Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are
seldom used. Normally this parameter is ‘No’. It
should be ‘Yes’ when the system adopts the system
messages 7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell reselection parameter indication

(CellReselPI)
TABLE 71 - CELL RESELECTION PAR AMETER INDICATION
Full name Cell reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation CellReselPI

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the
MS whether to use C2 as the cell reselection
parameter and if there is the related parameter for
calculating C2.
It indicates whether the related parameter for
calculating cell reselection standard C2 is contained
in SYSTEM INFORMATION message and whether C2
standard is adopted in the cell reselection. The
successive Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset
and Penalty time are invalid, and MS takes C1 as
the cell reselection standard when this value is ‘No’.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell
in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and
TYPE4 messages. Cell reselection parameter
indication is one of the cell selection parameters.
Description Value Instruction:
Yes: MS gets parameters to compute C2
from cell broadcast system messages and
regard C2 as a cell reselection standard.
Parameters Cell bar qualify, Cell
reselection offset, Temporary offset and
Penalty time are invalid.
No: MS considers C1 parameter as a cell
reselection standard. Parameters Cell bar
qualify, Cell reselection offset, Temporary
offset and Penalty time are invalid.
Enable this parameter, if related cell adopts C2 as
the cell reselection standard. Otherwise, disable it.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Reselection offset (ReselOffset)


Abbreviation ReselOffset
3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference

The cell reselection due to radio channel quality

takes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according
to C1 parameter, and some special offset
parameters, to add the special influence as to
enable MS to enter some cells in priority. Usually,
such measures allow balancing the traffic on the
network.
Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and
Penalty time.
Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value, which
indicates the human modified value of C2.
Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourage or
prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so as to
implement balance network.
all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It is
one of the cell selection parameters. The validity of
this parameter depends upon Cell reselection
parameter indication.
The setting of Cell reselection offset, Temporary
offset and the Penalty time are are classified into
three cases:
In case of large traffic or poor
communication quality inside a cell due to
certain causes, normally MS is expected
not to work in that cell (that is, certain
repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Description
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter Cell
reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and reduces
the possibility that MS reselecting the cell. Besides,
the proper value of this parameter Cell reselection
offset can be set according to the repulsive nature
of cell. The more is the repulsive nature, the larger
is the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a
smaller Cell reselection offset.
For cells with small traffic and low
equipment utilization, normally MS is
encouraged to work in that cell (that is,
certain propensity to that cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set between 0 ~ 10
(corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in this case,
according to tendency of the cell. The more is the
tendency, the larger is the Cell reselection offset.
Vice versa in case of a smaller Cell reselection
offset. It is usually better to set the Temporary
offset same as Cell reselection offset, or a little
higher than Cell reselection offset. The main
function of Penalty time is to avoid frequent cell
reselection of MS. The common recommended
setting is 1 (20 seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the
1800 cell of dual-frequency network is such a
case).
z For cells with ordinary traffic, usually
“ReselOffset” should
Confidential and Proprietary be set as
Information 0 and
of ZTE “PenaltyTime”59
CORPORATION
as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1, that is, without
human factors on the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit 2 dB
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB)

TABLE 73 - TEMPORARY OFFSET
Full name Temporary offset

Abbreviation TemporaryOffset
3GPP Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
network.
Description Penalty time. Temporary offset indicates the
temporary modification value for C2. Temporary
means that it only acts on C2 for a period and the
period depends on parameter Penalty time.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit 10 dB
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s)

TABLE 74 - PENALTY TIME
Full name Penalty time

Abbreviation PenaltyTime
3GPP Name PENALTY_TIME
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
network.
Description Penalty time. Temporary offset indicates the
temporary modification value for C2. Temporary
means that it only acts on C2 for a period and the
period depends on parameter Penalty time.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 20 s
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis,

2dB)
TABLE 75 - CELL RESELECTING HYSTERESIS LEVEL
Full name Cell reselecting hysteresis level

Abbreviation ReselHysteresis
3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Whenever MS moves across the two cell boundary-
regions with different location area codes, it
initiates Location Update (LU) procedure in IDLE
mode.
C2 values obtained at the boundary for two
adjacent cells are different because of fading
characteristic of radio channel. It causes MS to
select cell frequently. In this case, LU interval is
more than cell reselection interval. This affects call
success rate, due to unreachable paging response
to calling party.
This increases the signaling flow on the network
and causes radio resources to be fully utilized. In
addition, it decreases call completion rate of the
system, as MS cannot respond to paging during
location update.
In addition, value difference must be greater than
the value specified in CRH.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell
Description reselecting hysteresis level is one of the cell
selection parameters.
Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 and
make certain adjustments in following cases:
Increase cell reselection parameters of
adjacent cells with different LAC. Signaling
traffic overload often occurs due to large
demand of services.
When the adjacent cells in different
location areas have large overlapped
coverage, it is suggested to increase the
CRH parameter.
If the adjacent cells with different LACs are
poor in overlapped coverage, that is, there
is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is
an area with few slow moving objects such
as the expressway, the CRH parameter
should be set as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB
for the CRH level).

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit 2 dB
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Early category classmark sending control (ECSC)

TABLE 76 - EARLY CATEGORY CLASSM ARK SENDING CONTROL
Full name Early category classmark sending control

Abbreviation ECSC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
According to GSM specification, MS transmits
appended class mark information (Classmark 3) to
the network through the CLASSMARK CHANGE
message as soon as possible.
Early category classmark sending control
determines whether the network supports ECSC
function. Network broadcasts the parameter
Description
information to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
If there is a cell in another frequency band in the
adjacent cell for handover or the current cell itself
is extended GSM cell and the function of early
category classmark sending control is enabled, set
ECSC as ‘Yes’, otherwise set as ‘No’.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

New setup cause indication (NECI)

TABLE 77 - NEW SETUP CAUSE INDICATION
Full name New setup cause indication

Abbreviation NECI
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The serving channels in the GSM system can be
classified into channels with full rate and channels
with half rate according to GSM specifications.
Common GSM system supports channels with full
rate. The network operators decide whether the
network support half rate service.
The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notify
MS if the area supports the half rate service. The
Description parameter notifies MS through the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. NECI is one of network’s functional
parameters.
No: half rate service access not supported
by this cell;
Yes: half rate service access supported by
this cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power offset indication (PowOffsetInd)

TABLE 78 - POWER OFFSET INDICATION
Full name Power offset indication

Abbreviation PowOffsetInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter decides whether to add offset value

for Control channel MAX power level parameter
while sending access request message on RACH for
Class 3 MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset
value depends on Power offset indication, that is,
this parameter decides whether Power offset
Description indication is valid. This parameter also affects MS
calculating cell selection and cell reselection
standards C1 and C2.
MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power offset (PowOffset, 2dB)

TABLE 79 - POWER OFFSET
Full name Power offset

Abbreviation PowOffset
3GPP Name POWER OFFSET
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
According to the GSM specification, for Class 3 MS
of GSM 1800, the transmission power for sending
access request message on RACH is to the value of
Control channel MAX power level plus a modified
value. Power offset specifies the modified value. It
Description determines if this parameter is valid.
This parameter also affects the calculation of cell
selection standard C1 and cell reselection standard
C2. Network broadcasts the parameter information
to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~3
Unit 2 dB

Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Service Process Additional

Parameters
The interface of service process additional parameters is shown
in Figure 6 - .
FI G U R E 6 - S ER V I C E P R OC ES S AD D I T I O N AL P AR AM E T E R S
Directed retry indication (DrInd)

TABLE 80 - DIRECTED RETRY INDICATION
Full name Directed retry indication

Abbreviation DrInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter indicates whether to use directed

retry feature. Network assigns corresponding
service channel for MS in an adjacent cell, if there
is no service channel available in serving cell.
Description Directed retry indication defines a special handover
process that can reduce the call drop ratio.
Directed retry falls into intra-BSC directed retry
and inter-BSC directed retry. The former one does
not need the participation of MSC, while the latter
one does.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0)

TABLE 81 - QUEUE ALLOWED WHEN ASSIGN
Full name Queue allowed when assign

Abbreviation QueueInd_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter decides whether to allow queuing in
Description assignment process. Cell improves the call drop
rate with the use of such techniques.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1)

TABLE 82 - QUEUE ALLOWED WHEN HANDOVER
Full name Queue allowed when handover

Abbreviation QueueInd_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter decides whether queuing can be
Description performed during a handover process and when
there are no available channels in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Preemption allowed when assign

(PreemptionInd_0)
TABLE 83 - PREEMPTION ALLOWED WHEN ASSIGN
Full name Preemption allowed when assign

Abbreviation PreemptionInd_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It decides whether forced disconnection is allowed
during the assignment. The priority in the
assignment request or handover is valid and the
preemption is valid. Those connections with low
Description
priority can be forcefully disconnected (handover)
to allocate their resources to other assignments or
handover request with higher priority. Assignment
request indicate the call status.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Preemption allowed when handover

(PreemptionInd_1)
TABLE 84 - PREEMPTION ALLOWED WHEN HANDOVER
Full name Preemption allowed when handover

Abbreviation PreemptionInd_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It decides whether forced disconnection is allowed
during the handover. The priority in the assignment
request or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be
Description
forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their
resources to other assignments or handover
request with higher priority. A Handover request
indicates the call status.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0)

TABLE 85 - WHEN ASSIGNED FORCED HANDOVER
Full name When assigned forced handover

Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_0
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether the low priority
subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell,
Description so that high priority subscribers can obtain
channels. This parameter represents whether
forced handover is allowed during assignment.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
When handover forced handover

(ForcedHoInd_1)
TABLE 86 - WHEN HANDOVER FORCED HANDOVER
Full name When handover forced handover

Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether the low priority
subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell,
Description so that high priority subscribers can obtain
channels. This parameter represents whether
forced handover is allowed during handover.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

NO. of candidate cells for handover

(CandidateNum)
TABLE 87 - NO. OF CANDIDATE CELLS FOR HANDOVER
Full name NO. of candidate cells for handover

Abbreviation CandidateNum
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter decides maximum number of
candidate cells for handover that can be contained
Description
in BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message from
BSC to MSC.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Fast average indication (FastAvg)

TABLE 88 - FAST AVER AGE INDICATION
Full name Fast average indication

Abbreviation FastAvg
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Network may not perform handover or power

control if less measurement data is available during
call process. The average calculating process for
these processes is enabled only when the
measured data reaches a certain window size.
Common average process does not take place, for
the five measured values BSC receives. BSC
directly calculates the average of the 5 measured
values if the fast average process is adopted.
There are three cases resulting in insufficient data
Description for calculating the average value, that is, call
establishment period, after handover and after
power control. After performing power control
once, former measured values are discarded in
situations where they could result in an error
control (measured values without the influence on
handover control are still existing).
In addition, old measured values are discarded
after the handover has occurred keeping it from
causing error control (the forward and backward
cells are in the same BSC).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

(FacchCallInd_0)
TABLE 89 - ALLOWED FACCH CALL SETUP AFTER EMERGENCY CALL
Full name Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

Abbreviation FacchCallInd_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BSC can allocate the suitable TCH channel when an
MS attempts to access the network, and there is no
Description
SDCCH available in the cell. That is the so-called
FACCH call establishment.
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default Yes
ZGF05-11-001 Immediate TCH Assignment
Relevant
ZGF05-09-003 Channel Assignment Algorithm
Functions
ZGF05-25-006 Emergency Call Handling
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond

(FacchCallInd_1)
TABLE 90 - ALLOWED FACCH CALL SETUP WHEN PAGE RESPOND
Full name Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant ZGF05-11-001 Immediate TCH Assignment

Functions ZGF05-09-003 Channel Assignment Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2)

TABLE 91 - ALLOWED CALL SETUP ON FACCH
Full name Allowed call setup on FACCH


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH

(FacchCallInd_3)
TABLE 92 - ALLOWED CALL REESTABLISHED ON FACCH
Full name Allowed call reestablished on FACCH

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch)

TABLE 93 - BCCH SWITCH ALLOWED
Full name BCCH switch allowed

Abbreviation CanBcchExch
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter decides whether the cell allows
Description
BCCH switch.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed

(CanSdcchDyn)
TABLE 94 - SDCCH DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION ALLOWED
Full name SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed

Abbreviation CanSdcchDyn
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter decides whether the cell allows
Description
SDCCH dynamic configuration.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %)

TABLE 95 - MINIMAL RESOURCE THRESHOLD
Full name Minimal resource threshold

Abbreviation ResourceThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Minimum resource threshold allowed by the cell,
Description
which is used to calculate dynamic cell priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 100
Functions Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
System Parameters
The interface of system parameters is shown in Figure 7.

FIGURE 7 - SYSTEM P AR AMETERS
Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)

TABLE 96 - INTERFERENCE AVER AGING PERIOD
Full name Interference averaging period

Abbreviation InterfAvgPrd
3GPP Name INTAVE

3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference
BTS needs to measure interference on the
unallocated traffic channels, calculate the average
of the recent interference values periodically and
convert it into the corresponding interference band
Description information, and then transfer it to BSC in the “RF
RESOURCE INDICATION” message as a factor to be
considered in channel allocation of BSC. This
parameter is one of the BTS configuration
parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 31
Relevant
ZGF05-09-008 Idle Channel Measurement
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0~

InterfBoundary_5)
TABLE 97 - INTERFERENCE BAND BOUNDARY
Full name Interference Band Boundary

Abbreviation InterfBoundary_0~ InterfBoundary_5
3GPP Name LIMITn

3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference
BTS needs to measure interference on the
unallocated traffic channels. BTS calculates the
average of recent interference values on periodic
basis and converts it into corresponding
interference band information. BTS then, transfers
to BSC in the RF RESOURCE INDICATION message
to consider it as a factor in channel allocation
strategy.
The interface boundaries are used to help the
conversion of the interference level (average) value
Description
into corresponding interference band information.
Altogether six boundaries determine five
interference bands. In fact, it is unnecessary to set
interference boundary 0 and interference boundary
5. One represents infinity and the other represents
negative infinity. This parameter, describing the
remaining four boundaries, is one of the BTS
configuration parameters.
Generally, -85 dBm ~ -115 dBm is used for
interference boundaries 1 ~ 4.
Management
Cell
Object
Assuming the value of interference boundary is L:
L=0: -110 dBm;
L=1: -109 dBm
Value Range
……
L=63: -47 dBm;
L=Other: reserved
Unit None
Default Interference band 0~5: [0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 63]
Relevant
ZGF05-09-008 Idle Channel Measurement
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Radio link timeout on MS side

(MsRadioLKTmOut)
TABLE 98 - RADIO LINK TIMEOUT ON MS SIDE
Full name Radio link timeout on MS side

Abbreviation MsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT
3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter is the maximum value of radio link
counter S at Ms side, transmitted on BCCH or
SACCH by BSS. Radio link counter S is used to
evaluate radio link failure. When MS can't decode
Description SACCH message (BFI=1), S decrements; when MS
successfully receives SACCH message (BFI=0), S
increases by 2. If S is decreased to 0, it indicates
radio link fault, call shall be reestablished or
released.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion)

TABLE 99 - RADIO LINK FAILURE CRITERION
Full name Radio link failure criterion

Abbreviation ConFailCriterion
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

The network side (BTS) may judge whether the

radio link fails according to two criteria: One is
based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the other
is based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
Radio link failure criterion determines the method
that the BTS uses as the standard to judge
connection failure.
If SACCH error rate is used as the standard to
judge connection failure, BTS uses the same value
of Radio link timeout and the same process as MS
does. Thus, BTS avoids inconsistent judgment
standards in the uplink and downlink directions.
Meanwhile, the Receiving level threshold and
Description Receiving quality threshold parameters are invalid.
If the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as
the standard to judge connection failure, BTS will
use the two parameters Receiving level threshold
and Receiving quality threshold.
The value range is as follows:
1: Uplink SACCH Error Rate Based (in
order to ensure the same judgment
standard in the uplink and downlink
directions);
2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement Based
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~2
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Radio link timeout on BSS side

(BsRadioLKTmOut)
TABLE 100 - RADIO LINK TIMEOUT ON BSS SIDE
Full name Radio link timeout on BSS side

Abbreviation BsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT
3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference

This parameter is the maximum value of radio link

counter S at BSS side, transmitted on PBCCH by
Description
BSS under the leading of packet system message
2.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs)

TABLE 101 - RECEIVING LEVEL THRESHOLD
Full name Receiving level threshold

Abbreviation RxLevThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
radio link fails according to two criteria: One is
based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the other
is based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects
one of the following conditions: The uplink
receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold;
The uplink receiving quality is greater than a
certain threshold. This only applies, if the
Description
measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the
standard to judge a connection failure. Receiving
level threshold specifies the threshold of receiving
level.
This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate
is used as the standard to judge connection failure
(Radio link failure criterion is 1). Receiving level
threshold is one of the configuration parameters of
BTS.
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Value Range
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs)

TABLE 102 - RECEIVING QUALITY THRESHOLD
Full name Receiving quality threshold

Abbreviation RxQualThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
GSM 12.21
reference
radio link fails according to two criteria. One is
based on uplink SACCH error rate, and the other is
based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects
one of the following conditions: The uplink
receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold;
The uplink receiving quality is greater than a
Description certain threshold. This only applies, if the
measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as a
standard to judge a connection failure. Receiving
quality threshold specifies the receiving threshold
quality.
This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate
is used as the standard to judge a connection
failure. This parameter is one of the configuration
parameters of BTS.
Management
Cell
Object

0~7
0: corresponding BER range <0.2%;
1: 0.2% ~ 0.4%;
Value Range 2：0.4% ~ 0.8%；

……
6：6.4% ~ 12.8%；
7: > 12.8%
Unit None
Default 6
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd)

TABLE 103 - RADIO LINK FAILURE CHECKING PERIOD
Full name Radio link failure checking period

Abbreviation RxLevQualprd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
GSM 12.21
reference
Period to detect radio linkd failure at network side
(in the unit of SACCH multiframe), including the
Description
detection of channel strength (dBm) and signal
quality received in each channel.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 63
Default 63
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure
8.
FIGURE 8 - AMR HALF METHOD P AR AMETERS

AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs)

TABLE 104 - AMR HALF ACTIVE CODEC SET
Full name AMR Half Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrHalfAcs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit 5:
7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps …… Bit 2: 5.15 kbps;
Description Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’
represents ‘0’. Four coding modes could be set at
the most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, to 7.95 kbit/s. Value range is
Yes/No.
Unit None
Default Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, No] in order.
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes four

AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted
AmrThresholds1≤AmrThresholds2≤
Description AmrThresholds3≤AmrThresholds4≤
AmrThresholds5
AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤
AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5
Management
Cell
Object
0~63.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
63: 31.5 dB
Unit None
Default ［22，25，29，34，40］
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes five

factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and
AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted
Description conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2
＋AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3＋
AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4＋
AmrHysteresis4≤AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5
Management
Cell
Object
0~15.
z 0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range z 1: 0.5 dB;
z 2: 1.0 dB
……
z 15: 7.5 dB
Unit None
Default ［4，5，5，6，6］
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)


Abbreviation IsAmrlCM
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object

When only a value is configured as "No"

range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No"
range is 1~3;
When three values are configured as "No"
range is 1~2;
range is 1;
5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is
null;
coding mode.
coding modes.
three coding modes.
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Reserved rate of eMLPP (EmlppThs)

TABLE 110 - RESERVED RATE OF EMLPP
Full name eMLPP channel Reserved time

Abbreviation EmlppThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines eMLPP channel reserved
Description time, that is, the proportion of eMLPP channel in all
available channels in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 20
Relevant ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Functions ZGF05-17-005 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs)

TABLE 111 - USE CELL EMLPP THRESHOLD
Full name Use cell EMLPP Threshold

Abbreviation UseCellEmlppThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter defines whether to use eMLPPThs.
Description If yes, you shall select cell property, otherwise to
select BSC property.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant ZGF05-25-017 eMLPP

Functions ZGF05-17-005 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure
9-.

FIGURE 9 - AMR FULL METHOD P AR AMETERS
AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)

T AB L E 1 1 2 - AM R F U L L AC T I V E C O D E C SE T
Full name AMR full Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrFullAcs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8:
12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit
Description 5: 6.70 kbps … Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps.
‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Default
code is 10101010 (that is 170).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2
kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit None
Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in
Default
order.
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
parameters

Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes seven
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThresholds5,
AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also, the
AmrThresholds1≤AmrThresholds2≤AmrThresholds3
≤AmrThresholds4≤AmrThresholds5≤
Description
AmrThresholds6≤AmrThresholds7，AmrThresholds1
≤AmrThresholds4＋AmrHysteresis4≤
AmrThresholds5＋AmrHysteresis5≤AmrThresholds6
AmrHysteresis7
Management
Cell
Object
is 0~63.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
63: 31.5 dB
Unit None
Default ［6，9，13，18，24，31，39］
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces



3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes
seven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the
Description AmrThresholds1＋AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2
Management
Cell
Object
is 0~15.
0: 0.0 dB;
Value Range
1: 0.5 dB;
2: 1.0 dB
……
15: 7.5 dB
Unit None
Default ［3，4，3，5，5，5，6］
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


Abbreviation IsAmrICM
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Management
Cell
Object


range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No"
range is 1~3;
When six values are configured as "No"
range is 1~2;
When seven values are configured as "No"
range is 1;
8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is
null;
coding mode.
coding modes.
three coding modes.
Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Description
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell Optional Parameters

The interface of cell optional parameters is shown in Figure 10.

FIGURE 10 - CELL OPTIONAL P AR AMETERS
Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s)

TABLE 118 - PROTECTION PERIOD FOR ACCESS ATTEMPT
Full name Protection period for access attempt

Abbreviation T3122
3GPP Name T3122
3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
The network sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT message to MS when it receives a channel
request message from MS and will not allocate a
suitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT message contains T3122 timer parameter
to prevent possible wireless channel blocking
caused by repeated channel requests sent by the
MS, which is waiting for indication information unit.
Description MS cannot restart a new call until the time
indicated by T3122 is elapsed if it receives the
‘IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message. This
parameter is also one of the system control
parameters, and is sent to MS in the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
Following are the suggested values: 10 s ~ 15 s for
normal traffic area; 15 s ~ 25 s for dense traffic
area
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit s
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Multiband report indication (MulbandReport)

TABLE 119 - MULTIBAND REPORT INDICATION
Full name Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulbandReport
3GPP
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
reference

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to

report contents of six adjacent cells with the
strongest signals in a frequency band, when
reporting the survey result of adjacent cells to the
network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with
priority into a specific frequency band during
handover. The MS reports the survey result
according to the signal intensity and the frequency
band of the signals, according to the actual
situation.
Multiband report indication is used to notify MS to
report contents of adjacent cells in multiple
frequency bands. It is one of the system control
parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in
each frequency band. General principles to set the
parameters are as follows: 　0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator has no choice over the frequency band.
　3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a
specific frequency band with priority.
Description
In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cell in local cell frequency band.
If still more space is available, MS reports
the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of
2: MS reports the survey result of two
3: MS reports the survey result of three
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~3
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Uplink discontinuous transmission

(DtxUplinkBcch)
TABLE 120 - UPLINK DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION
Full name Uplink discontinuous transmission

Abbreviation DtxUplinkBcch
3GPP Name DTX
3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode
means that the system does not transmit signals
during the speech intermission of the subscriber
conversation.
This parameter controls how MS uses the DTX
mode. System broadcasts ‘RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3’ message to all MSs in the
cell. In addition, it may be necessary to notify MSs
of older versions (of the first stage) through the
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message
on SACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the RIL3_RR
Description SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message contains
Uplink discontinuous transmission. This parameter
is one of the network function parameters.
MS could use DTX;
MS should use DTX;
MS should not use DTX;
If both the BTS equipment and TRAU support the
DTX mode, set the parameter as 1 (employ DTX).
Otherwise set it as 2 (not employ DTX).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~2

Unit None
Default 1
Relevant
ZGF05-08-002 Discontinuous Transmission Uplink
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Other Parameters
The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 11.

RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy

burst (RachBuysThs)
TABLE 121 - R ACH RECEIVING SIGNAL LEVEL THRESHOLD FOR BUSY BURST

Full name
burst
Abbreviation RachBuysThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
burst is the threshold for receiving signal level in
Description RACH bursts. If the value is exceeded (that is less
than RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy
burst dBm), system considers that as a busy RACH.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default 63
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)

TABLE 122 - PREPROCESSING INDICATION
Full name Preprocessing

Abbreviation Preprocess
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

The survey report contains the large amount

(message amount) of Abis interface information.
Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred
to BTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link.
After preprocess, BTS averages the survey data of
MS by its own, and reports to BSC in a lower
frequency.
Average reporting period can be two, three or four
SACCH multi-frames (480 ms). That is, the
frequency decreases from the original twice/s to
once/2 s, so the message amount of Abis interface
decreases. However, the decrease of message
amount still depends on whether the message
length before preprocess is same as that after
preprocess. One disadvantage of preprocess is that
the handover control and power control are not in
Description
time, which increases the possibility of
disconnection rate. This parameter determines
whether to use preprocess and its period or not.
0: Do not use preprocess
2: Use preprocess; the average reporting
period is 2 SACCH multi-frames
Other values: Reserved
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~4
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX resending times for physical information

(NY1)
T A B L E 1 2 3 - M AX R E S E N D I N G T I M E S F O R P H Y S I C A L I N F O R M A T I O N
Full name MAX resending times for physical information

Abbreviation NY1

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message to notify MS the advanced time value that
is used during asynchronous handover process to
be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS
starts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resends
message ‘RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION’ and
Description restart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and fails
to decode the frames in second layer correctly
(format A or format B) or TCH frames.
MAX resending times for physical information
decides maximum number of resending times for
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This
parameter is one of the BTS configuration
parameters.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 5 ~ 35
Unit None
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Low priority of channel select priority

(ChanSelectPrio_0)
TABLE 124 - LOW PRIORITY OF CHANNEL SELECT PRIORITY
Full name Low priority of channel select priority

Abbreviation ChanSelectPrio_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Specify the channel type used by low priority
Description
subscriber.
Management
Cell
Object
No change, Full rate first, Half rate first, Only full
Value Range
rate allowed, Only half rate allowed
Unit None

Default No change
Relevant ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Functions ZGF05-17-002 Half rate
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
High priority of channel select priority

(ChanSelectPrio_1)
TABLE 125 - HIGH PRIORITY OF CHANNEL SELECT PRIORITY
Full name High priority of channel select priority

Abbreviation ChanSelectPrio_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Specify the channel type used by high priority
Description
subscriber.
Management
Cell
Object
No change, Full rate first, Half rate first, Only full
Value Range
rate allowed, Only half rate allowed
Unit None
Default No change
Relevant ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Functions ZGF05-17-002 Half rate
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode-0~

CipherMode-7)
TABLE 126 - CELL SUPPORT ENCRYPTION MODE
Full name Cell Support Encryption Mode

Abbreviation CipherMode-0~ CipherMode-7
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

Cell Support Encryption Mode is the encryption

mode supported by BTS. The required encryption
algorithm is contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE
COMMAND or BSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
Description
BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message sent by the
MSC side. By checking this parameter, BSC can
learn whether the cell supports this required
encryption algorithm to give a proper response.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 8 types, Value Ranges are all Yes/No
Unit None
Default [Yes, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]
Relevant ZGF05-21-001 Support of A5/1 and A5/2
Functions Ciphering Algorithm
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MR report time bitmap (MrRptTimeBmp)

TABLE 127 - MR REPORT TIME BITM AP
Full name MR report time bitmap

Abbreviation MrRptTimeBmp
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter provides a check function about 0 ~
23 time points. You can enable measurement data
report at different points. Each time point indicates
Description a hour, within 0~23 hours.
Only if checking corresponding time and enabling
report function about measurement report data, MR
data can be reported.
Management
Cell
Object
checked, unchecked
Checked: it indicates that measurement
report shall be enabled within this time
Value Range duration;
Unchecked: it indicates that measurement
report shall be disabled within this time
duration;
Unit None

Default Unchecked
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Basic Parameters

If ‘GPRS service supported’ in ‘Basic parameters 1’ is ‘support
GPRS’, the sub-interface of GPRS parameters will appear.
The interface of GPRS basic property parameters is as shown in
Figure 12.
FIGURE 12 - GPRS BASIC PROPERTY P ARAMETERS
SGSN ID (SGSNID)
TABLE 128 - SGSN ID
Full name SGSN ID

Abbreviation SGSNID
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

SGSN serial number assigned by internal iBSC,

which is assigned while user creates SGSN. This
Description
serial number can't be modified and can be deleted
after creation.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default Depends on the actual configuration.
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
NSEI
TABLE 129 - NSEI
Full name NSEI

Abbreviation NSEI
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
In GPRS protocol stack, every unique BSSGP
Virtual Connection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI for
each GPRS cell belongs to Network Service Entity
(NSE). NSEI uniquely identifies every NSE. ZXG10
Description iBSC supports several NSEs for future expandability
option.
Only when user firstly configures NSE in "Relevant
configuration at GB interface", this parameter is
optional.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

BVCI
TABLE 130 - BVCI
Full name BVCI

Abbreviation BVCI
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides an
approach for communication between different
BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point
(PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or inter-signaling
Description entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies on BVC.
BVCI identifies each virtual connection. BVCI
enables the network service layer to route BSSGP
PDUs to the peer entity. One NSE carries only one
signaling BVC (BVCI=0).
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RAC
TABLE 131 - R AC
Full name RAC

Abbreviation RAC
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

RAC is a part of Routing Area Identity (RAI). RAI

defines the GPRS serving cell identification. GPRS
system divides the Location Area (LA) to several
routing areas (RAs) using RAI
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
UPU unit
TABLE 132 - UPU UNIT
Full name UPU Unit

Abbreviation UpuUnit
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It is corresponding with the board position in
Description
physical configuration
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Depends on the actual configuration.
Unit None
Default Depends on the actual selection.
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
DSP No.
TABLE 133 - DSP NO.
Full name DSP ID

Abbreviation DSP
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter depends on physical configured
DSP, if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is
Description
within range of 9~22, otherwise it is configured
DSP number.
Management
Cell
Object
Determined by user configured DSP quantity.
If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSP number
shall be within 9~22, otherwise it shall be
Value Range configured DSP number.
If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSP
number shall be within 9~13, 17~21, 25~29,
otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.
Unit None
Default Minimum DSP number configured by user
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

13.

Additional reselect parameter indictor

(AddResPI2)
TABLE 134 - ADDITIONAL RESELECTION PAR AMETER INDICATION
Full name attached reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation AddResPI2
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on

the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the
definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers
decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection
parameter.
Additional reselection parameter indication is to
notify MS whether C2 criterion is adoptable during
the cell reselection.
System broadcasts through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages to MS
in the cell. It is one of the cell selection
parameters.
Yes: MS takes off cell reselection
Description parameter PI and the parameters related
to computing C2 from the rest bytes
‘SI7/8 Rest Octets’ of SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8.
No: MS should obtain the PI parameter
related to the cell reselection and
parameters related to the C2 calculation
from the rest octets of the SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE4 message (SI4 Rest
Octets).
Generally, system information TYPE 7 and TYPE 8
are rarely used, this parameter must be set as ‘No’,
otherwise some MS (for example NEC) are not able
to access the network.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

TABLE 135 - SI13 SENDING POSITION
Full name SI13 Sending Position

Abbreviation Si13Locate
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. SI13 sending
position indicates the scheduling position of SI13
on BCCH.
SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13 can be
sent on either of the following: BCCH Norm
position. In this case, it occupies the BCCH block
with TC = 4; TC = ((FN DIV 51) mod (8)).
Description BCCH Ext position. In this case, it occupies one
fixed AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is sent with
low success rate on the BCCH Ext position, because
SI13 has to compete with other messages, such as
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, for delivery
opportunity. For this case, the parameter value of
Access Allowed Reserved Blocks must be set
greater than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
Unit None
Default BCCH Norm
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
RACOLOR (RaColor)
TABLE 136 - R ACOLOR
Full name RACOLOR

Abbreviation RaColor
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used at MS side. System

broadcasts to MS through SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8
messages. RACOLOR is similar to the BCC function
in the GSM system. In some cases, such as inter-
BSC cell reselection, the GPRS network assigns
different RACOLOR values to adjacent cells with the
Description same route area code to ensure that MS can
initiate the ‘Routing Area Updating’ process.
In this way, when MS receives different RACOLOR
values in the cells with the same routing area code,
it initiates the ‘Routing Area Updating’ process
similar as when it spans two different routing
areas.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Minimal number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs)

TABLE 137 - MINIM AL NUMBER OF IDLE CS CHANNEL
Full name Minimal number of idle CS channel

Abbreviation CsChansThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It indicates
minimum threshold of the number of IDLE channels
under the CS status, when the network converts
the switchable channel to the PS channel.
System may fail to convert a dynamic switchable
Description channel to a PS channel, if the number of idle CS
channels is lower than the threshold. When a PS +
CS channel in the CS status is released, it can be
converted and used by PS if the total number of
idle channels in the cell is greater than this
threshold.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None

Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)

TABLE 138 - P ACKET ACCESS PRIORITY THRESHOLD
Full name Packet access priority threshold

Abbreviation PriAcThr
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
broadcasts to MS through PSI13 and SI13
messages. Packet access priority threshold
Description
indicates the priority level of MS packet access
allowed in the cell as similar to the function of
ACCESS CLASS.
Management
Cell
Object
No package access, Allow priority 1, Allow priority
Value Range 1-2, Allow priority 1-3, Allow priority 1-4, Allow
priority
Unit None
Default Allow priority
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Packet System Information Send Speed

(SendSpeed)
TABLE 139 - P ACKET SYSTEM INFORM ATION SEND SPEED
Full name Packet System Information Send Speed

SendSpeed (PSI2, PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5,
Abbreviation
PSI13, PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used for global process on BRP.
Packet System Information Send Speed indicates
whether various types of PSI messages are sent at
high rate. As there are limited packet system
messages (16) sent at high rate, and the number
of sent messages often varies due to different
Description content lengths of different types of packet system
messages, the user can only roughly specify the
sending rate of each type of system message.
Before sending the message, the global process
dynamically specifies the sending rate of each
packet system message type according to the user
requirement and the system limitation.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 9 types, Yes/No
Unit None
Default [Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes]
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s)

TABLE 140 - OVERLOAD REPORT PERIOD ON PRACH
Full name PRACH OverLoad Report Period

Abbreviation OvLoadPer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The interval
Description of PRACH overload period reported by BTS and
informed by BSC.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit s
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
Link error counter (RLTimeout)

TABLE 141 - LINK ERROR COUNTER
Full name Link error counter

Abbreviation RLTimeout
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs this
parameter to BTS through O&M message,
Description
explaining measurement counter while BTS can't
correctly decode GPRS data.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 20
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
PRACH receive signal level threshold

(PrachBusyT)
TABLE 142 - PRACH RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL THRESHOLD
PRACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy

Full name
burst
Abbreviation PrachBusyT
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

BTS uses this parameter information. PRACH

channel overload is one of the reasons for overload
control. The busy ratio of random access burst
Description decides the PRACH overload.
If a burst’s level exceeds the value specified by
PRACH receive signal level threshold, the burst is
considered as a busy burst.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default 63
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Average measuring bursts number on PRACH

(MeaAvgSlot)
TABLE 143 - AVER AGE M EASURING BURSTS NUM BER ON PRACH
Full name Average measuring bursts number on PRACH

Abbreviation MeaAvgSlot
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
BTS uses this parameter information. and this
parameter must be in sync with BTS whenever
changed. Average measuring bursts number on
PRACH indicates the number of measured bursts on
PRACH. If the receiving signal level of Average
Description
bursts count surveyed by RACH BPs is lower than
the value of this parameter, overloading of PRACH
channel occur.BTS uses this parameter. The BTS
needs to be synchronized when modifying the
parameter.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default 60
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Buffer threshold of paging message

(PccchIndTh_0, %)
TABLE 144 - BUFFER THRESHOLD OF PAGING MESSAGE
Full name Buffer threshold of paging message

Abbreviation PccchIndTh_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Paging message buffer is overloaded threshold for
packet paging channel PPCH. The judgment
scheme is as follows: i.Calculate the paging
message buffer corresponding to a paging channel.
Description ii.Divide the message number stored in the buffer
by the maximum storage amount. iii.Multiply the
obtained percentage by 100. Compare the result
with the threshold. If the result exceeds the
threshold, then the overload can be decided.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 50
Relevant
ZGF05-15-001 Paging
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging

period (PccchIndTh_1, %)
TABLE 145 - QUEUE LENGTH THRESHOLD IN 64 MULTIFRAME PAGING PERIOD
Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging

Full name
period
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
FUC on BTS uses this parameter information. It
indicates overload threshold in PCCCH (PRACH,
PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an array with 3
elements, in the unit of %.
PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer is
overloaded for packet paging channel
PPCH. Its decision mechanism is to first
calculate paging message body buffer
corresponding to one paging channel, then
message total quantity saved in this buffer
divided by maximum storage to gain a
percentage, multiplied by 100, then
compared with this threshold, if it exceeds
it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overload
threshold of packet paging channel. Its
Description
decision mechanism is to first accumulate
the message ready to issue in buffer
queue for each paging group pair, then
divided by accumulation of maximum
storage in buffer queue corresponding to
each paging group, multiplied by 100,
the threshold, it will be considered as
overload;
PccchIndTh[2]: PRACH overload threshold.
Its decision mechanism is to first divide
total blocks quantity of this PRACH by busy
blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100,
the threshold, it will be considered as
overload.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 50

Relevant
ZGF05-15-001 Paging
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2,

%)
TABLE 146 - PRACH OVERLOAD THRESHOLD RATIO
Full name PRACH overload threshold ratio

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Total block quantity on this PRACH divided by busy
blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then
Description
compared with this threshold, if it exceeds this
threshold, it will be considered as overload.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 50
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Other Parameters 2

14.

Is Support CCN mode (CCNActive)

Full name Is Support CCN mode

Abbreviation CCNActive
3GPP Name CCN_ACTIVE
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter indicates whether the cell supports
CCN mode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating
notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS
does cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes,
Description PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message
notification shall be delivered to network in normal
case. After network receives this message, it can
send specific system message about standby cell to
MS.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Is cell support system message status flow

(SIStatusInd)
TABLE 148 - IS CELL SUPPORT SYSTEM MESSAGE STATUS FLOW
Full name Is cell support system message status flow

Abbreviation SIStatusInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
system message status flow, broadcasted to MS in
SI13 and PSI13. It describes whether the network
supports PSI (SI) Status process. MS informs its
Description network side which PSI (SI) subsets are required
for received PSI (SI) message by sending Packet
PSI (SI) Status message on PACCH. This parameter
is used in CCN mode, to assist finishing NACC fast
cell reselection
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)

TABLE 149 - ALLOW SOLSA MS TO ACCESS
Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access

Abbreviation EXC_ACC
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4,
SI6, and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter
information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis
Description
messages of local and neighboring cells. The
network uses Allow SOLSA MS to access to prevent
MS from residing in the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
CCCH SplitPgCycle support (SpgcSuport)

TABLE 150 - CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE SUPPORT
Full name CCCH SplitPgCycle support

Abbreviation SpgcSuport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used at MS side and FUN side.
System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and SI13
messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates
whether to support the ‘SplitPg¬Cycle’ function on
Description
CCCH. ‘Split_Pg_Cycle’ means sending the PACKET
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING and
PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
messages on multiple blocks.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Extended paging supported (EpageMode)

TABLE 151 - EXTENDED PAGING SUPPORTED
Full name Extended paging supported

Abbreviation EpageMode
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether support extended
paging. Extended paging means that MS still can
Description
receive and analyze the message within 3 intervals
after the blocks indicated by its paging group.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF05-15-001 Paging
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
PSI status supported (PsiStatInd)

TABLE 152 - PSI STATUS SUPPORTED
Full name PSI status supported

Abbreviation PsiStatInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used at the MS side and on the

BRP. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1
message, and indicates whether the network
supports PACKET PSI STATUS message.
This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1, MS
Description can send the PACKET PSI STATUS message to the
network and indicate the current value of the PSI
message stored on it. Later, the network sets PSI
message for this MS on the PACCH to speed up the
subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise MS has to listen
to the PSI message only at the time points
scheduled by the network.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Is the cell support extendable uplink TBF

(EXT_UTBF)
TABLE 153 - IS THE CELL SUPPORT EXTENDABLE UPLINK TBF
Full name Is the cell support extendable uplink TBF

Abbreviation EXT_UTBF
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
extended uplink TBF. After BSS receives CV=0
uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplink
TBF, it enters into extended uplink TBF status. At
this time, it continues assign uplink block resource
Description to MS. If new uplink data is required to send during
extended uplink, re-establishment of uplink TBF is
not required.
This function requires extended uplink function
shall be supported at MS side.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default Yes
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)

TABLE 154 - UPLINK DELAY TIME
Full name Uplink delay time

Abbreviation UlDelayTime
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates uplink delay time, to describe uplink
TBF delay time. When uplink TBF is released, if
extended uplink TBF function is not supported, this
Description
timer starts, access to uplink delay state, to wait
for downlink LLC arrival. Release uplink TBF after
timer is timeout.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit ms
Default 1000
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)

TABLE 155 - DOWNLINK DELAY TIME
Full name Downlink delay time

Abbreviation DlDelaytime
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When

downlink TBF is released, this timer starts, access
Description
to delay state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame.
Release downlink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit ms
Default 2000
Relevant
ZGF06-07-007 Delayed TBF Release in DL
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms)

TABLE 156 - EXTEND UPLINK TBF TIME
Full name Extend uplink TBF time

Abbreviation ExtUITBFTime
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time. When
uplink TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF
function is supported, this timer starts, access to
Description
extended uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink
LLC frame. Release uplink TBF after timer is
timeout.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit ms
Default 1500
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces

Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
TABLE 157 - INTERVAL NUMBER OF GPRS TBF DOWNLINK'S RRBP
Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

Abbreviation GPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to
Description
send Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s

RRBP (EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
TABLE 158 - INTERVAL NUMBER OF EGPRS TBF DOWNLINK’S RRBP
Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

Abbreviation EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS to
Description
send EGPRS Packet Donwlink Ack/Nack.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 6 ~ 60
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

(GPRSUIAckInterVal)
TABLE 159 - INTERVAL NUMBER OF GPRS TBF UPLINK’S ACK
Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

Abbreviation GPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends Packet
Description
Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 20
Unit None
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

(EGPRSUIAckInterVal)
TABLE 160 - INTERVAL NUMBER OF EGPRS TBF UPLINK’S ACK
Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

Abbreviation EGPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Interval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends
Description
Packet Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 3 ~ 20

Unit None
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod,

ms)
TABLE 161 - UPLINK MEASURE REPORT PERIOD
Full name Uplink measurement report period

Abbreviation Ulmeasureperiod
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used by UPPB, describing uplink
Description measurement report period reported by BTS and
handled by BSC.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit ms
Default 800
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s)

TABLE 162 - CALCULATING PERIOD OF LOAD ON PPCH
Full name Calculating period of load on PPCH

Abbreviation LoadPer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

This parameter is used by FUC at BTS side,

Description
describing period to calculate PPCH channel load.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 16
Unit s
Default 10
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Abis interface
interfaces
PSI1 send period (Psi1ReppPer)

TABLE 163 - PSI1 SEND PERIOD
Full name PSI1 Send Period

Abbreviation Psi1ReppPer
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter is used at MS side and FUN side.
System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and
SI3 messages of local and adjacent cells. PSI1 send
period indicates the sending period and destination
of the PSI1 message in a cell. PSI1 contains
Description
information about cell reselection, PRACH control,
control channel description, and possible global
power control parameters. System sends the
message at high repetition rate as long as PBCCH
exists.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 15
0: The PSI1 repeat period is equal to 1
multiframes;
Value Range
multiframes;
……
multiframes;
Unit s
Default 4

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Selective granularity (USFGranularity)

TABLE 164 - SELECTIVE GRANULARITY
Full name Selective granularity

Abbreviation USFGranularity
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
IT IS ASSIGNED TO THE MS IN PACKET UPLINK
ASSIGNMENT MESSAGE, indicating the uplink block
Description
allocation granularity of the GPRS MS from the
network when cell employs ‘dynamic allocation’.
Management
Cell
Object
0~1
0: allocation granularity is 1 for uplink
Value Range block;
1: allocation granularity is 4 for uplink
block;
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support extended uplink dynamic allocation

(EXUPDYNSUPPORT)
TABLE 165 - SUPPORT EXTENDED UPLINK DYNAMIC ALLOCATION
Full name Support extended uplink dynamic allocation

Abbreviation EXUPDYNSUPPORT
3GPP Name --

3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether cell supports
extended uplink dynamic allocation. While using
Description this function, the MS only need listen USF allocation
with the least timeslot, so you can determine to
send uplink block on all allocated uplink timeslot.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
ZGF06-05-002 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces

15.

C/I (Sc)
TABLE 166 - C/I (SC)
Full name C/I

Abbreviation Sc
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
iBSC uses MEAN_BEP as C/I to indicate radio
transmission quality, and adjusts block allocation
according to radio transmission quality. Divide
MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each grade
corresponds to a weight. The weight is dynamically
added to the weight calculated from UMTS QoS
parameters, as the evidence of allocating shared
block.
Allocation weight that corresponds to MEAN_BEP
grade is as follows:
Description MEAN_BEP grade MEAN_BEP value Allocation
weight
0 0~4 -3*Sc
1 5~9 -2*Sc
2 10 ~ 13 -Sc
3 14 ~ 17 0
4 18 ~ 21 Sc
5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc
6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~8
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant ZGF06-10-003 C/I based Packet Scheduling

Functions ZGF06-07-005 Packet Scheduling
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
ARP (Sa)
TABLE 167 - ARP (SA)
Full name ARP (Sa)

Abbreviation sa

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block
by ARP parameters (priority level).
Allocation weight that corresponds to ARP is as
follows:
Description ARP Allocation weight
1 2*Sa
2 Sa
3 0
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~8
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant ZGF06-10-002 Support ARP in packet scheduling

Functions ZGF06-07-005 Packet Scheduling
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
THP (St)
TABLE 168 - THP
Full name THP

Abbreviation St
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by THP

parameters included in interactive service.
Allocation weight that corresponds to THP is as
follows:
THP Allocation weight
0 0
1 St
Description 2 2*St
3 3*St
4 4*St
5 5*St
6 6*St
7 7*St
8 8*St
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~8
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
ZGF06-07-005 Packet Scheduling
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support PS Queuing (PsQueueInd)

TABLE 169 - SUPPORT PS QUEUING
Full name Support PS Queuing

Abbreviation PsQueueInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
If PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resource
according to signature QoS parameters from user
side, when QoS guarantee rate for user signature is
unsatisfied (including through grabbing), and the
QoS parameter allows queuing, if this parameter is
enabled, iBSC allocates radio resource to user
Description according to Best Effort, and insert the user into
the queue, to wait for allocation of radio resource.
Queuing time can be gotten through PFC process;
otherwise if this parameter is disabled, access to
this service is directly refused.
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure
PsMaxQueueInstNum.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Max PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)

TABLE 170 - MAX PS QUEUE COUNT
Full name Max PS Queue Count

Abbreviation PsMaxQueueInstNum
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This paramter indicates the number of allowed
queues in the cell. When the user number in queue
reaches this value, the service that shall be queued
Description shall be refused to access.
When PsQueueInd is Yes, you can configure this
paramter.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default 8
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Support PS Preemption (PsPreemptionInd)

TABLE 171 - SUPPORT PS PREEMPTION
Full name Support PS Preemption

Abbreviation PsPreemptionInd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio
resource according to signature QoS parameters
from user side. When signed QoS guarantee rate
Description can't be satisfied and user own QoS parameter
allows preemption. When this parameter is
enabled, this user can preempte radio resource
with low priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support 3G NACC (Support3GCCN)

TABLE 172 - SUPPORT 3G N ACC
Full name Support 3G NACC

Abbreviation Support3GCCN
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether support NACC to
Description
3G cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support PS Prmp CS (PSPrmpCSSupport)

TABLE 173 - SUPPORT PS PRMP CS
Full name Support PS Prmp CS

Abbreviation PSPrmpCSSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates when dynamic channel
with preferred PDCH is occupied, to determine
Description
whether the channel can be preempted by PS
service.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Cell Optional Parameters

The interface of GPRS cell optional parameters is shown in
Figure 16 - .

FIGURE 16 - GPRS CELL OPTIONAL P ARAMETERS
T3168 (s)
TABLE 174 - T3168
Full name T3168 (s)

Abbreviation T3168
3GPP Name T3168
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
MS uses this parameter, it is one of the GPRS cell
options parameters and it is broadcasted to the MS
in PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 message.
Description T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after MS
sends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message (or
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message with
Channel Request Description IE).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0.5 ~ 4.0 (Step length is 0.5)
Unit s
Default 4.0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
Um interface
interfaces
T3192
TABLE 175 - T3192
Full name T3192

Abbreviation T3192
3GPP Name T3192
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side.
During the packet downlink transmission, if RLC
data block is the final downlink data block to be
transmitted, the network sends the RLC data block
with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as 1. It
contains an effective RRBP field to initialize the
release of the downlink TBF.
For each RLC data block that receives FBI with
value 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message
whose FBI domain is 1 on the uplink block
specified by the RRBP domain.
Description
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the
message in the uplink block specified as
per RRBP field. Then MS starts the T3192
timer.
When T3192 stops, the system releases the
resources, stops listening to the PDCCH channel,
and turns to listen to the paging channel. Within
the protection period of T3192, if the MS receives
the “PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT” or “PACKET
TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE” message from the
network, T3192 will stop and turn to the packet
transmission status.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, 160, 200
Unit ms
Default 500
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
Um interface
interfaces
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)

TABLE 176 - DRX MODE HOLDING TIME
Full name DRX mode holding time

Abbreviation DrxTimeMax
3GPP Name DRX_TIMER_MAX
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages, and indicates the value of
DRX_TIMER_MAX.
Description When the MS changes from the packet BUSY mode
to the packet IDLE mode, it should first enter the
Non-DRX mode. Minimum values of this parameter
and DRX_TIMER_MAX parameters determine the
time length for MS to stay in the Non-DRx mode.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
Unit s
Default 2
Relevant
ZGF06-07-012 GPRS non-DRX Mode
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax)

T A B L E 1 7 7 - M AX B L O C K S T R A N S M I S S I O N I N E A C H T S
Full name Max Blocks Transmission in Each TS

Abbreviation BsCvMax
3GPP Name BS_CV_MAX
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and SI13
messages.
This parameter indicates the value of MAX blocks
transmission in each TS. Blocks Transmission in
each TS. This parameter determines the following:
Time length of T3198 timer used by MS. This time
length is equal to the time represented by this
Description parameter. Time length of T3200 used by MS in
Non-DRX mode. This time length = 4 ⅹ time
represented by this parameter. Value of N3104max
= (3 ⅹ (BsCvMax+3) ⅹ Number of timeslots
assigned in the uplink).
All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the
COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The network can
use this field to calculate the data blocks to be sent
on current uplink TBF.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 15
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Packet control acknowledgment type

(CtraCKType)
TABLE 178 - P ACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT TYPE
Full name Packet control acknowledgment type

Abbreviation CtraCKType
3GPP Name CONTROL_ACK_TYPE
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP
and at MS side. It belongs to the GPRS cell option
parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the
Description
PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages, indicating the
default format for the MS to send the “PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT” message.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 4 access bursts, RLC/MAC control block

Unit None
Default RLC/MAC control block
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Access burst type (AccessType)

TABLE 179 - ACCESS BURST TYPE
Full name Access burst type

Abbreviation AccessType
3GPP Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and SI13
messages. Access burst type indicates whether to
use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst in PRACH and
Description PTCCH/U, and the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.
The main difference between the two types is that
the 11-bit access burst can take more content than
the 8-bit access burst.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 8 bits, 11 bits
Unit None
Default 8 bits
Relevant
ZGF06-04-003 8/11 bit Access Burst
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

TABLE 180 - N3102 DECREASE STEP
Full name N3102 decrease step

Abbreviation PanDec

3GPP Name PAN_DEC

3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. They belong to
the GPRS cell option parameters, and they are
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages, indicating the values of parameters of
“PAN_DEC”, “PAN_INC” and “PAN_MAX”. After each
cell reselection, the MS will set the initial value of
N3102 as the “PanMax” value. (1) When the MS
receives the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message
to move V(S) forward, it adds PanInc to N3102
Description (but the maximum value shall not exceed PanMax).
(2) When the MS detects the stall condition (V(S) =
V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receives
the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message that
enables V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. If
T3182 expires, the MS will subtract PanDec from
N3102. When the condition satisfies N3102 < 0,
the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal
release. When one of PanDec, PanInc, and PanMax
is zero, N3102 is invalid.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
N3102 increase step (PanInc)

TABLE 181 - N3102 INCREASE STEP
Full name N3102 increase step

Abbreviation PanInc
3GPP Name PAN_INC
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit None
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
N3102 MAX (PanMax)

T A B L E 1 8 2 - N 3 1 0 2 M AX
Full name N3102 Max

Abbreviation PanMax
3GPP Name PAN_MAX
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit None
Default 32
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
GPRS phone init coding

TABLE 183 - GPRS PHONE INIT CODING
Full name GPRS phone init coding

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates the default-coding mode
for GPRS MS initial access, under different Abis
interface link bandwidths. It is a two-dimensional
Description
array. It represents the default coding mode
corresponding to GPRS MS less than 1 × 16 kbps
and 2 ~ 5 × 16 kbps bandwidth respectively.
Management
Cell
Object

1*16 kbps: CS1, CS2;

Value Range
2~4*16 kbps: CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4
Unit None
Default [CS2, CS2]
Relevant ZGF06-03-002 Initial Coding Scheme per Cell
Functions Settable
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS phones init code can be changed

(InitAttachExch_0)
TABLE 184 - GPRS PHONES INIT CODE CAN BE CHANGED
Full name GPRS phones init code can be changed

Abbreviation InitAttachExch_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates whether GPRS phones
Description
default code can be changed dynamically.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
GPRS NC Survey Parameters

The interface of GPRS NC survey parameters is shown in Figure
17 - .

FIGURE 17 - GPRS NC SURVEY PAR AMETERS
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

TABLE 185 - P ACKET IDLE MODE
Full name Packet Idle mode

Abbreviation NcRepPerI
3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
broadcasts the parameter information to MS
through SI2Quater and PSI5 message. This
parameter indicates the period of MS reporting cell
reselection survey in packet IDLE mode. When
Description
Network control order is NC0, the parameter
information is not necessary to broadcast through
PSI5 message.
This parameter also can be sent to MS through PMO
message.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit s
Default 61.44
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)

TABLE 186 - P ACKET TRANSMISSION MODE
Full name Packet transmission mode

Abbreviation NcRepPerT
3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to NC
measurement parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS in system message SI2Quater and PSI5 message.
This parameter indicates the period of MS reporting
cell reselection survey in packet transmission
Description
mode. When Network control order is NC0, the
parameter information is not necessary to
broadcast through PSI5 message.
message.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit s
Default 3.84
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder)

TABLE 187 - EXTENDED MEASUREMENT REPORT ORDER
Full name Extended measurement report order

Abbreviation MeaOrder
3GPP Name MEASUREMENT_ORDER
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


broadcasts the parameter information to MS
through PSI1 message. Extended measurement
Description report order is to indicate the survey report
command of MS in a cell.
This parameter indicates whether PSI5 is sent.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Network control order (CtrlOrder)

TABLE 188 - NETWORK CONTROL ORDER
Full name Network control order

Abbreviation CtrlOrder
3GPP Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
broadcasts to MS through PSI5, PSI13, SI3 and
SI2quater messages. Network control order indicates
the network control command used in the cell. If
the parameter equals to NC0, then NC survey
parameters (NC hold time in non-drx mode, and
Cell Reselection Survey Report Period) can be
ignored; if the parameter is NC1 or NC2 and NC
measurement parameters are ignored, use the
default value.
Description
NC0: MS controls cell reselection, and
there is no survey report;
NC1: MS controls cell reselection and
sends the survey report;
NC2: The network controls cell reselection
and MS sends the survey report.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range NC0, NC1, NC2

Unit None
Default NC0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)

TABLE 189 - NC HOLD TIME IN NON-DRX MODE
Full name NC hold time in non-drx mode

Abbreviation NcNoDrxPer
3GPP Name NC_ NON_DRX_PERIOD
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
belongs to network control survey and is used at
MS side. System broadcasts the parameter
information to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5
message. This parameter indicates the minimal
Description time for an MS to stay in the non-DRX mode after
sending an NC survey report. When Network
control order is NC0, the parameter information is
not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message.
message.
Management
Cell
Object
No non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20,
Value Range
1.44, 1.92
Unit s
Default 0.48
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces

Extended measurement report order

(ExMeaOrder)
TABLE 190 - EXTENDED MEASUREMENT REPORT ORDER
Full name Extended measurement report order

Abbreviation ExMeaOrder
3GPP Name EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDER
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. This
parameter indicates whether the MS performs
extended survey. In addition, it indicates how to
interpret the other extended survey parameters
(Type of extended measurement report and Report
Description period of extended measurement).
EM0: MS performs no extended survey
EM1: MS must send the extended survey
report to the network
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range EM0, EM1
Unit None
Default EM0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Type of extended measurement report

(ExtRepType)
TABLE 191 - TYPE OF EXTENDED MEASUREMENT REPORT
Full name Type of extended measurement report

Abbreviation ExtRepType
3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_TYPE
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


belongs to extended survey and is used at MS side.
System broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message.
This parameter indicates the type of extended
survey report sent by MS. System sends the
parameter information through the PSI5 message
when Extended measurement report order is EM1.
Type I: This type of report must be
extended if the frequency points for the
extended survey are among the six
strongest carrier frequencies, even if the
BSIC decoding is successful. The report
should cover the receiving signal level and
the successfully decoded BSIC (if any);
Description
Type II: This type of report must be
extended if all the frequency points for the
extended survey are located in the six
strongest carrier frequencies, the BSIC
decoding is successful and the NCC part is
allowed for survey. The report should
cover the receiving signal level and the
successfully decoded BSIC;
Type III: Use this type of report to report
all the frequency points for the extended
survey. No BSIC decoding is necessary.
The report should contain the receiving
signal level. Besides, the interference of
each carrier frequency shall be reported.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Type1, Type2, Type3
Unit None
Default Type 1
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Report period of extended measurement

(ExtRepPer, s)
TABLE 192 - REPORT PERIOD OF EXTENDED MEASUREMENT
Full name Report period of extended measurement

Abbreviation ExtRepPer

3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD

3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
belongs to extended survey and is used at MS side.
System broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message.
Description This parameter indicates the interval of the
extended survey report. System sends the
parameter information through the PSI5 message
when Extended measurement report order is EM1.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680
Unit s
Default 1920
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
The Size of Test Report's Slip Window (Wnd)

TABLE 193 - THE SIZE OF TEST REPORT'S SLIP WINDOW
Full name The Size of Test Report's Slip Window

Abbreviation Wnd
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When NC2 network controls the cell
reselection, this parameter is used. When the
Description number of measurement reports reaches this
parameter setting value, average processing is
done for measurement report.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~8
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Allowed report number of the same cell in Slip

Window (AllowedRepNum)
TABLE 194 - ALLOWED REPORT NUMBER OF THE SAME CELL IN SLIP WINDOW
Allowed report number of the same cell in Slip

Full name
Window
Abbreviation AllowedRepNum
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
When NC2 network controls the cell reselection,
this parameter is used. When adjacent cell receives
average level, and the number of valid
Description
measurement report received in slip window is
lower than setting value, this calculation shall be
punished.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 1~6
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in
Figure 18.

FIGURE 18 - GPRS POWER CONTROL P ARAMETERS
Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W,

s)
TABLE 195 - FILTER PERIOD IN THE PACKET IDLE MODE
Full name Filter period in the packet idle mode

Abbreviation T_AVG_W
3GPP Name T_AVG_W
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
belongs to global power control and GPRS power
control, and is used at MS side. System broadcasts
Description to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages.
This parameter indicates the filter period of the
signal intensity for power control in the packet idle
mode.
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 31
0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes;
Value Range ……
26~31: filter period is 2(25/2)/6
multiframes;
Unit s
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Filter period in packet transmission mode

(T_AVG_T, s)
TABLE 196 - FILTER PERIOD IN PACKET TRANSMISSION MODE
Full name Filter period in packet transmission mode

Abbreviation T_AVG_T
3GPP Name T_AVG_T
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter indicates the filter period of the
signal intensity for power control in the packet
transmission mode.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 31
Value Range
……
26 ~ 31: reserved
Unit s

Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send)

TABLE 197 - PSI4 SENDING M ARK
Full name PSI4 sending mark

Abbreviation Psi4Send
3GPP Name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter belongs to global power control and
is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS
through PSI1 message. This parameter indicates
Description
whether to broadcast the optional PSI4 message. If
PSI4 is to be broadcast, it will contain a list of
channels that interfere with the survey.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power control measurement channel

(PcMeasChan)
TABLE 198 - POWER CONTROL MEASUREMENT CHANNEL
Full name Power control measurement channel

Abbreviation PcMeasChan
3GPP Name PC_MEAS_CHAN
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


This parameter indicates the position where the
downlink power strength is surveyed for uplink
power control.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range BCCH, PDCH
Unit None
Default BCCH
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Power control parameter (Alpha)

TABLE 199 - POWER CONTROL PAR AMETER
Full name Power control parameters

Abbreviation Alpha
3GPP Name ALPHA
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
Description
to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages.
This parameter determines the MS transmission
power control Alpha (α).
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 10
parameters controlled by MS transmitting power is
Alpha (α),
0: α = 0.0;
Value Range 1: α = 0.1;
……
10: α = 1.0;
11~15: α = 1.0
Unit None

Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I)

TABLE 200 - FILTER CONSTANT OF POWER CONTROL
Full name Filter constant of power control

Abbreviation N_AVG_I
3GPP Name N_AVG_I
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
Description
to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages.
This parameter is a filter constant used to optimize
the interference signal intensity in power control.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of GPRS cell reselection parameters is shown in
Figure 19.

FIGURE 19 - GPRS CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS


3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
to MS via system message by BTS.Cell reselection in
GPRS system follows C32 standard. Cell reselection
in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32
standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in
Description GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter.
This parameters not necessary to append in packet
system message when the offset value is 0 dB.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 31
0: -52 dB;
1: -48 dB;
……
Value Range 22: +12 dB;
……
31: +48 dB
-52 dB ~ -12 dB，12 dB ~ 48 dB step is 4 dB, -12
dB ~ 12 dB step is 2 dB
Unit 2 dB
Default 0
Relevant
ZGF06-01-003 Support of C31 and C32 Criteria
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Reselection offset 2 (ReselOffset_1)

TABLE 202 - RESELECTION OFFSET 2
Full name Reselection offset 2

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
PACCH.Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32
standard. Cell reselection in GPRS system follows
C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to
C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection
Description
offset parameter. This parameters not necessary to
append in packet system message when the offset
value is 0 dB.
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 31
0: -52 dB;
1: -48 dB;
Value Range ……
22: +12 dB;
……
31: +48 dB
Unit 2 dB
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS system,
time depends on Penalty Time parameter.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit dB
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Reselection temporary offset 2 (TempOffset_1,

dB)
TABLE 204 - RESELECTION TEMPORARY OFFSET 2
Full name Reselection temporary offset 2

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description
system. The effective time depends on Penalty
Time parameter.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite
Unit dB
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

10s)

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference


to MS via system message by BTS.In the GPRS system,
time depends on PenalTime of cell reselection.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 31
0: 10s;
Value Range 1: 20s;
……
31: 320s
Unit 10s
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Penalty time of cell reselection 2 (PenalTime_1,

10s)
TABLE 206 - PENALTY TIME OF CELL RESELECTION 2
Full name Penalty time of cell reselection 2

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Description system. The effective time depends on PenalTime
of cell reselection.
Management
Cell
Object

0 ~ 31
0: 10s;
Value Range 1: 20s;
……
31: 320s
Unit 10s
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_RESEL_0,

s)
TABLE 207 - INTERVAL OF RESELECTING THE SAME CELL
Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell

Abbreviation T_RESEL_0
3GPP Name T_RESEL
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
to MS via system message by BTS.Network prevents
MS to reselect this cell within Interval of reselecting
the same cell period when MS performs a cell
reselection and do not releases as normal, unless
there is no other cell for selection. It is not
Description necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS
through PSI3 message when the time represented
by this parameter is 5 s (default value).
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit s
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Interval of reselecting the same cell 2

(T_RESEL_1, s)
TABLE 208 - INTERVAL OF RESELECTING THE SAME CELL 2
Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell 2

Abbreviation T_RESEL_1
3GPP Name T_RESEL
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
PACCH. Network prevents MS to reselect this cell
within Interval of reselecting the same cell period
when MS performs a cell reselection and do not
releases as normal, unless there is no other cell for
Description selection. It is not necessary to broadcast this
parameter to MS through PSI3 message when the
time represented by this parameter is 5 s (default
value).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit s
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces


3GPP Name HCS_THR
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


message by BTS.Threshold of HSC signal level
identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the
Description cell.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm;
Value Range
1: -108 dBm;
……
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Threshold of HSC signal level 2 (HCS_THR_1)

TABLE 210 - THRESHOLD OF HSC SIGNAL LEVEL 2
Full name Threshold of HSC signal level 2

3GPP Name HCS_THR
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.
Threshold of HSC signal level identifies the HCS
Description
signal strength threshold of the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm;
Value Range
1: -108 dBm;
……
Unit None

Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

TABLE 211 - HCS PRIORITY

3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
message by BTS. This parameter specifies the HCS
Description priority of the cell.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HCS priority 2 (PrioClass_1)

TABLE 212 - HCS PRIORITY 2
Full name HCS Priority 2

3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.
This parameter specifies the HCS priority of the
Description
cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
C31 hysteresis (C31_HYST_0)

TABLE 213 - C31 HYSTERESIS
Full name C31 hysteresis

Abbreviation C31_HYST_0
3GPP Name C31_HYST
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
to MS through system message by BTS, which indicates
whether CellReselHys parameter functions on C31
Description standard.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

C31 hysteresis 2 (C31_HYST_1)

TABLE 214 - C31 HYSTERESIS 2
Full name C31 hysteresis 2

Abbreviation C31_HYST_1
3GPP Name C31_HYST
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to
MS on PACCH and specifies whether to use the
Description parameter “CellReselHys” on the C31 standard.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0,

dB)
TABLE 215 - GPRS CELL RESELECTION HYSTERESIS
Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis

Abbreviation ReselHys_0
3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


MS via system message by BTS.
MS needs to go through location updating process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
reselection, if the original cell and destination cell
are in different locations. C32 values obtained at
the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It
causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections of MS
is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s is extremely
short time in terms of location updating. This
increases the signaling flow on the network and
causes radio resources to be fully utilized. In
location update.
GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell
Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem.
MS will activate the cell reselection according to this
parameter only when the signal level of adjacent
cell (whose location zone is different from that of
local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and
Description
meanwhile the value difference must be greater
than that required by the parameter.
demand of services.
CRH parameter.
for the CRH level).
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default 0
Relevant
Functions

Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2 (ReselHys_1,

dB)
TABLE 216 - GPRS CELL RESELECTION HYSTERESIS 2
Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviation ReselHys_1
3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


PACCH.
MS needs to go through location updating process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
reselection, if the original cell and destination cell
are in different locations. C32 values obtained at
the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It
causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections of MS
is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s is extremely
short time in terms of location updating. This
increases the signaling flow on the network and
causes radio resources to be fully utilized. In
location update.
GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell
Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem.
MS will activate the cell reselection according to this
parameter only when the signal level of adjacent
cell (whose location zone is different from that of
Description local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and
meanwhile the value difference must be greater
than that required by the parameter.
demand of services.
CRH parameter.
for the CRH level).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default 0
Relevant
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0,

dB)
TABLE 217 - ROUTING RESELECTION HYSTERESIS
Full name Routing reselection hysteresis

Abbreviation RaReselHys_0
3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
MS through system message by BTS. This parameter
specifies extra hysteresis value used in selecting a
cell in another routing area when MS is in IDLE or
BUSY mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this
Description parameter through the PSI3 message when the
value of this parameter is the same as that of GPRS
cell reselection hysteresis.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Routing reselection hysteresis 2 (RaReselHys_1,

dB)
TABLE 218 - ROUTING RESELECTION HYSTERESIS 2
Full name Routing reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviation RaReselHys_1
3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference


MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies extra
hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another
routing area when MS is in IDLE or BUSY mode. It
is not necessary to broadcast this parameter
Description
through the PSI3 message when the value of this
parameter is the same as that of GPRS cell
reselection hysteresis.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default 8
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Random access attempt permitted

(RadAcRetry_0)
TABLE 219 - RANDOM ACCESS ATTEMPT PERMITTED
Full name Random access attempt permitted

Abbreviation RadAcRetry_0
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
whether MS is allowed to attempt to access another
cell (if it exists).
If abnormal release occurs during the packet
transmission, MS discards all running TBFs. If MS is
allowed to access other cells, it should perform
Description
abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after
initializing new cell. If other suitable cells exist, MS
cannot reselect the original cell within T_RESEL
seconds.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Random access attempt permitted 2

(RadAcRetry_1)
TABLE 220 - RANDOM ACCESS ATTEMPT PERMITTED 2
Full name Random access attempt permitted 2

Abbreviation RadAcRetry_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
MS on PACCH, which indicates whether MS is
allowed to attempt to access another cell (if it
exists).
If abnormal release occurs during the packet
transmission, MS discards all running TBFs. If MS is
Description allowed to access other cells, it should perform
abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after
initializing new cell. If other suitable cells exist, MS
cannot reselect the original cell within T_RESEL
seconds.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_QUAL_0)

TABLE 221 - USAGE OF CELL RESELECTION OFFSET
Full name Usage of cell reselection offset

Abbreviation C32_QUAL_0
3GPP Name C32_QUAL
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
whether to use the exceptional rule when adopting
Description ReselOff.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Usage of cell reselection offset 2 (C32_QUAL_1)

TABLE 222 - USAGE OF CELL RESELECTION OFFSET 2
Full name Usage of cell reselection offset 2

Abbreviation C32_QUAL_1
3GPP Name C32_QUAL
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
the MS on PACCH, and it specifies whether to use
Description the exceptional rule for “ReselOff”.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

(RxLevAsMin_0)

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
This parameter indicates the minimum receiving
level while allowing MS access to this system
(GPRS). To prevent the MS from accessing the
system at a low receiving signal level (usually, the
poor communication quality cannot guarantee
normal communication process after access) and
from unreasonably wasting radio resources of the
Description network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that the
receiving level be greater than a threshold level for
MS to access the network, that is, “MS Minimal
Level to Access”.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm

Unit None
Default 12
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS access minimum signal level 2

(RxLevAsMin_1)
TABLE 224 - GPRS ACCESS MINIMUM SIGNAL LEVEL 2
Full name GPRS access minimum signal level 2

3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
PACCH.
This parameter indicates the minimum receiving
level while allowing MS access to this system
(GPRS). To prevent the MS from accessing the
system at a low receiving signal level (usually, the
poor communication quality cannot guarantee
normal communication process after access) and
from unreasonably wasting radio resources of the
Description network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that the
receiving level be greater than a threshold level for
MS to access the network, that is, “MS Minimal
Level to Access”.
Management
Cell
Object
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
……
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm

Unit None
Default 12
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Priority threshold (PRIO_THR, dB)

TABLE 225 - PRIORITY THRESHOLD
Full name Priority threshold

Abbreviation PRIO_THR
3GPP Name PRIO_THR
3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
System broadcasts the parameter information to
MS through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This
Description
parameter relates to GPRS access minimal signal
level in calculation of C4 standard.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit dB
Default 6
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0)

TABLE 226 - HCS EXIST
Full name HCS exist

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference


belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and
broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.This
parameter indicates whether the HCS parameters
(PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS
ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if
Description serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all
the cells use Threshold of HSC signal level of
infinity).
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
HCS exist 2 (HCS_EXIST_1)

TABLE 227 - HCS EXIST 2
Full name HCS exist 2

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and be
informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter indicates
whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass and
HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist
Description
parameters of other cells if serving cell does not
use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use
Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No

Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

(MsTxMaxCch_0)
TABLE 228 - GPRS M AX INITIAL ACCESS SIGNAL LEVEL

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_0
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls MS
power using power command. MS outputs transmit
power closest to the specified power value if
unavailable. The power before MS receives the
network power control information (the power used
in random access), depends on this parameter
when MS is receiving PBCCH.
values. If this parameter is too large, the MS close
to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it
is too small, the MS access success rate at the edge
Description of cell will be very low.
The value is same as that in appendix C.
configuring PBCCH.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2

(MsTxMaxCch_1)
TABLE 229 - GPRS M AX INITIAL ACCESS SIGNAL LEVEL 2
Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_1
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
PACCH.
Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls MS
power using power command. MS outputs transmit
power closest to the specified power value if
unavailable. The power before MS receives the
network power control information (the power used
in random access), depends on this parameter
when MS is receiving PBCCH.
values. If this parameter is too large, the MS close
to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it
Description is too small, the MS access success rate at the edge
of cell will be very low.
The value is same as that in appendix C.
Management
Cell
Object

Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
LSA ID (LSA_Id)
TABLE 230 - LSA ID
Full name LSA Mark

Abbreviation LSA_Id
3GPP Name LSA ID
3GPP
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
reference
MS through SI4, SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of
Description serving cell. System also broadcasts through PSI3
and Psi3bis messages of adjacent cells. LSA ID
specifies LSA identifier of the cell.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
LSA Offset (LSA_Offset)

TABLE 231 - LSA OFFSET
Full name LSA Offset

Abbreviation LSA_Offset
3GPP Name LSA_OFFSET

3GPP
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
reference
MS through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This
Description parameter defines the offset value for LSA
reselection between two cells with the same LSA
priority.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64
Unit None
Default 0
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
GPRS Channel Parameters

The interface of GPRS channel parameters is shown in Figure 20.

FIGURE 20 - GPRS CHANNEL P AR AMETERS
PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)

TABLE 232 - P AGCH RESERVED BLOCKS
Full name PAGCH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PagBlkRes
3GPP Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
3GPP
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
reference


broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of blocks in a
52-frame multiframe that allow neither packet
paging nor PBCCH. Only PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH
can appear on these blocks. Network sends the
Description uplink assignment message with priority on these
fixed blocks to speed up the establishment of the
uplink TBF.
After sending the channel request on PRACH
channel, MS waits for the uplink assignment
message on all PCCCH channels of the same
timeslot as the PRACH channel.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default 5
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)

TABLE 233 -PBCCH RESERVED BLOCKS
Full name PBCCH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PbcchBlks
3GPP Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS
3GPP
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
reference
parameter indicates the number of blocks assigned
as PBCCH in a 52-frame multiframe (altogether 12
blocks).
Packet system messages share the PBCCH blocks
Description to send at high and low rates. A message sent at
high rate has higher priority. This parameter must
be configured together with the
PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameter in the PSI1
message to ensure that the block resources are
available for the packet system messages, sent
both at high and low rates.
Management
Cell
Object

Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)

TABLE 234 - PRACH RESERVED BLOCKS
Full name PRACH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PrachBlks
3GPP Name BS_PRACH_BLKS
3GPP
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
reference
parameter indicates the number of fixed blocks
reserved for the PRACH channel in the PDCH
Description channel that bears PCCCH.
These blocks must be identified with USF = FREE.
MS can use this parameter or USF = FREE to carry
out the PRACH assignment.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)

TABLE 235 - INTERVAL R ANGE OF PACKET ACCESS ATTEMPT
Full name Interval range of packet access attempt

Abbreviation TxInt

3GPP Name TX_INT

3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
Whenever establishing a new connection, MS sends
a channel request message to the network through
PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the
success rate of MS access, the network allows MS
to send multiple channel request messages before
Description it receives the packet assignment message. If MS
does not get any response for the previous channel
request message, it can resend a channel request
message after waiting for a random period. Interval
range of packet access attempt is used to
determine the time length of random waiting. It is
the number of delay timeslot randomly connected.
Both interval range of packet access attempt
(TxInt) and Interval period of packet access
attempt (S) commonly determine random access time.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Unit None
Default 14
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Interval period of packet access attempt (S)

TABLE 236 - INTERVAL PERIOD OF PACKET ACCESS ATTEMPT
Full name Interval period of packet access attempt

Abbreviation S
3GPP Name S
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference

This parameter is used at MS side.

Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to
PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through
PSI1 message. Whenever establishing a new
connection, MS sends a channel request message
to the network through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the
success rate of MS access, the network allows the
MS to send multiple channel request messages
Description before receiving the packet assignment message.
When the previous channel request message is not
responded, MS will wait for a random period to re-
send the channel request message. Parameter S
decides the random waiting time. It is used to
calculate the minimum timeslot number between
two channel requests.
Both interval range of packet access attempt
(TxInt) and Interval period of packet access
attempt (S) commonly determine random access time.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217
Unit s
Default 55
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

T A B L E 2 3 7 - M AX T I M E S O F A T T E M P T
Full name MAX Times of Attempt

Abbreviation MaxRetrans
3GPP Name MAX_RETRANS
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter indicates maximum attempts of
Description random access allowed on PRACH for MS with radio
priorities of 1 ~ 4.
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The
first array element corresponds to maximum
number of attempts allowed for radio priority 1.

Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default ［4, 4, 4, 4］
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)

TABLE 238 - ACCESS CONTROL LEVEL
Full name Access control level

Abbreviation AccCtrlClass
3GPP Name ACC_CONTR_CLASS
3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference

It indicates MS access control level to access cell.

Common MS has the class 0 ~ 9 and special MS
has the class 11 ~ 15. Class 10 does not exist.
System can prohibit MS with some access class to
enter the cell according to this parameter. System
allows access of a mobile with access class, N = 0,
1 …9, 11 …15. It allows emergency calls when the
eleventh digit = EC. (For convenient programming,
C10 is always 0)
If the Nth bit of access control level is 0 (‘0’
represents ‘access allowed’, ‘1’ represents ‘access
not allowed’), it will allow the access of MS with
AccCtrlClass =N (N=0, 1, … 9, 11, … 15). Bit 11=
EC represent that Emergency Call is available.
This parameter consists of two bytes (16 bits).
Description
The first bit: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11, C10, C9,
C8;
The second bit: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2, C1, C0
Parameter allows cell access when Cn is 0,
which indicates that MS with access class
of N is not forbidden (N =0,1,…, 9, 11,…,
15)
Parameter forbids cell access when Cn is
1, which indicates that MS with access
class of N is forbidden (N = 0, 1,…, 9,
11,…, 15)
C10 is always 0.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
[No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Default
No, No, No, No]
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Access Persist Level (PersistLev)

TABLE 239 - ACCESS PERSIST LEVEL
Full name Access Persist Level

Abbreviation PersistLev
3GPP Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL

3GPP
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
reference
The network sets a level threshold P I (I = 1, 2, 3,
4) for MS of various radio priorities.
For each attempt of packet access, MS abstracts a
Description random value R with even distribution probability
from the set {0, 1… 15}. System allows MS to
initiate an attempt of packet access only when P I
is lower than or equal to R.
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The
first element corresponds to the access and
persisting level of radio priority 1.
Management
Cell
Object
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
Value Range
16
Unit None
Default ［0，0，0，0］
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support of subscriber occupying other preference

channel (HybridOccuSupp)
TABLE 240 - SUPPORT OF SUBSCRIBER OCCUPYING OTHER PREFERENCE
CHANNEL
Support of subscriber occupying other preference

Full name
channel
Abbreviation HybridOccuSupp
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter describes whether support
subscriber occupying other preference channel. It
Description indicates this kind of preference channel is busy,
other channels are idle, to determine whether to
occupy this preference channel.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support of PS subscriber moving out of other

preference channel (AllowPsMove)
TABLE 241 - SUPPORT OF PS SUBSCRIBER MOVING OUT OF OTHER
PREFERENCE CHANNEL
Support of PS subscriber moving out of other

Full name
preference channel
Abbreviation AllowPsMove
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
subscriber moving out of other preference channel.
Description
It indicates whether the user that occupies other
channels shall be removed.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support of CS subscriber moving Access Persist

Level (AllowCsMove)
TABLE 242 - SUPPORT OF CS SUBSCRIBER MOVING ACCESS PERSIST LEVEL
Support of CS subscriber moving Access Persist

Full name
Level
Abbreviation AllowCsMove

3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
switching some CS subscriber cell to other timeslot,
Description
to leave blank for original timeslot for getting larger
PS available timeslot group.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

(SfPreferBusyThs, %)
TABLE 243 - CONGENERIC SERVICE THRESHOLD FOR PS-MOVING
Full name Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

Abbreviation SfPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
During this application, on the gained preferential
channel on this side, it is better that existing QoS
quota / total available QoS quota is lower than
Description
allocated result for this percentage, to calculate
target evaluation target function in combination
with un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 100
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces
Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

(OpPreferBusyThs)
TABLE 244 - UN-CONGENERIC SERVICE THRESHOLD FOR PS-MOVING
Full name Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

Abbreviation OpPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
During this application, on the gained preferential
channel on opposite side, it is better that existing
QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than
Description
allocated result for this percentage, to calculate
target evaluation target function in combination
with un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 0
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

If ‘GPRS service supported’ in ‘Basic parameters 1’ is ‘support
EDGE’, the sub-interface of EDGE parameters will appear.
The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 21.

FIGURE 21 - EDGE PROPERTY P AR AMETERS
Support DTM (DTMSupport)

TABLE 245 TABLE0-1 SUPPORT DTM
Full name Support DTM

Abbreviation DTMSupport
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS
CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It
Description indicates if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode
(DTM) which allows A class MS to initialize packet
request flow in dedicated mode.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Functions
ZGF06-06-001 Class A, B, C mobile stations
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces

Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame

(GttpLapdmNum)
TABLE 246 - M AX NUMBER OF GTTP LAPDM FRAME
Full name Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame

Abbreviation GttpLapdmNum
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
This parameter indicates the maximum of GTTP
Description
Lapdm frames.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default 3
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
Support EGPRS packet channel request access

program (EgprsPacketChreq)
TABLE 247 - SUPPORT EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS
PROGRAM
Support EGPRS packet channel request access

Full name
program
Abbreviation EgprsPacketChreq
3GPP Name EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
Network broadcasts the parameter to MS in GPRS
Cell Options of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13.It indicates if
the cell supports
Description EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST access flow. If
the cell supports EGPRS and this flow, the EGPRS
terminal is able to originate EGPRS packet access
flow on RACH or PRACH (if PBCCH exists).
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default No
Relevant ZGF06-04-004 EGPRS Packet Channel Request on
Functions CCCH
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Support uplink “LA+IR” quality control

(IrSupportUp)
T A B L E 2 4 8 - S U P P O R T U P L I N K “ L A+ I R ” Q U A L I T Y C O N T R O L
Full name Support uplink “LA+IR” quality control

Abbreviation IrSupportUp
3GPP Name RESEGMENT
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
It indicates if the cell supports ‘uplink IR quality
control’. If it does, the network could set the
RESEGMENT in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK,
Description PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE message as FALSE to inform MS
system of using IR quality control mode, and MS
uplink retransmission could not be segmented.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant ZGF06-03-006 EGPRS Link Adaptation

Functions ZGF06-08-002 Incremental Redundancy in UL
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Take "Preemptivetrans bit" function

(PreemptiveRans)
TABLE 249 - TAKE "PREEMPTIVETRANS BIT" FUNCTION
Full name Take "Preemptivetrans bit" function

Abbreviation PreemptivetRans

3GPP Name PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION

3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
It indicates if the cell employs ‘Preemptivetrans bit’.
If the cell supports that function, network indicates
MS whether to send the RLC data of PENDING-ACK
when there is no data in NACK status and no new
RLC data block to be transmitted or the
transmission window is full by
PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION in PACKET UPLINK
ACK/NACK message.
Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS
Description should not send the data block in
PENDING-ACK status. But for the last
piece of current TBF, even if its status is
PENDING –ACK, it should be transmitted.
No: Do not use preemptive transmission.
MS should send the oldest data in
PENDING-ACK status, then the second
oldest data. If all data in PENDING-ACK
status have been sent, repeat from the
oldest one.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default No
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Average filter period for uplink BEP

(BEPperiodUp)
TABLE 250 - AVERAGE FILTER PERIOD FOR UPLINK BEP
Full name Average filter period for uplink BEP

Abbreviation BEPperiodUp
3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference

This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. The

meaning of this parameter is the same as
Description
BEPPeriodDown, but it is to caculate the uplink
measurement data inside of PCU.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
Average filter period for downlink BEP

(BEPperiodDown)
TABLE 251 - AVERAGE FILTER PERIOD FOR DOWNLINK BEP
Full name Average filter period for downlink BEP

Abbreviation BEPperiodDown
3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS
CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. In EGPRS
system, EGPRS MS will determine to report the
MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit rate of the radio
block) and CV_BEP_AV (variance coefficient of
radio block error bit rate) under the whole TBF, or
Description the measurement data per time slot
MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).
The specification defines the formula of these
measurement data (refer to 05.08 10.2.3.2.1).
There is an oblivion factor e, whose value is defined
by average period of BEP filter.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Unit None
Default 4
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
Um interface
interfaces
EGPRS phone quality measure mode

(LinkQuameaMode)
TABLE 252 - EGPRS PHONE QUALITY MEASURE MODE
Full name EGPRS phone quality measure mode

Abbreviation LinkQuameaMode
3GPP Name LINK_QUALITY_MEASUREMENT_MODE
3GPP
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
reference
This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink
Assignment message. It indicates the measurement
report mode of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS
measurement could be performed based on each
impulse, which is to measure by the granularity of
Description
BURST. The feature of rapid EGPRS measurement
makes the network side be able to respond the
change of radio environment quickly, so as to
choose the most proper coding mode and perform
power control.
Management
Cell
Object
Unit None
Default 2
Relevant
--
Functions
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
Um interface
interfaces
EGPRS Phone Init Coding

TABLE 253 - EGPRS PHONE INIT CODING
Full name EGPRS Phone Init Coding

Abbreviation --
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference

It is a four-dimensional array. It represents the

default coding mode corresponding to EGPRS MS
Description
with 1 × 16 kbps and 4 × 16 kbps bandwidth
respectively.
Management
Cell
Object
1×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2;

2×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,
MCS5;
Value Range 3×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,
MCS5, MCS6;
4×16 kbps: MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,
MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8, MCS9
Unit None
Default [MCS2, MCS5, MCS6, MCS6]
Relevant ZGF06-03-005 Modulation and Coding Scheme
Functions #1~#9
Relevant
--
parameters
Related
--
interfaces
EGPRS phones init code can be changed

(InitAttachExch_1)
TABLE 254 - EGPRS PHONES INIT CODE CAN BE CHANGED
Full name EGPRS phones init code can be changed

Abbreviation InitAttachExch_1
3GPP Name --
3GPP
--
reference
It indicates if the coding method of GPRS/EGPRS
Description
MS in cell could be changed dynamically.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default Yes
Relevant ZGF06-03-005 Modulation and Coding Scheme
Functions #1~#9
Relevant
--
parameters

Related
--
interfaces


Appendix A
Abbreviations
A
A (dB)
C
CS Circuit Switch
D
F
FR Full Rate
G
H
HR Half Rate
I
L


M
MS Mobile Station
N
NS Network Service
O
P
PCH Paging Channel
PS Packet Switch
PTP Point To Point
Q
R
S
T


TCH Traffic Channel
TS Time Slot
U
Um Um Interface
V


Appendix B
Figures
Figure 1 - Cell Basic Parameters 1 ........................................5

Figure 2 - Cell Basic Parameters 2 ...................................... 19
Figure 3 - Cell Basic Parameters 3 ...................................... 32
Figure 4 - Optional Parameters ........................................... 48
Figure 5 - Cell Selection Parameters .................................... 55
Figure 6 - Service Process Additional Parameters .................. 66
Figure 7 - System Parameters ............................................ 77
Figure 8 - AMR Half Method Parameters ............................... 84
Figure 9 - AMR full Method Parameters ................................ 92
Figure 10 - Cell Optional Parameters ................................... 98
Figure 11 - Other Parameters ........................................... 102
Figure 12 - GPRS Basic Property Parameters ...................... 108
Figure 16 - GPRS Cell Optional Parameters......................... 143
Figure 17 - GPRS NC Survey parameters ........................... 152
Figure 18 - GPRS Power Control Parameters ....................... 160
Figure 19 - GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters .................... 165
Figure 20 - GPRS Channel Parameters ............................... 191
Figure 21 - EDGE Property Parameters .............................. 202


Tables

Table 3- Mouse Operation Conventions ................................. iii
Table 4 - User Label............................................................5
Table 5 - BTS ID ................................................................6
Table 6 - Cell Type .............................................................7
Table 7 - Country Code .......................................................7
Table 8 - MNC ....................................................................8
Table 9 - LAC.....................................................................8
Table 10 - CI .....................................................................9
Table 11 - NCC ................................................................ 10
Table 12 - BS Color Code (BCC).......................................... 10
Table 13 - Frequency Band ................................................ 11
Table 14 - Subcell used ..................................................... 12
Table 15 - Frequency band of subCell .................................. 12
Table 16 - ARFCN list ........................................................ 13
Table 17 - GPRS service supported ..................................... 14
Table 18 - Dynamic HR Enable ........................................... 14
Table 19 - Use cell dynamic HR parameter ........................... 15
Table 20 - CBC supported .................................................. 15
Table 21 - Threshold for a single trx switched from FR to HR .. 16
Table 22 - Use cell dynamic AMR parameter ......................... 17
Table 23 - Common control channel configuration ................. 17
Table 24 – Template File ................................................... 18
Table 25 - TA MAX............................................................ 20
Table 26 - TA Allowed ....................................................... 20
Table 27 - CCCH Load Indication Period ............................... 21
Table 28 - Periodical location updating timer ........................ 22
Table 29 - CCCH load indication (RACH)............................... 23

Table 30 - CCCH load indication (PAGCH)............................. 23

Table 31 - NCC permitted .................................................. 24
Table 32 - Support Repeated ACCH ..................................... 25
Table 33 - Start PA Power Off............................................. 25
Table 34 - Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off ........................ 26
Table 35 - Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR Bug .. 26
Table 36 - Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR FR Bug .. 27
Table 37 - AMR Codec Adjust Mode ..................................... 28
Table 38 - AMR Codec Interval ........................................... 28
Table 39 - Support HR channel frag collected ....................... 29
Table 40 - Threshold of HR Defrag ...................................... 30
Table 41 - Percentage of HR Ts .......................................... 30
Table 42 - AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold................ 31
Table 43 - FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load ................... 31
Table 44 - Average bursts count surveyed by RACH............... 33
Table 45 - Overload sending period..................................... 33
Table 46 - BA Show .......................................................... 34
Table 47 - MIN received signal level to access ...................... 35
Table 48 - MAX number of re-transmitting events times......... 36
Table 49 - Control channel MAX power level ......................... 38
Table 50 - Number of multiframes of the PCH ....................... 39
Table 51 - Number of slots to spread transmission ................ 40
Table 52 - Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message .... 41
Table 53 - Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message ...... 42
Table 54 - Number of blocks reserved for AGCH.................... 43
Table 55 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch channel ............ 43
Table 56 - Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel 44
Table 57 - Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel 44
Table 58 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0
channel........................................................................... 45
Table 59 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel
..................................................................................... 46
Table 60 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel.... 46
Table 61 - Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi3
channel........................................................................... 47
Table 62 - Support TFO ..................................................... 47
Table 63 - IMSI attach/detach allowed ................................ 48

Appendix B – Tables
Table 64 - Cell bar access .................................................. 49

Table 65 - Call re-establishment allowed.............................. 50
Table 66 - Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed ........ 51
Table 67 - Emergency call allowed ...................................... 51
Table 68 - Cell bar qualify.................................................. 52
Table 69 - Access control................................................... 53
Table 70 - Additional reselection parameter indication ........... 55
Table 71 - Cell reselection parameter indication .................... 56
Table 72 - Reselection offset .............................................. 57
Table 73 - Temporary offset............................................... 60
Table 74 - Penalty time ..................................................... 61
Table 75 - Cell reselecting hysteresis level ........................... 62
Table 76 - Early category classmark sending control .............. 63
Table 77 - New setup cause indication ................................. 64
Table 78 - Power offset indication ....................................... 64
Table 79 - Power offset ..................................................... 65
Table 80 - Directed retry indication ..................................... 66
Table 81 - Queue allowed when assign ................................ 67
Table 82 - Queue allowed when handover ............................ 68
Table 83 - Preemption allowed when assign ......................... 68
Table 84 - Preemption allowed when handover ..................... 69
Table 85 - When assigned forced handover .......................... 69
Table 86 - When handover forced handover ......................... 70
Table 87 - NO. of candidate cells for handover...................... 71
Table 88 - Fast average indication ...................................... 71
Table 89 - Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call ...... 72
Table 90 - Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond........ 73
Table 91 - Allowed call setup on FACCH ............................... 73
Table 92 - Allowed call reestablished on FACCH .................... 74
Table 93 - BCCH switch allowed.......................................... 75
Table 94 - SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed.................. 75
Table 95 - Minimal resource threshold ................................. 76
Table 96 - Interference averaging period ............................. 77
Table 97 - Interference Band Boundary ............................... 78
Table 98 - Radio link timeout on MS side ............................. 79
Table 99 - Radio link failure criterion ................................... 79

Table 100 - Radio link timeout on BSS side .......................... 80

Table 101 - Receiving level threshold .................................. 81
Table 102 - Receiving quality threshold ............................... 82
Table 103 - Radio link failure checking period ....................... 83
Table 104 - AMR Half Active Codec Set ................................ 85
Table 105 - Thresholds of AMR ........................................... 85
Table 106 - Hysteresis of AMR............................................ 86
Table 107 - Initial codec mode ........................................... 87
Table 108 - startmode codec mode ..................................... 88
Table 109 - Enable noise control......................................... 89
Table 110 - Reserved rate of eMLPP .................................... 90
Table 111 - Use cell EMLPP Threshold.................................. 91
Table 112 - AMR full Active Codec Set ................................. 92
Table 113 - Thresholds of AMR ........................................... 93
Table 114 - Hysteresis of AMR............................................ 94
Table 115 - Initial codec mode ........................................... 94
Table 116 - startmode codec mode ..................................... 95
Table 117 - Enable noise control......................................... 96
Table 118 - Protection period for access attempt................... 98
Table 119 - Multiband report indication................................ 99
Table 120 - Uplink discontinuous transmission .................... 101
Table 121 - RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
................................................................................... 103
Table 122 - Preprocessing indication ................................. 103
Table 123 - MAX resending times for physical information .... 104
Table 124 - Low priority of channel select priority ............... 105
Table 125 - High priority of channel select priority............... 106
Table 126 - Cell Support Encryption Mode .......................... 106
Table 127 - MR report time bitmap ................................... 107
Table 128 - SGSN ID ...................................................... 108
Table 129 - NSEI............................................................ 109
Table 130 - BVCI............................................................ 110
Table 131 - RAC ............................................................. 110
Table 132 - UPU Unit ...................................................... 111
Table 133 - DSP No. ....................................................... 112
Table 134 - Additional reselection parameter indication........ 113
Table 135 - SI13 sending position..................................... 114

Table 136 - RACOLOR ..................................................... 115

Table 137 - Minimal number of idle CS channel................... 116
Table 138 - Packet access priority threshold ....................... 117
Table 139 - Packet System Information Send Speed ............ 117
Table 140 - Overload report period on PRACH..................... 118
Table 141 - Link error counter .......................................... 119
Table 142 - PRACH receive signal level threshold ................ 119
Table 143 - Average measuring bursts number on PRACH .... 120
Table 144 - Buffer threshold of paging message.................. 121
Table 145 - Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging
period........................................................................... 122
Table 146 - PRACH overload threshold ratio ....................... 123
Table 147 - Is Support CCN Mode ..................................... 124
Table 148 - Is cell support system message status flow ....... 125
Table 149 - Allow SOLSA MS to access .............................. 125
Table 150 - CCCH SplitPgCycle support.............................. 126
Table 151 - Extended paging supported ............................. 127
Table 152 - PSI status supported ...................................... 127
Table 153 - Is the cell support extendable uplink TBF .......... 128
Table 154 - Uplink delay time........................................... 129
Table 155 - Downlink delay time....................................... 129
Table 156 - Extend uplink TBF time................................... 130
Table 157 - Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP... 131
Table 158 - Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP . 131
Table 159 - Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK ........ 132
Table 160 - Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK ...... 132
Table 161 - Uplink measure report period .......................... 133
Table 162 - Calculating period of load on PPCH ................... 133
Table 163 - PSI1 Send Period ........................................... 134
Table 164 - Selective granularity ...................................... 135
Table 165 - Support extended uplink dynamic allocation ...... 135
Table 166 - C/I (Sc)........................................................ 137
Table 167 - ARP (Sa) ...................................................... 137
Table 168 - THP ............................................................. 138
Table 169 - Support PS Queuing ....................................... 139
Table 170 - Max PS Queue Count...................................... 140
Table 171 - Support PS Preemption................................... 141

Table 172 - Support 3G NACC .......................................... 141

Table 173 - Support PS Prmp CS ...................................... 142
Table 174 - T3168 .......................................................... 143
Table 175 - T3192 .......................................................... 144
Table 176 - DRX mode holding time .................................. 145
Table 177 - MAX blocks transmission in each TS ................. 145
Table 178 - Packet control acknowledgment type ................ 146
Table 179 - Access burst type .......................................... 147
Table 180 - N3102 decrease step...................................... 147
Table 181 - N3102 increase step ...................................... 148
Table 182 - N3102 MAX................................................... 149
Table 183 - GPRS phone init coding .................................. 150
Table 184 - GPRS phones init code can be changed ............. 151
Table 185 - Packet Idle mode........................................... 152
Table 186 - Packet transmission mode............................... 153
Table 187 - Extended measurement report order ................ 153
Table 188 - Network control order .................................... 154
Table 189 - NC hold time in non-drx mode ......................... 155
Table 190 - Extended measurement report order ................ 156
Table 191 - Type of extended measurement report ............. 156
Table 192 - Report period of extended measurement........... 157
Table 193 - The Size of Test Report's Slip Window .............. 158
Table 194 - Allowed report number of the same cell in Slip
Window ........................................................................ 159
Table 195 - Filter period in the packet idle mode................. 160
Table 196 - Filter period in packet transmission mode.......... 161
Table 197 - PSI4 sending mark ........................................ 162
Table 198 - Power control measurement channel ................ 162
Table 199 - Power control parameter................................. 163
Table 200 - Filter constant of power control........................ 164
Table 202 - Reselection offset 2........................................ 166
Table 204 - Reselection temporary offset 2 ........................ 168
Table 205 - Penalty time of cell reselection ........................ 168
Table 206 - Penalty time of cell reselection 2...................... 169
Table 207 - Interval of reselecting the same cell ................. 170

Table 208 - Interval of reselecting the same cell 2 .............. 171

Table 210 - Threshold of HSC signal level 2 ........................ 172
Table 211 - HCS Priority .................................................. 173
Table 212 - HCS Priority 2 ............................................... 173
Table 213 - C31 hysteresis .............................................. 174
Table 214 - C31 hysteresis 2............................................ 175
Table 215 - GPRS cell reselection hysteresis ....................... 175
Table 216 - GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2 .................... 177
Table 217 - Routing reselection hysteresis ......................... 179
Table 218 - Routing reselection hysteresis 2....................... 179
Table 219 - Random access attempt permitted ................... 180
Table 220 - Random access attempt permitted 2................. 181
Table 221 - Usage of cell reselection offset......................... 182
Table 222 - Usage of cell reselection offset 2 ...................... 182
Table 224 - GPRS access minimum signal level 2 ................ 184
Table 225 - Priority threshold ........................................... 185
Table 226 - HCS exist ..................................................... 185
Table 227 - HCS exist 2................................................... 186
Table 228 - GPRS MAX initial access signal level ................. 187
Table 229 - GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2............... 188
Table 230 - LSA ID ......................................................... 189
Table 231 - LSA Offset .................................................... 189
Table 232 - PAGCH reserved blocks................................... 191
Table 233 -PBCCH reserved blocks.................................... 192
Table 234 - PRACH reserved blocks................................... 193
Table 235 - Interval range of packet access attempt............ 193
Table 236 - Interval period of packet access attempt ........... 194
Table 237 - MAX Times of Attempt .................................... 195
Table 238 - Access Control Level ...................................... 196
Table 239 - Access Persist Level ....................................... 197
Table 240 - Support of subscriber occupying other preference
channel......................................................................... 198
Table 241 - support of PS subscriber moving out of other
preference channel ......................................................... 199

Table 242 - Support of CS subscriber moving Access Persist

Level ............................................................................ 199
Table 243 - Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving ...... 200
Table 244 - Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving.. 201
Table 245 Table0-1 Support DTM..................................... 202
Table 246 - Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame................... 203
Table 247 - Support EGPRS packet channel request access
program........................................................................ 203
Table 248 - Support uplink “LA+IR” quality control.............. 204
Table 249 - Take "Preemptivetrans bit" function ................. 204
Table 250 - Average filter period for uplink BEP .................. 205
Table 251 - Average filter period for downlink BEP .............. 206
Table 252 - EGPRS phone quality measure mode ................ 207
Table 253 - EGPRS phone init coding................................. 207
Table 254 - EGPRS phones init code can be changed ........... 208

Index
Abbreviations ................... 211 GPRS Channel Parameters . 190

AMR Half Method Parameters 84 GPRS NC Survey Parameters
Basic Parameters 1................5 .................................. 151
Basic Parameters 2.............. 19 GPRS Other Parameters 2 .. 123
Basic Parameters 3.............. 32 GPRS Power Control Parameters
Cell Optional Parameters ...... 97 .................................. 159
cell parameters..................... ii GPRS Property 1 Parameters
Cell Parameters ....................5 .................................. 112
Cell Selection Parameters ..... 55 GPRS Property 3 Parameters
EDGE Property Parameters . 201 .................................. 136
GPRS Basic Parameters ...... 108 Optional Parameters............ 48
GPRS Cell Optional Parameters Other Parameters ............. 102
.................................. 142 Service Process Additional
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters .................... 66
Parameters................... 164 System Parameters ............. 76

Radio Parameter Manual ZTE GSM

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Radio Parameter Manual ZTE GSM

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

ZXG10 BSS

Base Station Subsystem

Copyright © 2006 ZTE CORPORATION.

The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.

Date Revision No. Serial No. Reason for Issue

Your evaluation Accessibility:

About This Manual ............................................................ i

Cell Object Parameters .................................................... 1

Value of Flow control Policy ........................................267

Value of Cell Layer Num...............................................271

Correlation between Parameter Interface Display and

Appendix F ................................................................... 299

Tables ........................................................................... 301

Index ............................................................................ 313

In this manual, ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) is mentioned as ZXG10 BSS

Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge

What Is in This Manual

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION i

TABLE 1 - M ANUAL SUMMARY

Index Lists all the index appeared in this manual.

ii Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

 ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION iii

TABLE 3 - MOUSE OPERATION CONVENTIONS

How to Get in Touch

iv Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Cell Object Parameters

This chapter describes cell object parameters, including power

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1

FIGURE 1 - TRX P AR AMETERS

Full name TRX ID

2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Full name SubCell ID

 When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No,

Relevant ZGF05-05-002 Concentric Circle Technology

TRX Type (TrxType)

Full name TRX Type

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 3

Common TRX is suitable for common cell. After

Full name Assign Priority of the Trx

4 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

BCCH carrier frequency (IsBcchMark)

Full name BCCH carrier frequency

Relevant Priority (TrxPriority)

Static power level (PwRreduction)

Full name Static power level

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 5

This parameter represents the static power level of

Power level (PowerClass)

Full name Power level

6 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Full name Support Fhs

 When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No,

Relevant ZGF05-12-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

Full name Frequency

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 7

Description Select the frequency point of this transceiver.

 Frequency band is GSM900: 1~124;

Relevant ZGF05-12-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

Full name ARFCN List

8 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Channel Information Parameters

FIGURE 2 - CHANNEL INFORM ATION P ARAMETERS

ZXG10 BSS (V6.20) Base Station Subsystem Radio

When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No,

When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No,

Frequency band is GSM900: 1~124;

When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal

Under double carrier mode, no 4 lines of

Description Not checked: don't use IRC

Description No: indicates antenna jumping is not